Attached files

file filename
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv31w2.htm
EX-99.1 - EX-99.1 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv99w1.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv32w1.htm
EX-10.3 - EX-10.3 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv10w3.htm
EX-99.2 - EX-99.2 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv99w2.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv31w1.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv23w1.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv32w2.htm
EX-10.11 - EX-10.11 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv10w11.htm
EX-10.23 - EX-10.23 - ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INCc65114exv10w23.htm
Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
 
     
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011
or
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File Number 001-34955
 
ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INC.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Wisconsin
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  39-1726871
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
25 West Main Street
Madison, Wisconsin 53703
(Address of principal executive office)
 
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (608) 252-8700
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:
 
Common stock, par value $.10 per share NASDAQ Global Select Market
(Title of Class) (Name of each exchange on which registered)
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:
Not Applicable
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes o     No þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ     No o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 or Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
             
Large accelerated filer o
  Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer þ   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes o     No þ
 
As of September 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the 21,683,304 outstanding shares of the Registrant’s common stock deemed to be held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $13.7 million, based upon the closing price of $0.66 per share of common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market on such date. Although directors and executive officers of the Registrant and certain of its employee benefit plans were assumed to be “affiliates” of the Registrant for purposes of this calculation, the classification is not to be interpreted as an admission of such status.
 
As of June 3, 2011, 21,677,594 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011 (Part III, Items 10 to 14).
 


 

 
ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INC.
 
FISCAL 2011 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
PART I
  Item 1.     BUSINESS     1  
        General     1  
        Market Area     2  
        Competition     2  
        Lending Activities     3  
        Investment Securities     8  
        Sources of Funds     10  
        Subsidiaries     12  
        Regulation and Supervision     13  
        Taxation     25  
  Item 1A.     RISK FACTORS     25  
  Item 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     41  
  Item 2.     PROPERTIES     41  
  Item 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     42  
  Item 4.     [RESERVED]     42  
 
PART II
  Item 5.     MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES     42  
  Item 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     44  
  Item 7.     MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     45  
  Item 7A.     QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK     93  
  Item 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA     97  
  Item 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE     158  
  Item 9A.     CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     158  
  Item 9B.     OTHER INFORMATION     161  
 
PART III
  Item 10.     DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE     161  
  Item 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     161  
  Item 12.     SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS     161  
  Item 13.     CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE     162  
  Item 14.     PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES     162  
 
PART IV
  Item 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES     162  
        SIGNATURES     167  
 EX-10.3
 EX-10.11
 EX-10.23
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32.1
 EX-32.2
 EX-99.1
 EX-99.2


(i)


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
We are restating our audited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 as well as our consolidated financial statements for the quarterly periods in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and the first three quarters of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.
 
With this filing we are restating the consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations, statements of changes in stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for certain of the years ended March 31, 2007 through March 31, 2011, as well as the unaudited quarterly information for the quarterly periods in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and the first three quarters of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.
 
We do not intend to file an amended Form 10-K or the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for each of the quarterly periods for the fiscal years ended or the quarterly periods included in the years ended March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010, or March 31, 2009. As previously announced in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 10, 2011, we concluded that the consolidated financial statements and the related financial information contained in such previously filed reports should no longer be relied upon.
 
Footnote 23 of the March 31, 2011 financial statements presents the impact of the restatements on each quarter from the quarter ending June 30, 2009 to the quarter ending December 31, 2010.
 
Background of Restatement
 
On June 9, 2011, the Corporation announced that its Audit Committee had evaluated the financial reporting issues surrounding the accrual of dividends on Preferred Shares sold to the U.S. Treasury and two deferred compensation plans.
 
Management had accrued dividends on cumulative preferred stock prior to declaring a dividend on those shares. The declaration of the dividends was not allowed under the terms of a consent order with federal regulators. This dividend was accrued through August 15, 2010. The accrual of dividends resulted in an understatement of stockholders’ equity of the Corporation during the quarters that the undeclared dividend was accrued. The understatement was $8.479 million as of December 31, 2010.
 
The Corporation discontinued accruing the dividends on the cumulative preferred stock after August 15, 2010. The calculation for the net income available to common shareholders included only the dividends accrued versus the dividend in arrears. As a result, the loss per share available to common shareholders was understated by $0.04 for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and $0.06 for the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
The Corporation also accrued interest at a rate of 5%, simple interest on the unpaid dividends. The agreement with the US Treasury requires a dividend of 5% on the unpaid dividends, compounded on the unpaid dividends. The accrual of interest expense impacted the net income for all quarters in 2010 and for the first three quarters of 2011. The detail of the quarterly impact can be found in Note 23 of the March 31, 2011 consolidated financial statements.
 
The accrual of interest on the unpaid dividends resulted in an overstatement of interest expense and net loss and an understatement in stockholders’ equity of the Corporation for all quarters in 2010 and for the first three quarters in 2011. The aggregate amount of the misstatement over all periods was approximately $447,000. Because of the nature of the misclassification, there was no impact on the net loss available to common shareholders.
 
Additionally, management identified and quantified the impact of an accounting error for two deferred compensation plans. The Corporation has two deferred compensation plans that require the payment to plan participants in the form of Corporation Common Stock. Grantor trusts were formed to hold Anchor BanCorp of Wisconsin Inc. common stock in the name of the plan participant for distribution under the terms of the plan. The measurement aspect of the plan obligations were accounted for correctly, but the liability for the plans was incorrectly included as “other liabilities” versus being recorded as an equity account. The grantor trusts were correctly accounted for and displayed as “deferred compensation obligation” in the equity section. The improper reporting of these plans resulted in an understatement of stockholders’ equity of the corporation of $5.247 million as of April 1, 2008, the earliest period reported in the consolidated financials included in this Form 10-K filing.


(ii)


Table of Contents

Internal Control Considerations
 
The Corporation had previously concluded that its internal controls over financial reporting were not effective for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
The Corporation’s management developed a remediation plan for the disclosed material weakness and significant deficiencies which was approved by the Audit Committee. Details of those remediation efforts are included in Item 9A of the March 31, 2011 Form 10-K.
 
The accounting errors noted above were the result of prior management’s decisions and the ineffective internal controls over financial reporting as noted above.
 
The accrued dividends were identified as an uncorrected misstatement by the independent auditors at March 31, 2010. This issue was part of the financial reporting weakness noted in the year ending March 31, 2010.
 
The accrual of “interest” on the unpaid dividends was identified as the review of the entire cumulative dividend accounting issue was being completed.
 
The deferred compensation issue was identified by management in the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ending March 31, 2011. The accounting for these plans has not changed since plan inception in the early 1990’s.
 
While evaluating the materiality of the deferred compensation issue identified during the fourth quarter of 2011, management considered the unusually low level of reported equity, and the impact of this misstatement aggregated with the misstatement related to the preferred stock dividends. Due to the combination of these two factors, management concluded that restatement of the prior periods was the most appropriate resolution.
 
The restatement related to the Excess Benefit Plan and Deferred Compensation Agreement resulted from the Corporation’s initiative to formalize the reconciliation process to substantiate general ledger accounts to remediate the 2010 material weakness and was not a result of a break down in controls identified in 2011.
 
In assessing materiality of the restatement, management notes that the impact represented an increase to Holding Company equity and that Bank capital was not impacted by the misstatement. The misstatement did not impact any financial covenants in the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.


(iii)


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
In the normal course of business, we, in an effort to help keep our shareholders and the public informed about our operations, may from time to time issue or make certain statements, either in writing or orally, that are or contain forward-looking statements, as that term is defined in the U.S. federal securities laws. Generally, these statements relate to business plans or strategies, projected or anticipated benefits from acquisitions or dispositions made by or to be made by us, projections involving anticipated revenues, earnings, liquidity, profitability or other aspects of operating results or other future developments in our affairs or the industry in which we conduct business. Forward-looking statements may be identified by reference to a future period or periods or by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “project,” “continue,” “ongoing,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions.
 
Although we believe that the anticipated results or other expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, we can give no assurance that those results or expectations will be attained. Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions (some of which are beyond our control), and as a result actual results may differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements due to several factors more fully described in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” as well as elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following, as well as those discussed elsewhere herein:
 
  •  general economic or industry conditions could be less favorable than expected, resulting in a deterioration in credit quality, a change in the allowance for loan and lease losses or a reduced demand for credit or fee-based products and services;
 
  •  soundness of other financial institutions with which the Company and the Bank engage in transactions;
 
  •  competitive pressures could intensify and affect our profitability, including as a result of continued industry consolidation, the increased availability of financial services from non-banks, technological developments or bank regulatory reform;
 
  •  changes in technology;
 
  •  deterioration in commercial real estate, land and construction loan portfolios resulting in increased loan losses;
 
  •  uncertainties regarding our ability to continue as a going concern;
 
  •  our ability to address our own liquidity issues;
 
  •  demand for financial services, loss of customer confidence, and customer deposit account withdrawals;
 
  •  our ability to pay dividends;
 
  •  changes in the quality or composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios and allowance for loan losses;
 
  •  unprecedented volatility in the market and fluctuations in the value of our common stock;
 
  •  dilution of existing shareholders as a result of possible future transaction;
 
  •  uncertainties about the Company and the Bank’s Cease and Desist Orders with OTS;
 
  •  uncertainties about our ability to raise sufficient new capital in a timely manner in order to increase the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios;
 
  •  changes in the conditions of the securities markets, which could adversely affect, among other things, the value or credit quality of our assets, the availability and terms of funding necessary to meet our liquidity needs and our ability to originate loans;
 
  •  increases in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation premiums due to market developments and regulatory changes; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines;


(iv)


Table of Contents

 
  •  uncertainties regarding our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago;
 
  •  delisting of the Company’s common stock from Nasdaq;
 
  •  significant unforeseen legal expenses;
 
  •  uncertainties about market interest rates;
 
  •  security breaches of our information systems;
 
  •  acts or threats of terrorism and actions taken by the United States or other governments as a result of such acts or threats, severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war;
 
  •  environmental liability for properties to which we take title;
 
  •  expiration of our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement;
 
  •  the effects of any changes to the servicing compensation structure for mortgage servicers pursuant to the programs of government sponsored-entities;
 
  •  uncertainties relating to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, the Dodd-Frank Act, the implementation by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and federal banking regulators of a number of programs to address capital and liquidity issues in the banking system and additional programs that will apply to us in the future, all of which may have significant effects on us and the financial services industry;
 
  •  changes in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program;
 
  •  changes in the extensive laws, regulations and policies governing financial holding companies and their subsidiaries;
 
  •  monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Department of the Treasury; and
 
  •  challenges relating to recruiting and retaining key employees.
 
You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events, except to the extent required by federal securities laws.


(v)


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.   Business
 
General
 
We, Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. (the “Corporation” or the “Company”) are a registered savings and loan holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Wisconsin. We are engaged in the savings and loan business through our wholly owned banking subsidiary, AnchorBank, fsb (the “Bank”).
 
The Bank was organized in 1919 as a Wisconsin chartered savings institution and converted to a federally chartered savings institution in 2000. AnchorBank, fsb is the third largest depository institution headquartered in the State of Wisconsin and its largest thrift in terms of assets. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to the maximum allowable amount by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Chicago, and is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) and the FDIC. The Corporation is regulated by the OTS as a savings and loan holding company and is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”). See “Regulation and Supervision.”
 
Primarily through our branch network, we offer checking, savings, money market accounts, mortgages, home equity and other consumer loans, credit cards, annuities, investment products and related consumer financial services. The Bank also provides banking services to businesses, including checking accounts, lines of credit, secured loans and commercial real estate loans. AnchorBank’s branch network serves as the primary vehicle through which we cross sell additional products to existing customers and generate new customer relationships.
 
In addition to our branch network, we provide products and services online via our WebBranchtm online banking system and our Speed e-Apptm online mortgage application tool. During the 2011 fiscal year we saw a substantial increase in mortgage applications received through Speed e-App, our online application service.
 
The Corporation also has a non-banking subsidiary, Investment Directions, Inc. (“IDI”), a Wisconsin corporation which has historically invested in real estate partnerships. During 2010, IDI sold substantially all of its assets and its investment activities have been substantially curtailed.
 
On June 25, 2010, the Corporation completed the sale of eleven branches located in Northwest Wisconsin to Royal Credit Union headquartered in Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Royal Credit Union assumed approximately $171.2 million in deposits and acquired $61.8 million in loans and $9.8 million in office properties and equipment. The net gain on the sale was $5.0 million. The net gain included a write off of the $3.9 million core deposit intangible that was required when designated core deposits were sold in this transaction. On July 23, 2010, the Corporation completed the sale of four branches located in Green Bay, Wisconsin and surrounding communities to Nicolet National Bank headquartered in Green Bay, Wisconsin. Nicolet National Bank assumed $105.1 million in deposits and acquired $24.8 million in loans and $0.4 million in office properties and equipment. The net gain on the sale was $2.3 million.
 
The Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries: ADPC Corporation (“ADPC”), a Wisconsin corporation, holds and develops certain of the Bank’s foreclosed properties. Anchor Investment Corporation (“AIC”), an operating subsidiary that is located in and formed under the laws of the State of Nevada, manages a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio (primarily mortgage related securities).
 
As of March 31, 2011, the Corporation had 719 full-time and 98 part-time employees. The Corporation promotes equal employment opportunity and considers employee relations to be excellent. The average tenure of AnchorBank employees is 13 years. None of the AnchorBank employees are represented by a collective bargaining group.
 
The Corporation maintains a web site at www.anchorbank.com. All of the Corporation’s filings under the Exchange Act are available through our web site, free of charge, including copies of Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, on the date that the Corporation files those materials with, or furnishes them to, the SEC.


1


Table of Contents

 
Market Area
 
The Bank’s primary market area consists of south-central, east-central and southeastern Wisconsin, as well as contiguous counties in Iowa, Minnesota and Illinois. At March 31, 2011, the Bank conducted business from its headquarters and main office in Madison, Wisconsin, and from 55 other full-service offices and one loan origination office which services our more than 140,000 households and businesses. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, 15 branches in the Northwest region of Wisconsin and the Green Bay area were sold. Additionally, in fiscal 2011, the Bank’s lending-only office in Hudson, Wisconsin was closed. One lending-only office in Lake Geneva, Wisconsin remains, while all other offices operate as full-service branches.
 
AnchorBank’s market area is concentrated in the greater Madison/Dane County, Suburban Milwaukee and Fox Valley areas. Together these areas account for nearly half of Wisconsin’s population and provide a strong platform for long term growth, both locally and regionally. Within its market footprint AnchorBank exhibits a strong retail franchise with the second highest market share of both deposits and mortgage origination in the Madison area and with the sixth largest deposit and mortgage origination share in the state overall.
 
Our home market of Madison provides a strong base in a highly attractive market. Madison is home to both state and county governments as well as the University of Wisconsin. Madison has enjoyed rapid population growth of 12.1 percent since 2000, a median household income 15 percent above the national average and relatively low unemployment at 5.7 percent (as of April 2011) versus the national average of 8.8 percent. Madison frequently ranks in the top 100 Places to Live in America by Money Magazine.
 
The Fox Valley, consisting primarily of the cities of Appleton and Oshkosh and their associated satellite communities is one of the state’s fastest growing areas and also benefits from significantly higher than median income levels at approximately $52,000, 5 percent higher than the national average. The Bank operates eight branches in the Fox Valley area.
 
In the Milwaukee area, AnchorBank operates eight branches, all located in suburban areas outside the City of Milwaukee. The largest city in Wisconsin, the Milwaukee Metropolitan area is home to roughly 1.6 million people with a median income of $51,279 and more than 70,000 businesses.
 
Competition
 
The Bank encounters strong competition in attracting both loan and deposit customers. Such competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies and brokerage and investment banking firms. The Bank’s market area includes branches of several commercial banks that are substantially larger in terms of loans and deposits. Furthermore, tax exempt credit unions operate in most of the Bank’s market area and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. The Corporation’s profitability depends upon the Bank’s continued ability to successfully maintain market share and mitigate credit losses.
 
Customer demand for loans secured by real estate has been reduced by a weak economy, an increase in unemployment and a decrease in real estate values. Customer demand for real estate loans has decreased and the Bank’s income has been affected because alternative investments, such as securities, typically earn less income than real estate secured loans.
 
The principal factors that are used to attract deposit accounts and that distinguish one financial institution from another include rates of return, quality of service to the depositors, types of accounts, service fees, convenience of office locations and hours, and other services. We offer a full array of deposit, savings and investment products to meet the needs of our consumer and business customers with features, high service levels, convenience and rates/fees structured to provide a competitive value proposition for our customers and prospective customers. In return, our customers have rewarded us with high levels of satisfaction and loyalty as proven by our recent JD Powers Bank ratings which showed Anchor to be one of the highest rated banks in the upper Midwest.
 
The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan fee charges, and timeliness and quality of service to the borrower. Similar to the market for deposit and investment products, we focus on offering the best overall value to our loan customers. During the 2011 fiscal year we originated $745 million in single family


2


Table of Contents

“conforming” loans. While single family “conforming” loans are subsequently sold to investors, a key competitive difference is that AnchorBank retains servicing on our residential mortgages, thereby ensuring a high level of continuing customer service. AnchorBank currently has a servicing portfolio of approximately $3.40 billion.
 
Lending Activities
 
General.  At March 31, 2011, the Bank’s net loans held for investment totaled $2.52 billion, representing approximately 74.2% of its $3.39 billion of total assets at that date. Loans held for investment consist of single-family residential loans of $652.2 million, multi-family residential loans of $499.6 million, commercial real estate loans of $645.7 million, construction and land loans of $225.2 million, commercial and industrial loans of $96.8 million and consumer loans of $563.3 million.
 
The Bank originates residential loans secured by properties located primarily in Wisconsin, with adjustable-rate loans generally being originated for inclusion in the Bank’s loan portfolio and fixed-rate loans generally being originated for sale into the secondary market.
 
Loan Portfolio Composition.  The following table presents the composition of the Bank’s consolidated loans held for investment at the dates indicated.
 
                                                                                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
          Percent
 
    Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total     Amount     of Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
Mortgage loans:
                                                                               
Single-family residential
  $ 652,237       24.31 %   $ 765,312       22.27 %   $ 843,482       20.52 %   $ 893,001       20.35 %   $ 843,677       20.76 %
Multi-family residential
    499,645       18.62       614,930       17.89       662,483       16.12       694,423       15.82       654,567       16.11  
Commercial real estate
    645,683       24.07       842,905       24.53       1,020,981       24.84       1,088,004       24.79       1,020,325       25.10  
Construction
    52,014       1.94       108,486       3.16       267,375       6.51       402,395       9.17       460,746       11.33  
Land
    173,168       6.45       231,330       6.73       266,756       6.49       306,363       6.98       214,703       5.28  
                                                                                 
Total mortgage loans
    2,022,747       75.39       2,562,963       74.58       3,061,077       74.48       3,384,186       77.11       3,194,018       78.58  
                                                                                 
Consumer loans:
                                                                               
Second mortgage and home equity
    268,264       10.00       352,795       10.27       394,708       9.61       356,009       8.11       351,739       8.65  
Education
    276,735       10.31       331,475       9.64       358,784       8.73       275,850       6.29       223,707       5.50  
Other
    18,345       0.68       24,990       0.73       56,302       1.37       95,149       2.17       60,413       1.49  
                                                                                 
Total consumer loans
    563,344       21.00       709,260       20.64       809,794       19.71       727,008       16.57       635,859       15.64  
                                                                                 
Commercial business loans:
                                                                               
Loans
    96,755       3.61       164,329       4.78       238,940       5.81       277,312       6.32       234,791       5.78  
Lease receivables
          0.00             0.00             0.00             0.00       1       0.00  
                                                                                 
Total commercial business loans
    96,755       3.61       164,329       4.78       238,940       5.81       277,312       6.32       234,792       5.78  
                                                                                 
Total loans receivable
    2,682,846       100.00 %     3,436,552       100.00 %     4,109,811       100.00 %     4,388,506       100.00 %     4,064,669       100.00 %
                                                                                 
Contras to loans:
                                                                               
Undisbursed loan proceeds
    (8,761 )             (23,334 )             (71,672 )             (141,219 )             (163,505 )        
Allowance for loan losses
    (150,122 )             (179,644 )             (137,165 )             (38,285 )             (20,517 )        
Unearned net loan fees
    (3,476 )             (3,898 )             (4,441 )             (6,075 )             (6,541 )        
Unearned interest
    (115 )             (88 )             (84 )             (83 )             (42 )        
Net (discount) premium on loans purchased
    (5 )             (8 )             (10 )             (11 )             (15 )        
                                                                                 
Total contras to loans
    (162,479 )             (206,972 )             (213,372 )             (185,673 )             (190,620 )        
                                                                                 
Loans receivable, net
  $ 2,520,367             $ 3,229,580             $ 3,896,439             $ 4,202,833             $ 3,874,049          
                                                                                 


3


Table of Contents

The following table shows, at March 31, 2011, the scheduled contractual maturities of the Bank’s consolidated gross loans held for investment, as well as the dollar amount of such loans which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates.
 
                                         
          Commercial
    Commercial
             
    Residential     and Industrial     Real Estate     Consumer     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Amounts due:
                                       
In one year or less
  $ 25,648     $ 57,920     $ 610,078     $ 39,959     $ 733,605  
After one year through five years
    35,340       33,429       566,377       116,809       751,955  
After five years
    587,526       8,340       194,302       407,118       1,197,286  
                                         
    $ 648,514     $ 99,689     $ 1,370,757     $ 563,886     $ 2,682,846  
                                         
Interest rate terms on amounts due after one year:
                                       
Fixed
  $ 179,035     $ 27,878     $ 466,196     $ 320,607     $ 993,716  
                                         
Adjustable
  $ 443,831     $ 13,891     $ 294,483     $ 203,320     $ 955,525  
                                         
 
Residential Loans.  At March 31, 2011, $652.2 million, or 24.3%, of the Bank’s total loans receivable consisted of residential loans, substantially all of which were 1 to 4 family dwellings. Residential loans have increased as a percentage of the Bank’s total loans receivable from 20.8% at March 31, 2007 to 24.3% at March 31, 2011.
 
The adjustable-rate loans currently in the Bank’s portfolio have up to 30-year maturities and terms which permit the Bank to annually increase or decrease the rate on the loans, based on a designated index. These loans are documented according to standard industry practices. This is generally subject to a limit of 2% per adjustment and an aggregate 6% adjustment over the life of the loan. The Bank makes a limited number of interest-only loans which tend to have a shorter term to maturity and does not originate negative amortization and option payment ARMS.
 
Adjustable-rate loans decrease the risks associated with changes in interest rates but involve other risks, primarily because as interest rates rise, the payment by the borrower rises to the extent permitted by the terms of the loan, thereby increasing the potential for default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. The Bank believes that these risks, which have not had a material adverse effect on the Bank to date, generally are less than the risks associated with holding fixed-rate loans in an increasing interest rate environment. At March 31, 2011, approximately $445.5 million, or 68.7%, of the Bank’s permanent residential loans receivable consisted of loans with adjustable interest rates. Also, as interest rates decline, borrowers may refinance their mortgages into fixed-rate loans thereby prepaying the balance of the loan prior to maturity.
 
The Bank continues to originate long-term, fixed-rate conventional mortgage loans. The Bank generally sells current production of these loans with terms of 15 years or more to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and other institutional investors, while keeping some of the 10-year term loans in its portfolio. In order to provide a full range of products to its customers, the Bank also participates in the loan origination programs of Wisconsin Housing and Economic Development Authority (“WHEDA”), Wisconsin Department of Veterans Affairs (“WDVA”) and the USDA Rural Guarantee Program. The Bank retains the right to service substantially all loans that it sells.
 
At March 31, 2011, approximately $203.0 million, or 31.3%, of the Bank’s permanent residential loans receivable consisted of loans that provide for fixed rates of interest. Although these loans generally provide for repayments of principal over a fixed period of ten to 30 years, it is the Bank’s experience that, because of prepayments and due-on-sale clauses, such loans generally remain outstanding for a substantially shorter period of time.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans.  The Bank originates loans for commercial, corporate and business purposes, including issuing letters of credit. At March 31, 2011, commercial and industrial loans amounted to $96.8 million, or 3.6%, of the Bank’s total loans receivable. The Bank’s commercial business loan portfolio is comprised of loans for a variety of purposes and generally is secured by equipment, machinery and other business


4


Table of Contents

assets. Commercial business loans generally have terms of five years or less and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially all of such loans are secured and backed by the personal guarantees of the owners of the business.
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans.  The Bank originates commercial real estate loans that it typically holds in its loan portfolio. Such loans generally have adjustable rates and shorter terms than single-family residential loans, thus increasing the sensitivity of the loan portfolio to changes in interest rates, as well as providing higher fees and rates than residential loans. At March 31, 2011, the Bank had $1.37 billion of loans secured by commercial real estate, which represented 51.1% of the Bank’s total loans receivable. The Bank generally limits the origination of such loans to its primary market area.
 
The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special purpose properties, including hotels, restaurants and nursing homes.
 
Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortizations of 15 to 25 years, as well as balloon payments of two to five years, and terms which provide that the interest rates thereon may be adjusted annually at the Bank’s discretion, based on a designated index.
 
Consumer Loans.  The Bank offers consumer loans in order to provide a full range of financial services to its customers. At March 31, 2011, $563.3 million, or 21.0%, of the Bank’s consolidated total loans receivable consisted of consumer loans. Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates than mortgage loans but generally involve more risk than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain cases, the absence of collateral.
 
The largest component of the Bank’s other consumer loan portfolio is second mortgage and home equity loans. The primary home equity loan product has an adjustable interest rate that is linked to the prime interest rate and is secured by a mortgage, either a primary or a junior lien, on the borrower’s residence. New home equity lines do not exceed 85% of appraised value at the loan origination date. A fixed-rate home equity second mortgage term product is also offered.
 
Approximately $276.7 million, or 10.3%, of the Bank’s total loans receivable at March 31, 2011 consisted of education loans. These are generally made for a maximum of $3,500 per year for undergraduate studies and $8,500 per year for graduate studies and are placed in repayment on an installment basis within six months of graduation. Education loans generally have interest rates that adjust annually in accordance with a designated index. Both the principal amount of an education loan and interest thereon generally are guaranteed by the Great Lakes Higher Education Corporation up to 97% of the balance of the loan, which generally obtains reinsurance of its obligations from the U.S. Department of Education. Education loans may be sold to the U.S. Department of Education or to other investors. The Bank received $24.3 million from the sale of these education loans during fiscal 2011.
 
The remainder of the Bank’s consumer loan portfolio consists of vehicle loans and other secured and unsecured loans that have been made for a variety of consumer purposes. These include credit extended through credit cards issued by a third party, ELAN Financial Services, pursuant to an agency arrangement under which the Bank participates in outstanding balances, currently at 25% to 28%, with a third party, ELAN Financial Services. The Bank also shares 33% to 37% of annual fees paid to ELAN and 30% of late payment, over limit and cash advance fees paid to ELAN as well as 25% to 30% of interchange income paid to ELAN.
 
At March 31, 2011, the Bank’s approved credit card lines amounted to $42.3 million. The total outstanding amount at March 31, 2011 is $7.8 million.
 
Net Fee Income From Lending Activities.  Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are being deferred and the net amounts are amortized as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield.
 
The Bank also receives other fees and charges relating to existing mortgage loans, which include prepayment penalties, late charges and fees collected in connection with a change in borrower or other loan modifications. Other types of loans also generate fee income for the Bank. These include annual fees assessed on credit card accounts, transactional fees relating to credit card usage and late charges on consumer loans.


5


Table of Contents

Origination, Purchase and Sale of Loans.  The Bank’s loan originations come from a number of sources. Residential mortgage loan originations are attributable primarily to depositors, branch customers, the Company’s website, referrals from real estate brokers, builders and direct solicitations. Commercial real estate loan originations are obtained by direct solicitations and referrals. Consumer loans are originated from branch customers, existing depositors and mortgagors and direct solicitation.
 
Applications for all types of loans are obtained at the Bank’s three lending regions, certain of its branch offices and one loan origination facility. Loan approval authority is designated to a Concurrence Authority Credit Officer to sign within their authority. Loans may also be approved by members of the Senior Loan Committee, within designated limits or by the Board of Directors.
 
The Bank’s general policy is to lend up to the lesser of 80% of the appraised value or purchase price of the property, whichever is less, securing a single-family residential loan (referred to as the loan-to-value ratio). The Bank will lend more than 80% of the appraised value of the property, but will require that the borrower obtain when possible, private mortgage insurance in an amount intended to reduce the Bank’s exposure to 80% or less of the appraised value of the underlying property. At March 31, 2011, the Bank had approximately $6.7 million of loans that had loan-to-value ratios of greater than 80% and did not have private mortgage insurance for the portion of the loans above such amount.
 
Property appraisals on the real estate and improvements securing the Bank’s single-family residential loans are made by the Bank’s staff or by independent appraisers, approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, during the underwriting process. Appraisals are performed in accordance with federal regulations and policies.
 
The Bank’s underwriting criteria generally require that multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans have loan-to-value ratios which amount to 75 to 80% or less and debt coverage ratios of a minimum of 120%. The Bank also obtains personal guarantees on its multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans from the principals of the borrowers, as well as appraisals of the collateral from independent appraisal firms.
 
The portfolio of commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans is reviewed on a continuing basis to identify any potential risks that exist in regard to the property management, financial criteria of the loan, operating performance, competitive marketplace and collateral valuation. The relationship manager’s function of the Bank is responsible for identifying and reporting credit risk quantified through a loan rating system and making recommendations to mitigate credit risk in the portfolio. The risk management function provides an independent review of this function. These and other underwriting standards are documented in written policy statements, which are periodically updated and approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors.
 
The Bank encounters certain environmental risks in its lending activities. Under federal and state environmental laws, lenders may become liable for costs of cleaning up hazardous materials found on secured properties. Certain states may also impose liens with higher priorities than first mortgages on properties to recover funds used in such efforts. Although the foregoing environmental risks are more usually associated with industrial and commercial loans, environmental risks may be substantial for residential lenders, like the Bank, since environmental contamination may render the secured property unsuitable for residential use. In addition, the value of residential properties may become substantially diminished by contamination of nearby properties. In accordance with the guidelines of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, appraisals for single-family homes on which the Bank lends include comments on environmental influences and conditions. The Bank attempts to control its exposure to environmental risks with respect to loans secured by larger properties by monitoring available information on hazardous waste disposal sites and requiring environmental inspections of such properties prior to closing the loan. No assurance can be given, however, that the value of properties securing loans in the Bank’s portfolio will not be adversely affected by the presence of hazardous materials or that future changes in federal or state laws will not increase the Bank’s exposure to liability for environmental cleanup.
 
The Bank has been actively involved in the secondary market since the mid-1980s and generally originates single-family residential loans under terms, conditions and documentation which permit sale to Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, and other investors in the secondary market. The Bank sells substantially all of the fixed-rate, single-family residential loans with terms over 15 years it originates in order to decrease the amount of such loans in its loan portfolio. The volume of loans originated and sold is dependent on a number of factors, but is most influenced


6


Table of Contents

by general interest rates. In periods of lower interest rates, demand for fixed-rate mortgages increases. In periods of higher interest rates, customer demand for fixed-rate mortgages declines. The Bank’s sales are usually made through forward sales commitments. The Bank attempts to limit any interest rate risk created by forward commitments by limiting the number of days between the commitment and closing, charging fees for commitments, and limiting the amounts of its uncovered commitments at any one time. Forward commitments to cover closed loans and loans with rate locks to customers range from 70% to 100% of committed amounts. The Bank also periodically has used its loans to securitize mortgage-backed securities.
 
The Bank generally services all originated loans that have been sold to other investors. This includes the collection of payments, the inspection of the secured property, and the disbursement of certain insurance and tax advances on behalf of borrowers. The Bank recognizes a servicing fee when the related loan payments are received. At March 31, 2011, the Bank was servicing $3.40 billion of loans for others.
 
The Bank is not an active purchaser of loans. At March 31, 2011, approximately $11.4 million of mortgage loans were being serviced for the Bank by others. Servicing of loans or loan participations purchased by the Bank is performed by the seller, with a portion of the interest being paid by the borrower retained by the seller to cover servicing costs.
 
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, the Corporation began disaggregating its loans by portfolio segment, the level at which the Corporation has developed and documented its systematic method for determining its allowance for loan losses, and class of financing receivable, which is a disaggregation of portfolio segment in accordance with current accounting standards. Prior year activity is shown under the previous classifications.
 
The following table shows the Bank’s consolidated total loans on a gross basis originated, purchased, sold and repaid during the periods indicated.
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Gross loans receivable at beginning of year(1)
  $ 3,456,036     $ 4,271,775     $ 4,398,175  
Total loans originated for investment
    113,934       631,103       779,977  
Repayments
    (867,640 )     (1,255,484 )     (1,058,672 )
Transfers of loans to held for sale
          (48,878 )      
                         
Net activity in loans held for investment
    (753,706 )     (673,259 )     (278,695 )
                         
Total loans originated for sale
    804,538       887,466       1,029,650  
Transfers of loans from held for investment
          48,878        
Sales of loans
    (816,484 )     (1,029,946 )     (877,355 )
Loans converted into mortgage-backed securities
          (48,878 )      
                         
Net activity in loans held for sale
    (11,946 )     (142,480 )     152,295  
                         
Gross loans receivable at end of period(1)
  $ 2,690,384     $ 3,456,036     $ 4,271,775  
                         
                         
 
 
(1) Includes loans held for sale and loans held for investment.
 
Delinquency Procedures.  Delinquent and problem loans are a normal part of any lending business. When a borrower fails to make a required payment by the 15th day after which the payment is due, internal collection procedures are instituted. The borrower is contacted to determine the reason for the delinquency and attempts are made to cure the loan. The Bank regularly reviews the loan status, the condition of the property, and circumstances of the borrower. Based upon the results of its review, the Bank may negotiate and accept a repayment program with the borrower, accept a voluntary deed in lieu of foreclosure, agree to the terms of a short sale or initiate foreclosure proceedings.
 
A decision as to whether and when to initiate foreclosure proceedings is based upon such factors as the amount of the outstanding loan in relation to the original indebtedness, the extent of delinquency, the value of the collateral, and the borrower’s financial ability and willingness to cooperate in curing the deficiencies. If foreclosed on, the


7


Table of Contents

property is sold at a public sale and the Bank will generally bid an amount reasonably equivalent to the fair value of the foreclosed property or the amount of judgment due the Bank.
 
Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as foreclosed property until it is sold. When property is acquired, it is recorded at the estimated fair value less cost to sell at the date of acquisition, with charge-offs, if any, charged to the allowance for loan losses prior to transfer to foreclosed property. Upon acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. In the case of a short sale, any remaining loan balance in excess of the net proceeds is charged to the allowance for loan losses.
 
For discussion of the Corporation’s asset quality, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Non-Performing Assets” in Item 7. See also Notes 1 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
 
Investment Securities
 
In addition to lending activities, the Corporation conducts other investment activities on an ongoing basis in order to diversify assets, limit interest rate risk and credit risk and meet regulatory liquidity requirements. The Corporation invests in mortgage-related securities which are insured or guaranteed by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, or Ginnie Mae backed by Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities and also invests in non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). Investment decisions are made by authorized officers in accordance with policies established by the Board of Directors.
 
Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. Debt securities are classified as held-to-maturity when the Corporation has the intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. Held-to-maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. Securities are classified as trading when the Corporation intends to actively buy and sell securities in order to make a profit. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. There were no securities designated as trading during the three years ended March 31, 2011.
 
At March 31, 2011, the amortized cost of the Corporation’s investment securities held to maturity amounted to $27,000, all of which are 30-year securities. There were no five- and seven-year balloon securities. All of the held to maturity investment securities are insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae and are adjustable-rate securities.
 
Securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. For the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, stockholders’ equity decreased $14.6 million (net of deferred income tax receivable) and increased $938,000 (net of deferred income tax receivable), respectively, to reflect net unrealized gains and losses on holding securities classified as available-for-sale.
 
The Corporation’s policy does not permit investment in non-investment grade bonds and permits investment in various types of liquid assets permissible for the Bank under OTS regulations, which include U.S. Government obligations, municipal bonds, securities of various federal agencies, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Although the Corporation does not purchase non-investment grade securities, it does own $26.5 million, or 5.1% of the total investment security portfolio, of non-investment grade securities as a result of ratings downgrades. Subject to limitations on investment grade securities, the Corporation also invests in corporate stock and debt securities from time to time.
 
Agency-backed securities increase the quality of the Corporation’s assets by virtue of the insurance or guarantees of federal agencies that back them, require less capital under risk-based regulatory capital requirements than non-insured or guaranteed mortgage loans, are more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize borrowings or other obligations of the Corporation. At March 31, 2011, securities with a fair value of $481.9 million held by the Corporation are either AAA rated or are guaranteed by government sponsored agencies. At March 31, 2011, $420.8 million of the Corporation’s securities available-for-sale were pledged to secure various obligations of the Corporation. The Corporation had no securities held-to-maturity that were pledged to secure obligations of the Corporation at March 31, 2011.


8


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of the Corporation’s investment securities at the dates indicated.
 
                                                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
    Amortized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Available-for-sale:
                                               
U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 4,037     $ 4,126     $ 51,029     $ 51,031     $ 48,471     $ 48,919  
Municipal bonds
                            21,768       22,233  
Mutual fund
                            1,797       1,797  
Corporate stock and other
    1,151       1,219       1,176       1,198       4,806       4,735  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
    342       358       1,393       1,413       142,692       143,995  
Non-agency CMOs
    49,921       46,637       91,140       85,367       119,473       107,527  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    6,131       6,389       14,907       15,440       97,562       100,754  
GNMA securities
    481,659       464,560       261,957       261,754       54,753       55,025  
                                                 
      543,241       523,289       421,602       416,203       491,322       484,985  
Held-to-maturity:
                                               
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    27       28       39       40       50       50  
                                                 
      27       28       39       40       50       50  
                                                 
Total investment securities
  $ 543,268     $ 523,317     $ 421,641     $ 416,243     $ 491,372     $ 485,035  
                                                 
 
The Corporation’s mortgage-backed securities are made up of CMOs, including CMOs which qualify as Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”). At March 31, 2011, the Corporation had $27,000 of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity. The fair value of the mortgage-backed securities available for sale held by the Corporation amounted to $475.5 million at the same date.


9


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the maturity and weighted average yield characteristics of the Corporation’s investment securities at March 31, 2011, classified by term to maturity. The balance is at amortized cost for held-to-maturity securities and at fair value for available-for-sale securities.
 
                                                         
    Less than Five Years     Five to Ten Years     Over Ten Years        
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
       
          Average
          Average
          Average
       
    Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield     Balance     Yield     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Available-for-sale:
                                                       
U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 4,126       2.36 %   $     $     $       0.00 %   $ 4,126  
Corporate stock and other
                            1,219       8.67       1,219  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
                            358       3.98       358  
Non-agency CMOs
    26       8.38       9,527       4.78       37,084       6.73       46,637  
Residential mortgage-backed Securities
    496       4.08       873       4.78       5,020       3.51       6,389  
GNMA Securities
                639       4.86       463,921       2.73       464,560  
                                                         
      4,648       2.57       11,039       4.78       507,602       3.06       523,289  
                                                         
Held-to-maturity:
                                                       
Residential mortgage-backed Securities
    4       6.19       23       3.03                   27  
                                                         
      4       6.19       23       3.03                   27  
                                                         
Total investment securities
  $ 4,652       2.58 %   $ 11,062       4.77 %   $ 507,602       3.06 %   $ 523,316  
                                                         
 
Due to repayments of the underlying loans, the actual maturities of certain investment securities are expected to be substantially sooner than the scheduled maturities.
 
For additional information regarding the Corporation’s investment securities, see the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial Statements, including Note 4 thereto included in Item 8.
 
Sources of Funds
 
General.  Deposits are a major source of the Bank’s funds for lending and other investment activities. In addition to deposits, the Bank derives funds from principal repayments and prepayments on loan and mortgage-related securities, maturities of investment securities, sales of loans and securities, interest payments on loans and securities, advances from the FHLB and, from time to time, repurchase agreements and other borrowings. Loan repayments and interest payments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, the stock market and competition. Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources. They also may be used on a longer term basis for general business purposes, including providing financing for lending and other investment activities and asset/liability management strategies.
 
Deposits.  The Bank’s deposit products include passbook and statement savings accounts, demand accounts (i.e. checking), interest bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit ranging in terms of 42 days to seven years. Included among these deposit products are Individual Retirement Account certificates and Keogh retirement certificates, as well as negotiable-rate certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more (“jumbo certificates”).
 
The Bank’s deposits are obtained primarily from residents of Wisconsin. The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that provide funds for a specified fee. While brokered deposits are a good source of funds, they are interest rate driven and thus inherently have more liquidity and interest rate risk. At March 31, 2011, the Bank had $48.1 million in brokered deposits, which accounted for 1.78% of its $2.71 billion of total deposits and accrued interest. At March 31, 2011, the Bank is precluded from obtaining new or renewing existing


10


Table of Contents

brokered deposits. The Bank has $107.6 million in out of network certificates of deposit. These deposits are opened via internet listing services and the balances are kept within FDIC insured limits.
 
The Bank attracts deposits through a network of convenient office locations by utilizing a customer sales and service plan and by offering a wide variety of accounts and services, competitive interest rates and convenient customer hours. Deposit terms offered by the Bank vary according to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the characteristics of its deposit accounts, consideration is given to the profitability and liquidity of the Bank, matching terms of the deposits with loan products, the attractiveness to customers and the rates offered by the Bank’s competitors.
 
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of the Bank’s certificates of deposit at March 31, 2011.
 
                                                 
          Over Six
    Over
    Over Two
             
          Months
    One Year
    Years
    Over
       
    Six Months
    Through
    Through
    Through
    Three
       
Interest Rate
  and Less     One Year     Two Years     Three Years     Years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
0.00% to 2.99%
  $ 823,035     $ 246,153     $ 270,685     $ 5,082     $ 15,190     $ 1,360,145  
3.00% to 4.99%
    72,255       79,197       33,529       26,152       3,137       214,270  
5.00% to 6.99%
    832       1,557       263                   2,652  
                                                 
    $ 896,122     $ 326,907     $ 304,477     $ 31,234     $ 18,327     $ 1,577,067  
                                                 
 
At March 31, 2011, the Bank had $406.5 million of certificates greater than or equal to $100,000, of which $78.6 million are scheduled to mature in less than three months, $151.8 million in three to six months, $93.6 million in six to twelve months and $82.5 million in over twelve months.
 
Borrowings.  From time to time the Bank obtains advances from the FHLB, which generally are secured by capital stock of the FHLB and certain of the Bank’s mortgage loans and investment securities. See “Regulation.” Such advances are made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. The FHLB may prescribe the acceptable uses for these advances, as well as limitations on the size of the advances and repayment provisions.
 
From time to time the Bank enters into repurchase agreements with nationally recognized primary securities dealers. Repurchase agreements are accounted for as borrowings by the Bank and are secured by mortgage-backed securities. The Bank did not utilize this source of funds during the year ended March 31, 2011, but may do so in the future.
 
The Corporation used a short-term line of credit used in part to fund IDI’s partnership interests and investments in real estate held for development and sale. This line of credit also funded other Corporation needs. The final maturity of the line of credit was extended to November 30, 2011. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation had drawn $116.3 million under this line of credit, respectively. The Corporation is currently in default and does not have credit remaining on this line of credit. See Note 11 to the Corporation’s Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 for more information on borrowings.
 
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances and weighted average interest rates for the Corporation’s borrowings at the dates indicated.
 
                                                 
    March 31,
    2011   2010   2009
        Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
        Average
      Average
      Average
    Balance   Rate   Balance   Rate   Balance   Rate
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
FHLB advances
  $ 478,479       2.57 %   $ 613,429       3.08 %   $ 887,329       3.41 %
Other borrowed funds
    176,300       8.85       176,300       8.85       190,138       6.03  


11


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information relating to the Corporation’s short-term (original maturities of one year or less) borrowings for the periods indicated.
 
                                                 
    March 31,
    2011   2010   2009
        Weighted
      Weighted
      Weighted
        Average
      Average
      Average
    Balance   Rate   Balance   Rate   Balance   Rate
    (In thousands)
 
Balance at end of Period:
                                               
FHLB advances
  $ 40,000       0.20 %   $       0.00 %   $       0.00 %
Short Term Line of Credit
    116,300       12.00       116,300       12.00       116,300       8.00  
Maximum month-end balance:
                                               
FHLB advances
    50,000       0.26 %           0.00 %     210,500       2.35 %
Short Term Line of Credit
    116,300       12.00       116,300       12.00       118,465       3.93  
Average balance:
                                               
FHLB advances
    11,500       0.26 %           0.00 %     100,217       2.18 %
Short Term Line of Credit
    116,300       12.00       116,300       11.33       116,678       5.44  
 
Subsidiaries
 
Investment Directions, Inc.  IDI is a wholly-owned, non-banking subsidiary of the Corporation that has invested in various limited partnerships and subsidiaries funded by borrowings from the Corporation. Because the Corporation has made substantially all of the initial capital investment in these partnerships and as a result bears substantially all the risks of ownership of these partnerships, such partnerships have been deemed variable interest entities (“VIE’s”) subject to the consolidation requirements of ASC 810-10-15. The application of ASC-810-10-15 results in the consolidation of assets, liabilities, income and expense of the partnerships into the Corporation’s financial statements. During the year ended March 31, 2010, IDI sold its interest in Davsha LLC and its related interest in the limited partnerships as well as the golf course and resort at Indian Palms, which included some developed lots for $11.5 million.
 
The assets that remain at IDI include an equity interest in one commercial real estate property and one real estate development along with various notes receivable.
 
At March 31, 2011, the Corporation had extended $4.2 million to IDI to fund various partnership and subsidiary investments. This represents a decrease of $0.4 million from borrowings of $4.6 million at March 31, 2010. These amounts are eliminated in consolidation.
 
California Investment Directions, Inc.  CIDI was a wholly owned non-banking subsidiary of IDI formed in April 2000 to purchase and hold the general partnership interest in S&D Indian Palms, Ltd. and a minority interest in Davsha, LLC. CIDI was organized in the State of California. Davsha and its subsidiaries invested in VIE’s which were subject to consolidation pursuant to ASC 810-10-15. CIDI was dissolved during the year ended March 31, 2010 because its entire interest in the limited partnerships was eliminated. CIDI’s net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $765,000.
 
S&D Indian Palms, Ltd.  Indian Palms was a wholly owned non-banking subsidiary of IDI organized in the state of California which owned a golf resort and land for residential lot development in California. Indian Palms sold land to Davsha, LLC, which in turn sold land to its subsidiaries and subsequently to its real estate partnerships for lot development. Indian Palms’ net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $10.4 million.
 
Davsha, LLC.  Davsha was a wholly owned non-banking subsidiary of IDI (80% owned) and CIDI (20% owned). Davsha was organized in the state of California, where it purchased land from Indian Palms and developed residential housing for sale. Davsha had three wholly owned non-banking subsidiaries, Davsha III, Davsha V and Davsha VII. Each of these subsidiaries formed partnerships with developers and purchased lots from Davsha. Davsha’s net income for the year ended March 31, 2010 was $2.1 million.


12


Table of Contents

ADPC Corporation.  ADPC is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank that holds certain of the Bank’s foreclosed properties. The Bank’s investment in ADPC at March 31, 2011 amounted to $8.9 million as compared to $2.7 million at March 31, 2010. ADPC had a net loss of $233,000 for the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to $998,000 for the year ended March 31, 2010.
 
Anchor Investment Corporation.  AIC is an operating subsidiary of the Bank that was incorporated in March 1993. Located in the State of Nevada, AIC was formed for the purpose of managing a portion of the Bank’s investment portfolio (primarily mortgage-backed securities). As an operating subsidiary, AIC’s results of operations are combined with the Bank’s for financial and regulatory purposes. The Bank’s investment in AIC amounted to $219.7 million at March 31, 2011 as compared to $223.6 million at March 31, 2010. AIC had net income of $6.5 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 as compared to $7.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2010.
 
Regulation and Supervision
 
The business of the Corporation and the Bank is subject to extensive regulation and supervision under federal banking laws and other federal and state laws and regulations. In general, these laws and regulations are intended for the protection of depositors, the deposit insurance funds administered by the FDIC and the banking system as a whole, and not for the protection of stockholders or creditors of insured institutions.
 
Set forth below are brief descriptions of selected laws and regulations applicable to the Corporation and the Bank. These descriptions are not intended to be a comprehensive description of all laws and regulations to which the Corporation and the Bank are subject or to be complete descriptions of the laws and regulations discussed. The descriptions of statutory and regulatory provisions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutes and regulations. Changes in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the Bank and our businesses.
 
General.  The Corporation is registered as a savings and loan holding company under Section 10 of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”). As a result, the Corporation is subject to the regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements of the OTS. The Corporation must file quarterly and annual reports with the OTS that describes its financial condition.
 
The Bank is a federal savings bank organized under the laws of the United States and subject to regulation and examination by the OTS. The OTS regulates all areas of the Bank’s banking operations, including investments, reserves, lending, mergers, payment of dividends, interest rates, transactions with affiliates (including the Corporation), establishment of branches and other aspects of the Bank’s operations. The Bank is subject to regular examinations by the OTS and is assessed amounts to cover the costs of such examinations.
 
Because the Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent permitted by law, the Bank is also regulated by the FDIC. The major functions of the FDIC with respect to insured institutions include making assessments, if required, against insured institutions to fund the appropriate deposit insurance fund and preventing the continuance or development of unsound and unsafe banking practices.
 
Activities Restrictions.  There are generally no restrictions on the activities of a savings and loan holding company, such as the Corporation, which controlled only one subsidiary savings association on or before May 4, 1999 (a “grandfathered holding company”). However, if the Director of the OTS determines that there is reasonable cause to believe that the continuation by a savings and loan holding company of an activity constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of its subsidiary savings association, the Director may impose such restrictions as it deems necessary to address such risk, including limiting (i) payment of dividends by the savings association; (ii) transactions between the savings association and its affiliates; and (iii) any activities of the savings association that might create a serious risk that the liabilities of the holding company and its affiliates may be imposed on the savings association. Notwithstanding the above rules as to permissible business activities of unitary savings and loan holding companies, if the savings association subsidiary of such a holding company fails to meet the qualified thrift lender (“QTL”) test, then such unitary holding company also shall become subject to the activities restrictions applicable to multiple savings and loan holding companies and, unless the savings association requalifies as a QTL within one year thereafter, shall register as, and become subject to the restrictions applicable to, a bank holding company. Regulation as a bank holding company could be adverse to the Corporation’s operations


13


Table of Contents

and impose additional and possibly more burdensome regulatory requirements on the Corporation. See “- The Bank — Qualified Thrift Lender Test” below.
 
If a savings and loan holding company acquires control of a second savings association and holds it as a separate institution, the holding company becomes a multiple savings and loan holding company. As a general rule, multiple savings and loan holding companies are subject to restrictions on their activities that are not imposed on a grandfathered holding company. They could not commence or continue any business activity other than: (i) those permitted for a bank holding company under section 4(c) of the Bank Holding Company Act (unless the Director of the OTS by regulation prohibits or limits such 4(c) activities); (ii) furnishing or performing management services for a subsidiary savings association; (iii) conducting an insurance agency or escrow business; (iv) holding, managing, or liquidating assets owned by or acquired from a subsidiary savings association; (v) holding or managing properties used or occupied by a subsidiary savings association; (vi) acting as trustee under deeds of trust; or (vii) those activities authorized by regulation as of March 5, 1987, to be engaged in by multiple savings and loan holding companies.
 
Restrictions on Acquisitions.  Except under limited circumstances, savings and loan holding companies are prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval of the OTS:
 
  •  control of any other savings institution or savings and loan holding company or all or substantially all the assets thereof; or
 
  •  more than 5% of the voting shares of a savings institution or holding company of a savings institution which is not a subsidiary.
 
In evaluating an application by a holding company to acquire a savings association, the OTS must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the holding company and savings association involved, the risk of the acquisition to the insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and the effect of the acquisition on competition. Acquisitions which result in a savings and loan holding company controlling savings associations in more than one state are generally prohibited, except in supervisory transactions involving failing savings associations or based on specific state authorization of such acquisitions. Except with the prior approval of the OTS, no director or officer of a savings and loan holding company or person owning or controlling by proxy or otherwise more than 25% of such Corporation’s voting stock, may acquire control of any savings institution, other than a subsidiary savings institution, or of any other savings and loan holding company.
 
Change of Control.  Federal law requires, with few exceptions, OTS approval (or, in some cases, notice and effective clearance) prior to any acquisition of control of the Corporation. Among other criteria, under OTS regulations, “control” is conclusively presumed to exist if a person or Corporation acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the savings association or holding company. Control is also presumed to exist, subject to rebuttal, if an acquiror acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock (or more than 25% of any class of stock) and is subject to any of several “control factors,” including, among other matters, the relative ownership position of a person, the existence of control agreements and board composition. The Dodd-Frank Act amends the Bank Holding Company Act in regard to bank holding company acquisitions of control of out-of-state banks, replacing the prior “adequately-capitalized” and “adequately-managed” standards by now requiring the acquiring bank holding company to be well-capitalized and well-managed. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act is similarly amended with respect to interstate merger transactions, now requiring that the resulting bank be well-capitalized and well-managed following the transaction.
 
Change in Management.  If a savings and loan holding company is in a “troubled condition,” as defined in the OTS regulations, it is required to give 30 days’ prior written notice to the OTS before adding or replacing a director, employing any person as a senior executive officer or changing the responsibility of any senior executive officer so that such person would assume a different senior executive position. The OTS then has the opportunity to disapprove any such appointment.
 
Limitations on Dividends.  The Corporation is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. The Corporation’s principal source of revenue consists of dividends from the Bank. The payment of dividends by the Bank is subject to various regulatory requirements, including a minimum of 30 days’ advance


14


Table of Contents

notice to the OTS of any proposed dividend to the Corporation. The Corporation is currently precluded from paying dividends under provisions of TARP and the OTS Order to Cease and Desist.
 
Other limitations may apply depending on the size of the proposed dividend and the condition of the Bank. See “— The Bank — Restrictions on Capital Distributions” below.
 
Capital Requirements.  OTS regulations require that federal savings banks maintain: (i) “tangible capital” in an amount of not less than 1.5% of adjusted total assets, (ii) “core (Tier 1) capital” in an amount not less than 3.0% of adjusted total assets and (iii) a level of risk-based capital equal to 8.0% of total risk-weighted assets. Most banks are required to maintain a “minimum leverage” ratio of core (Tier 1) capital of at least 4.0% to 5.0% of adjusted total assets.
 
“Core capital” includes common stockholders’ equity (including common stock, additional paid in capital and retained earnings, but excluding any net unrealized gains or losses, net of related taxes, on certain securities available for sale), noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and any related surplus and noncontrolling interests in the equity accounts of full consolidated subsidiaries. Intangible assets generally must be deducted from core capital, other than certain servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships, subject to limitations. “Tangible capital” means core capital less any intangible assets (except for mortgage servicing assets includable in core capital) and investments in subsidiaries engaged in activities not permissible for a national bank. “Total capital,” for purposes of the risk-based capital requirement, equals the sum of core capital plus supplementary (Tier 2) capital (which, as defined, includes the sum of, among other items, perpetual preferred stock not counted as core capital, limited life preferred stock, subordinated debt and general loan and lease loss allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets) less certain deductions. The amount of supplementary (Tier 2) capital that may be counted towards satisfaction of the total capital requirement may not exceed 100% of core capital, and OTS regulations require the maintenance of a minimum ratio of core capital to total risk-weighted assets of 4.0%. Risk-weighted assets are determined by multiplying certain categories of a savings association’s assets, including off-balance sheet equivalents, by an assigned risk weight of 0% to 100% based on the credit risk associated with those assets as specified in OTS regulations.
 
As of March 31, 2011, the Bank was not in compliance with all minimum regulatory capital requirements, with tangible, core and risk-based capital ratios of 4.26%, 4.26% and 8.04%, respectively. Capital requirements higher than the generally applicable minimum requirement may be established for a particular savings association if the OTS determines that the institution’s capital was or may become inadequate in view of its particular circumstances. In June, 2009, the Bank consented to the issuance of a Cease and Desist Agreement with the OTS which requires, among other things, capital requirements in excess of the generally applicable minimum requirements. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Prompt Corrective Action.  Under Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”), each federal banking agency is required to take prompt corrective action to deal with depository institutions subject to their jurisdiction that fail to meet their minimum capital requirements or are otherwise in a troubled condition. The prompt corrective action provisions require undercapitalized institutions to become subject to an increasingly stringent array of restrictions, requirements and prohibitions as their capital levels deteriorate and supervisory problems mount. Should these corrective measures prove unsuccessful in recapitalizing the institution and correcting its problems, the FDIA mandates that the institution be placed in receivership.
 
Pursuant to regulations promulgated under Section 38 of the FDIA, the corrective actions that the banking agencies either must or may take are tied primarily to an institution’s capital levels. In accordance with the framework set forth in the FDIA, the federal banking agencies have developed a classification system, pursuant to which all banks and savings associations are placed into one of five categories: well capitalized, adequately


15


Table of Contents

capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The capital thresholds established for each of the categories are as follows:
 
             
        Tier 1
  Total
    Tier 1
  Risk-Based
  Risk-Based
Capital Category
  Leverage Ratio   Capital Ratio   Capital Ratio
 
Well Capitalized
  5% or above   6% or above   10% or above
Adequately Capitalized
  4% or above(1)   4% or above   8% or above
Undercapitalized
  Less than 4%   Less than 4%   Less than 8%
Significantly Undercapitalized
  Less than 3%   Less than 3%   Less than 6%
Critically Undercapitalized
  Less than 2%    
 
 
(1) 3% for banks with the highest supervisory rating.
 
The applicable federal banking agency also has authority, after providing an opportunity for a hearing, to downgrade an institution from “well capitalized” to “adequately capitalized” or to subject an “adequately capitalized” or “undercapitalized” institution to the supervisory actions applicable to the next lower category, for supervisory concerns.
 
Applicable laws and regulations also generally provide that no insured institution may make a capital distribution if it would cause the institution to become “undercapitalized.” Capital distributions include cash (but not stock) dividends, stock purchases, redemptions and other distributions of capital to the owners of an institution. Moreover, only a “well capitalized” depository institution may accept brokered deposits without prior regulatory approval.
 
“Undercapitalized” depository institutions are subject to growth limitations and other restrictions and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. The federal banking agencies may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the depository institution’s capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the depository institution’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan. The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the depository institution’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized,” and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If a depository institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.”
 
“Significantly undercapitalized” depository institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized,” requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks.
 
“Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
 
As of March 31, 2011, the Bank was “adequately capitalized” under PCA guidelines. Under OTS requirements, a bank must have a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0 percent or greater to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Bank continues to work toward the requirements of the previously issued Cease and Desist Order which requires a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 12.0 percent, which exceeds traditional capital levels for a bank. At March 31, 2011, the Bank had not met the elevated capital levels. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Restrictions on Capital Distributions.  OTS regulations govern capital distributions by savings institutions, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings institution to make capital distributions. Under applicable regulations, a savings institution must file an application for OTS approval of the capital distribution if:
 
  •  the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the institution’s net income for that year to date plus the institution’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
 
  •  the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;


16


Table of Contents

 
  •  the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or OTS-imposed condition; or
 
  •  the institution is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings with the OTS.
 
If an application is not required to be filed, savings institutions such as the Bank which are a subsidiary of a holding company (as well as certain other institutions) must still file a notice with the OTS at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
 
An institution that either before or after a proposed capital distribution fails to meet its then applicable minimum capital requirement or that has been notified that it needs more than normal supervision may not make any capital distributions without the prior written approval of the OTS. In addition, the OTS may prohibit a proposed capital distribution, which would otherwise be permitted by OTS regulations, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
 
The FDIC prohibits an insured depository institution from paying dividends on its capital stock or interest on its capital notes or debentures (if such interest is required to be paid only out of net profits) or distributing any of its capital assets while it remains in default in the payment of any assessment due the FDIC. The Bank is currently not in default in any assessment payment to the FDIC.
 
Qualified Thrift Lender Test.  A savings association can comply with the qualified thrift lender, or QTL, test set forth in the HOLA and implementing regulations of the OTS by either meeting the QTL test set forth therein or qualifying as a domestic building and loan association as defined in Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The QTL test set forth in the HOLA requires a savings association to maintain 65% of portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments, or QTLs. Portfolio assets are defined as total assets less intangibles, property used by a savings association in its business and liquidity investments in an amount not exceeding 20% of assets. Generally, QTLs are residential housing related assets. At March 31, 2011, the amount of the Bank’s assets which were invested in QTLs exceeded the percentage required to qualify the Bank under the QTL test.
 
Applicable laws and regulations provide that any savings association that fails to meet the definition of a QTL must either convert to a national bank charter or limit its future investments and activities (including branching and payments of dividends) to those permitted for both savings associations and national banks. Further, within one year of the loss of QTL status, a holding company of a savings association that does not convert to a bank charter must register as a bank holding company and be subject to all statutes applicable to bank holding companies. In order to exercise the powers granted to federally-chartered savings associations and maintain full access to FHLB advances, the Bank must continue to meet the definition of a QTL.
 
Safety and Soundness Standards.  The OTS and the other federal bank regulatory agencies have established guidelines for safety and soundness, addressing operational and managerial standards, as well as compensation matters for insured financial institutions. Institutions failing to meet these standards are required to submit compliance plans to their appropriate federal regulators. The OTS and the other agencies have also established guidelines regarding asset quality and earnings standards for insured institutions. The Bank believes that it is in compliance with these guidelines and standards.
 
Community Investment and Consumer Protection Laws.  In connection with the Bank’s lending activities, the Bank is subject to a variety of federal laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. Included among these are the federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Truth-in-Lending Act, Truth-in-Savings Act, Fair Housing Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Bank Secrecy Act, Money Laundering Prosecution Improvements Act and Community Reinvestment Act.
 
The Community Reinvestment Act requires insured institutions to define the communities that they serve, identify the credit needs of those communities and adopt and implement a “Community Reinvestment Act Statement” pursuant to which they offer credit products and take other actions that respond to the credit needs of the community. The responsible federal banking regulator (the OTS in the case of the Bank) must conduct regular Community Reinvestment Act examinations of insured financial institutions and assign to them a Community Reinvestment Act rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs improvement” or “unsatisfactory.” The record of a depository institution under the Community Reinvestment Act will be taken into account when applying for the


17


Table of Contents

establishment of new branches or mergers with other institutions. The Bank’s current Community Reinvestment Act rating is “satisfactory.”
 
The Bank attempts in good faith to ensure compliance with the requirements of the consumer protection statutes to which it is subject, as well as the regulations that implement the statutory provisions. The requirements are complex, however, and even inadvertent non-compliance could result in civil and, in some cases, criminal liability.
 
Federal Deposit Insurance.  Deposits held by the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) as administered by the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act raised the standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000 per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category. The change makes permanent the temporary coverage limit increase from $100,000 to $250,000 that had been in effect since October 2008.
 
In November 2008, the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to its Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”). The TLGP was first announced by the FDIC on October 14, 2008, preceded by the determination of systemic risk by the Secretary of the Treasury (after consultation with the President), as an initiative to counter the system-wide crisis in the nation’s financial sector. Under the TLGP, the FDIC will (i) guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008 and before June 30, 2009 and (ii) provide full FDIC deposit insurance coverage through December 31, 2009 for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts paying less than 0.5% interest per annum and held at participating FDIC-insured institutions. Coverage under the TLGP was available for the first 30 days without charge. The Company and the Bank elected to continue to participate in the TLGP account insurance program, through payment of a fee assessment of 10 basis points per quarter on amounts in excess of $250,000 in covered accounts. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, neither the Company nor the Bank had issued any senior unsecured debt under the TLGP.
 
The FDIC maintains the DIF by assessing each depository institution an insurance premium. The amount of the FDIC assessments paid by a DIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by the company’s FDIC supervisory rating, and other various measures, such as the level of brokered deposits, secured debt and debt issuer ratings.
 
The DIF assessment base rate currently ranges from 12 to 45 basis points for institutions that do not trigger factors for brokered deposits and unsecured debt, and higher rates for those that do trigger those risk factors. In February 2011, the FDIC redefined the deposit insurance assessment base, and updated the assessment rates. Absent any changes in the FDIC risk category due to other factors, including potential declines in the capital level of the Bank, the change in DIF assessment rate is expected to decrease FDIC insurance expense.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act effects further changes to the law governing deposit insurance assessments. There is no longer an upper limit for the reserve ratio designated by the FDIC each year, and the maximum reserve ratio may not be less than 1.35% of insured deposits, or the comparable percentage of the assessment base. Under prior law the maximum reserve ratio was 1.15%. The Dodd-Frank Act permits the FDIC until September 30, 2020 to raise the reserve ratio, which is currently negative, to 1.35%. The FDIC is required to offset the effect of increased assessments necessitated by the Dodd-Frank Act on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion, but we cannot currently predict how this offset will affect us, and implementing rules are not expected until mid-2011. See “Risk Factors — Recent changes have created regulatory uncertainty” and “Risk Factors — Current and future increases in FDIC insurance premiums, including FDIC special assessments imposed on all FDIC-insured institutions, will decrease our earnings.” The Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates requirements under prior law that the FDIC pay dividends to member institutions if the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds, and the FDIC has proposed that in lieu of dividends, it will adopt lower rate schedules when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds.
 
All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual assessment to provide funds for the payment of interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a federal corporation chartered under the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Board. The bonds, which are referred to as FICO bonds, were issued to capitalize the


18


Table of Contents

Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FDIC-insured depository institutions paid between 1.02 cents to 1.14 cents per $100 of DIF-assessable deposits in 2009, and between 1.04 to 1.06 cents during 2010.
 
Brokered Deposits.  The FDIC restricts the use of brokered deposits by certain depository institutions. Under the FDIC and applicable regulations, (i) a “well capitalized insured depository institution” may solicit and accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit without restriction, (ii) an “adequately capitalized insured depository institution” may not accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this prohibition by the OTS and (iii) an “undercapitalized insured depository institution” may not (x) accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit or (y) solicit deposits by offering an effective yield that exceeds by more than 75 basis points the prevailing effective yields on insured deposits of comparable maturity in such institution’s normal market area or in the market area in which such deposits are being solicited. The term “undercapitalized insured depository institution” is defined to mean any insured depository institution that fails to meet the minimum regulatory capital requirement prescribed by its appropriate federal banking agency. The OTS may, on a case-by-case basis and upon application by an adequately capitalized insured depository institution, waive the restriction on brokered deposits upon a finding that the acceptance of brokered deposits does not constitute an unsafe or unsound practice with respect to such institution. The Corporation had $48.1 million of outstanding brokered deposits at March 31, 2011. At March 31, 2011, the Bank is adequately capitalized under PCA guidelines although it is precluded from accepting, renewing or rolling over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS. Under OTS requirements, a bank must have a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0 percent or greater to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Bank continues to work toward the requirements of the previously issued Cease and Desist Order which requires a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 12.0 percent, which exceeds traditional capital levels for a bank. At March 31, 2011, the Bank had not met the elevated capital levels. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The FHLB System consists of twelve regional FHLBs, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Board, or FHFB. The FHLBs provide a central credit facility for member savings associations. Collateral is required. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Chicago. The maximum amount that the FHLB of Chicago will advance fluctuates from time to time in accordance with changes in policies of the FHFB and the FHLB of Chicago, and the maximum amount generally is reduced by borrowings from any other source. In addition, the amount of FHLB advances that a savings association may obtain is restricted in the event the institution fails to maintain its status as a QTL.
 
Federal Reserve System.  The Federal Reserve Board has adopted regulations that require savings associations to maintain non-earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). These reserves may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements imposed by the OTS. Because required reserves must be maintained in the form of cash or a non-interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, the effect of this reserve requirement is to reduce the amount of the Bank’s interest-earning assets.
 
Transactions With Affiliates Restrictions.  Transactions between savings associations and any affiliate are governed by Section 11 of the HOLA and Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and regulations thereunder. An affiliate of a savings association generally is any company or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the savings association. In a holding company context, the parent holding company of a savings association (such as the Corporation) and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the savings association. Generally, Section 23A limits the extent to which the savings association or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such association’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23B applies to “covered transactions” as well as certain other transactions and requires that all transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the savings association as those provided to a non-affiliate. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans to, purchase of assets from and issuance of a guarantee to an affiliate and similar transactions. Section 23B transactions also apply to the provision of services and the sale of assets by a savings association to an affiliate. In addition to the restrictions imposed by Sections 23A and 23B, Section 11 of the HOLA prohibits a savings association from (i) making a loan or other extension of credit to an affiliate, except for any affiliate which engages only in certain activities which are permissible for bank holding companies, or (ii) purchasing or investing


19


Table of Contents

in any stocks, bonds, debentures, notes or similar obligations of any affiliate, except for affiliates which are subsidiaries of the savings association.
 
In addition, Sections 22(g) and (h) of the Federal Reserve Act place restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors and principal stockholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to a director, an executive officer and to a greater than 10% stockholder of a savings association (“a principal stockholder”), and certain affiliated interests of either, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated interests, the savings association’s loans to one borrower limit (generally equal to 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus). Section 22(h) also requires that loans to directors, executive officers and principal stockholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons unless the loans are made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that (i) is widely available to employees of the institution and (ii) does not give preference to any director, executive officer or principal stockholder, or certain affiliated interests of either, over other employees of the savings institution. Section 22(h) also requires prior board approval for certain loans. In addition, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit by a savings institution to all insiders cannot exceed the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Furthermore, Section 22(g) places additional restrictions on loans to executive officers.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act expands the 23A and 23B affiliate transaction rules. Among other things, upon the statutory changes’ effective date, which will likely be mid- to late- 2012, the scope of the definition of “covered transaction” under 23A will expand, collateral requirements will increase and certain exemptions will be eliminated. At March 31, 2011, the Bank was in compliance with the above restrictions.
 
Anti-Money Laundering.  Financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures, and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. We are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence in dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. We also must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Recent laws provide law enforcement authorities with increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially strengthened as a result of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”), enacted in 2001, renewed in 2006 and extended, in part, in 2011. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of applications.
 
The USA Patriot Act amended, in part, the Bank Secrecy Act and provides for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering. The statute also creates enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanics for the U.S. government, including: (1) requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; (2) promulgating rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; (3) requiring reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and (4) mandating the filing of suspicious activities reports if a bank believes a customer may be violating U.S. laws and regulations. The statute also requires enhanced due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons.
 
The Federal Bureau of Investigation may send bank regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities. We may be subject to a request for a search of its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists and may be required to report any identified relationships or transactions. Furthermore, the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC has sent, and will send, bank regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked


20


Table of Contents

Persons. If we find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.
 
Privacy Regulation.  The Corporation and the Bank are subject to numerous privacy-related laws and their implementing regulations, including but not limited to Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and other federal and state privacy and consumer protection laws. Those laws and the regulations promulgated under their authority can limit, under certain circumstances, the extent to which financial institutions may disclose nonpublic personal information that is specific to a particular individual to affiliated companies and nonaffiliated third parties. Moreover, the Bank is required to establish and maintain a comprehensive Information Security Program in accordance with the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information. The program must be designed to:
 
  •  ensure the security and confidentiality of customer information;
 
  •  protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such information; and
 
  •  protect against unauthorized access to or use of such information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.
 
In addition, the Federal Trade Commission has implemented a nationwide “do not call” registry that allows consumers to prevent unsolicited telemarketing calls. Millions of households already have placed their telephone numbers on this registry.
 
Regulatory Enforcement Authority.  The enforcement powers available to federal banking agencies are substantial and include, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions against insured institutions and institution-affiliated parties. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with regulatory authorities.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (i) created a public company accounting oversight board; (ii) strengthened auditor independence from corporate management; (iii) heightened the responsibility of public company directors and senior managers for the quality of the financial reporting and disclosure made by their companies; (iv) adopted a number of provisions to deter wrongdoing by corporate management; (v) imposed a number of new corporate disclosure requirements; (vi) adopted provisions which generally seek to limit and expose to public view possible conflicts of interest affecting securities analysts; and (vii) imposed a range of new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts, as well as extended the period during which certain types of lawsuits can be brought against a company or its insiders.
 
Overdraft Fees.  In November 2009, the Federal Reserve Board adopted amendments under its Regulation E that impose new restrictions on banks’ abilities to charge overdraft fees. The final rule prohibits financial institutions from charging fees for paying overdrafts on ATM and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Should the Bank be required to comply with Regulation E or if it becomes subject to a future regulation promulgated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, as a result of changes relating to expected dissolution of the OTS in July 2011, the Bank may experience decreased revenues and additional compliance costs.
 
Interchange Fee.  The Dodd-Frank Act, through a provision known as the Durbin Amendment, requires the Federal Reserve Board to establish standards for interchange fees that are “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of processing the debit card transaction and imposes other requirements on card networks. On December 16, 2010, the Federal Reserve Board proposed an interchange fee cap of twelve cents per transaction, although institutions like the Bank with less than 10 billion in assets would be exempt. Notwithstanding the exemption, it is widely expected that retailers may require smaller institutions to accept the same limitation as a condition of acceptance of their debit cards. Consequently if the interchange fee cap is implemented, we expect it could result in decreased revenues and increased compliance costs for the banking industry and the Bank.


21


Table of Contents

Source of Strength Doctrine.  Federal Reserve policy requires bank holding companies to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. The Dodd-Frank Act requires this Federal Reserve policy to be made law. Under this policy, the holding company is expected to commit resources to support its bank subsidiary, including at times when the holding company may not be in a financial position to provide it. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a bank subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority of payment.
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.  In October 2008, the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 and the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Corporation) between October 14, 2008 and October 31, 2009. The maximum amount of FDIC-guaranteed debt a participating Eligible Entity (including the Corporation) may have outstanding is 125% of the entity’s senior unsecured debt that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to mature on or before October 31, 2009. The ability of Eligible Entities (including the Corporation) to issue guaranteed debt under the TLGP expired on October 31, 2009. As of October 31, 2009, the Corporation had no senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. The Corporation and the Bank signed a master agreement with the FDIC on December 5, 2008 for issuance of bonds under the program. The Corporation did not have any unsecured debt, thus had to file for an exemption to be able to issue bonds under this program. The Bank is eligible to issue up to $88 million as of March 31, 2011. As of March 31, 2011, the Bank had $60.0 million of bonds issued.
 
Another aspect of the TLGP, also established by the FDIC in October 2008, is the transaction account guarantee program (“TAG Program”) under which the FDIC fully guaranteed all non-interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2009, for FDIC-insured institutions that agreed to participate in the program. The TAG Program applies to all personal and business checking deposit accounts that do not earn interest at participating institutions. The TAG Program was subsequently extended, until December 31, 2010, with an assessment of between 15 and 25 basis points after January 1, 2010. The assessment depends upon an institution’s risk profile and is assessed quarterly on balances in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that exceed the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000 for insured depository institutions that have not opted out of this component of the TLGP. The Corporation opted to participate in this component of the TLPG. The Dodd-Frank Act has extended unlimited deposit insurance to non-interest-bearing transaction accounts until December 31, 2012.
 
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.  On October 3, 2008, President Bush signed into law the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), giving the United States Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) authority to take certain actions to restore liquidity and stability to the U.S. banking markets. Based upon its authority in the EESA, a number of programs to implement EESA have been announced. Those programs include the following:
 
  •  Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). Pursuant to this program, Treasury, on behalf of the US government, will purchase preferred stock, along with warrants to purchase common stock, from certain financial institutions, including bank holding companies, savings and loan holding companies and banks or savings associations not controlled by a holding company. The investment will have a dividend rate of 5% per year, until the fifth anniversary of Treasury’s investment and a dividend of 9% thereafter. During the time Treasury holds securities issued pursuant to this program, participating financial institutions will be required to comply with certain provisions regarding executive compensation and corporate governance. Participation in this program also imposes certain restrictions upon an institution’s dividends to common shareholders and stock repurchase activities. As described further herein, we elected to participate in the CPP and received $110 million pursuant to the program.
 
  •  Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. This program contained both (i) a debt guarantee component, whereby the FDIC will guarantee until June 30, 2012, the senior unsecured debt issued by eligible financial institutions between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009; and (ii) an account transaction guarantee component, whereby the FDIC will insure 100% of non-interest bearing deposit transaction accounts held


22


Table of Contents

  at eligible financial institutions, such as payment processing accounts, payroll accounts and working capital accounts through December 31, 2009. The deadline for participation or opting out of this program was December 5, 2008. We elected not to opt out of the program.
 
  •  Permanent increase in deposit insurance coverage. Pursuant to the EESA, the FDIC temporarily raised the basic limit on federal deposit insurance coverage from $100,000 to $250,000 per depositor. Dodd-Frank permanently raised the limit to $250,000.
 
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.  On February 17, 2009, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law. Included among the many provisions in ARRA are restrictions affecting financial institutions who are participants in TARP, which are set forth in the form of amendments to EESA. These amendments provide that during the period in which any obligation under TARP remains outstanding (other than obligations relating to outstanding warrants), TARP recipients are subject to appropriate standards for executive compensation and corporate governance which were set forth in an interim final rule regarding TARP standards for Compensation and Corporate Governance, issued by Treasury and effective on June 15, 2009 (the “Interim Final Rule”). Among the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions included in ARRA and the Interim Final Rule are the following:
 
  •  an incentive compensation “clawback” provision to cover “senior executive officers” (defined in this instance and below to mean the “named executive officers” for whom compensation disclosure is provided in the company’s proxy statement) and the next 20 most highly compensated employees;
 
  •  a prohibition on certain golden parachute payments to cover any payment related to a departure for any reason (with limited exceptions) made to any senior executive officer (as defined above) and the next five most highly compensated employees;
 
  •  a limitation on incentive compensation paid or accrued to the five most highly compensated employees of the financial institution, subject to limited exceptions for pre-existing arrangements set forth in written employment contracts executed on or prior to February 11, 2009, and certain awards of restricted stock which may not exceed 1/3 of annual compensation, are subject to a two year holding period and cannot be transferred until Treasury’s preferred stock is redeemed in full;
 
  •  a requirement that the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer provide in annual securities filings, a written certification of compliance with the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions of the Interim Final Rule;
 
  •  an obligation for the compensation committee of the board of directors to evaluate with the company’s chief risk officer certain compensation plans to ensure that such plans do not encourage unnecessary or excessive risks or the manipulation of reported earnings;
 
  •  a requirement that companies adopt a company-wide policy regarding excessive or luxury expenditures; and
 
  •  a requirement that companies permit a separate, non-binding shareholder vote to approve the compensation of executives.
 
The Special Inspector General for the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“SIGTARP”) was established pursuant to Section 121 of EESA and has the duty, among other things, to conduct, supervise, and coordinate audits and investigations of the purchase, management and sale of assets by the Treasury under TARP and the CPP, including the shares of non-voting preferred shares purchased from the Corporation. Thus, the Corporation is now also subject to supervision, regulation and investigation by SIGTARP by virtue of its participation in the TARP CPP.
 
In addition, companies who have issued preferred stock to Treasury under TARP are now permitted to redeem such investments at any time, subject to consultation with banking regulators. Upon such redemption, the warrants may be immediately liquidated by Treasury.


23


Table of Contents

Homeowners Affordability and Stability Plan
 
In February 2009, the Administration also announced its Financial Stability Plan and Homeowners Affordability and Stability Plan (“HASP”). The Financial Stability Plan is the second phase of TARP, to be administrated by the Treasury. Its four key elements include:
 
  •  the development of a public/private investment fund essentially structured as a government sponsored enterprise with the mission to purchase troubled assets from banks with an initial capitalization from government funds;
 
  •  the Capital Assistance Program under which the Treasury will purchase additional preferred stock available only for banks that have undergone a new stress test given by their regulator;
 
  •  an expansion of the Federal Reserve’s term asset-backed liquidity facility to support the purchase of up to $1 trillion in AAA-rated asset backed securities backed by consumer, student, and small business loans, and possible other types of loans; and
 
  •  the establishment of a mortgage loan modification program with $50 billion in federal funds further detailed in the HASP.
 
The HASP is a program aimed to help seven to nine million families restructure their mortgages to avoid foreclosure. The plan also develops guidance for loan modifications nationwide. HASP provides programs and funding for eligible refinancing of loans owned or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, along with incentives to lenders, mortgage servicers, and borrowers to modify mortgages of “responsible” homeowners who are at risk of defaulting on their mortgage. The goals of HASP are to assist in the prevention of home foreclosures and to help stabilize falling home prices.
 
Beyond the Company’s participation in certain programs, such as TARP, the Company will benefit from these programs if they help stabilize the national banking system and aid in the recovery of the housing market.
 
Dodd-Frank Act
 
On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed into law the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which significantly changes the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions affecting large and small financial institutions alike, including several provisions that will profoundly affect how community banks, thrifts, and smaller bank and thrift holding companies, such as the Corporation, will be regulated in the future. Among other things, these provisions abolish the OTS and transfer its functions to the other federal banking agencies, relax rules regarding interstate branching, allow financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, change the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage, and impose new capital requirements on bank and thrift holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection as an independent entity within the Federal Reserve, which will be given the authority to promulgate consumer protection regulations applicable to all entities offering consumer financial services or products, including banks. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a series of provisions covering mortgage loan origination standards affecting, among other things, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and pre-payments. The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on the operating environment of the Corporation in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to affect our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand our permissible activities, and it may affect the competitive balance within the financial services industry and market areas. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, is very unpredictable at this time. The Corporation’s management is actively reviewing the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which are phased-in over the next several months and years, and assessing its probable impact on the business, financial condition, and results of operations of the Corporation. However, the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the financial services industry in general, and the Corporation in particular, is uncertain at this time.


24


Table of Contents

Federal Housing Finance Agency
 
In January 2011, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) announced that it directed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to work on a joint initiative, in coordination with FHFA and HUD, to consider alternatives for future mortgage servicing structures and servicing compensation for their single-family mortgage loans. Alternatives that may be considered include a fee for service compensation structure for nonperforming loans, as well as the possibility of reducing or eliminating the minimum mortgage servicing fee for performing loans, or other structures. In its announcement, FHFA stated that any implementation of a new servicing compensation structure would not be expected to occur before summer 2012.
 
Legislative and Regulatory Proposals
 
Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of, and federal insurance premiums paid by, savings banks and other financial institutions and companies that control such institutions are frequently raised in the U.S. Congress, state legislatures and before the FDIC, the OTS and other bank regulatory authorities. The likelihood of any major changes in the future and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine. Similarly, proposals to change the accounting treatment applicable to savings banks and other depository institutions are frequently raised by the SEC, the federal banking agencies, the IRS and other appropriate authorities, including, among others, proposals relating to fair market value accounting for certain classes of assets and liabilities. The likelihood and impact of any additional future accounting rule changes and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine at this time.
 
Taxation
 
Federal
 
The Corporation files a consolidated federal income tax return on behalf of itself, the Bank and its subsidiaries on a fiscal tax year basis.
 
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (the “Job Protection Act”) repealed the “reserve method” of accounting for bad debts by most thrift institutions effective for the taxable years beginning after 1995. Larger thrift institutions such as the Bank are now required to use the “specific charge-off method.” The Job Protection Act also granted partial relief from reserve recapture provisions, which are triggered by the change in method. This legislation did not have a material impact on the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
State
 
Under current law, the state of Wisconsin imposes a corporate franchise tax of 7.9% on the separate taxable incomes of the members of the Corporation’s consolidated income tax group, including, pursuant to an agreement between the Corporation and the Wisconsin Department of Revenue, AIC commencing in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004.
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors
 
Set forth below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in other documents we file with the SEC are risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of, and market for, shares of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks. This report, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, also contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks described below and in the documents incorporated by reference herein.


25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Industry
 
Our business may be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market and economic conditions generally.
 
Beginning in the latter half of 2007 and continuing into 2011, negative developments in the capital markets resulted in uncertainty and instability in the financial markets, and an economic downturn. The housing market declined, resulting in decreasing home prices and increasing delinquencies and foreclosures. The credit performance of residential and commercial real estate, construction and land loans resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. The declines in the performance and value of mortgage assets encompassed all mortgage and real estate asset types, leveraged bank loans and nearly all other asset classes, including equity securities. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital or to merge with larger and stronger institutions. Some financial institutions have failed. Continued, and potentially increased, volatility, instability and weakness could affect our ability to sell investment securities and other financial assets, which in turn could adversely affect our liquidity and financial position. This instability also could affect the prices at which we could make any such sales, which could adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.
 
Concerns over the stability of the financial markets and the economy have resulted in decreased lending by some financial institutions to their customers and to each other. This tightening of credit has led to increased loan delinquencies, lack of customer confidence, increased market volatility and a widespread reduction in general business activity. Competition among depository institutions for deposits has increased significantly, and access to deposits or borrowed funds has decreased for many institutions. It has also become more difficult to assess the creditworthiness of customers and to estimate the losses inherent in our loan portfolio.
 
Current conditions, including high unemployment, weak corporate performance, soft real estate markets, and the decline of home sales and property values, could negatively affect the volume of loan originations and prepayments, the value of the real estate securing our mortgage loans, and borrowers’ ability to repay loan obligations, all of which could adversely impact our earnings and financial condition. Business activity across a wide range of industries and regions is greatly reduced, and local governments and many companies are in serious difficulty due to the lack of consumer spending and the lack of liquidity in the credit markets. A worsening of current conditions would likely adversely affect our business and results of operations, as well as those of our customers. As a result, we may experience increased foreclosures, delinquencies and customer bankruptcies, as well as more restricted access to funds.
 
The soundness of other financial institutions could negatively affect us.
 
Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the financial instrument exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
Regulation by federal and state agencies could adversely affect our business, revenue, and profit margins.
 
We are heavily regulated by federal and state agencies. This regulation is to protect depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations, and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations, or regulatory policies, including interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations, or policies, could affect us adversely, including limiting the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increasing the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products. Also, if we do not comply with laws, regulations, or policies, we could receive regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation.


26


Table of Contents

Competition in the financial services industry is intense and could result in losing business or reducing margins.
 
We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes, and continued consolidation. We face aggressive competition from other domestic and foreign lending institutions and from numerous other providers of financial services. The ability of non-banking financial institutions to provide services previously limited to commercial banks has intensified competition. Because non-banking financial institutions are not subject to the same regulatory restrictions as banks and bank holding companies, they can often operate with greater flexibility and lower cost structures. Securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. This may significantly change the competitive environment in which we conduct business. Some of our competitors have greater financial resources and/or face fewer regulatory constraints. As a result of these various sources of competition, we could lose business to competitors or be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, either of which would adversely affect our profitability.
 
We continually encounter technological change.
 
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We experienced a net loss in fiscal 2011 directly attributable to a substantial deterioration in our commercial real estate, land and construction loan portfolio and the resulting increase in our provision for credit losses.
 
We realized a net loss of $41.2 million in fiscal 2011. The net loss is primarily the result of a $51.2 million provision to our credit loss reserve. The credit loss reserve is the amount required to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level to absorb probable loan losses. The provision for credit losses is primarily attributable to our residential construction and residential land loan portfolios, which continue to experience deterioration in estimated collateral values and repayment abilities of some of our customers. Other reasons for the level of the provision for credit losses are attributable to the continued weak economic conditions and decline in real estate values in the markets served by the Corporation.
 
At March 31, 2011, our non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) were $306.3 million compared to $399.9 million at March 31, 2010. For the year ended March 31, 2011, net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans were 2.76% compared to 3.30% for the corresponding period in 2010.
 
Despite the improvement in the State of Wisconsin unemployment rate from 9.8% at March 31, 2010 to 8.1% at March 31, 2011, the economy remains fragile. The deterioration in our commercial real estate, construction and land loan portfolios has been caused primarily by the weakening economy and the slowdown in sales of the housing market. With many real estate projects requiring an extended time to market, some of our borrowers have exhausted their liquidity which may require us to place their loans into non-accrual status.


27


Table of Contents

Our independent registered public accounting firm has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
Our independent registered public accounting firm in its audit report for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2011 has expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Continued operations depend on our ability to meet our existing debt obligations and the financing or other capital required to do so may not be available or may not be available on reasonable terms. The Bank has low levels of capital, significant operating losses and significant deterioration in the quality of its assets. Further, we have become subject to enhanced regulatory scrutiny. The potential lack of sources of liquidity raises substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future. Our Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared under the assumption that we will continue our operations on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the discharge of liabilities in the normal course of business. Our Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a going concern, our shareholders will lose some or all of their investment.
 
We are actively pursuing a broad range of strategic alternatives in order to address any doubt related to the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern. There can be no assurance that the pursuit of strategic alternatives will result in any transaction, or that any such transaction, if consummated, will allow the Corporation’s shareholders to avoid a loss of all or substantially all of their investment in the Corporation. In addition, a transaction, which would likely involve equity financing, would result in substantial dilution to our current shareholders and could adversely affect the price of our common stock. The pursuit of strategic alternatives may also involve significant expenses and management time and attention.
 
We have reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and if additional material weaknesses are discovered in the future, our stock price and investor confidence in us may be adversely affected.
 
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected. In connection with management’s assessments of our internal control over financial reporting over the prior two fiscal years and interim quarterly periods in the current fiscal year, we identified material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting.
 
As disclosed in Item 9A “Controls and Procedures,” we believe we have taken the steps necessary to remediate certain material weaknesses identified during these periods. The controls implemented to remediate these material weaknesses were determined to be operating effectively as of March 31, 2011.
 
We may, in the future, identify additional internal control deficiencies that could rise to the level of a material weakness or uncover errors in financial reporting. Material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may cause investors to lose confidence in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business and stock price.
 
The Bank may be subject to a federal conservatorship or receivership if it cannot comply with the Cease and Desist Order, the Capital Restoration Plan, the Memorandum of Understanding, or if its condition continues to deteriorate.
 
In June 2009, the Bank voluntarily entered into a Cease and Desist Order with the OTS which required, among other things, capital requirements in excess of the generally applicable minimum requirements. The Bank was also required to create and implement a Capital Restoration Plan. The condition of the Bank’s loan portfolio may continue to deteriorate in the current economic environment and thus continue to deplete the Bank’s capital and other financial resources. Therefore, should the Bank fail to comply with the Cease and Desist Order or the Memorandum of Understanding, fail to fulfill the terms of its Capital Restoration Plan, fail to comply with capital and liquidity funding requirements, or suffer a continued deterioration in its financial condition, the Bank may be subject to being placed into a federal conservatorship or receivership by the OTS, with the FDIC appointed as conservator or receiver. If these events occur, the Corporation probably would suffer a complete loss of the value of its ownership interest in the Bank, and the Corporation subsequently may be exposed to significant claims by the FDIC and the OTS.


28


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to liquidity risk, and changes in our source of funds may adversely affect our performance and financial condition by increasing our cost of funds.
 
Our ability to make loans is directly related to our ability to secure funding. Retail deposits and core deposits are our primary source of liquidity. We also rely on advances from the FHLB of Chicago as a funding source. We have also been granted access to Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window, but as of March 31, 2011 we had no borrowings outstanding from this source. In addition, as of March 31, 2011, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $478.5 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB at this time, based on collateral currently pledged, of $769.5 million.
 
Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, originations of loans and payment of operating expenses. Core deposits represent a significant source of low-cost funds. Alternative funding sources such as large balance time deposits or borrowings are a comparatively higher-cost source of funds. Liquidity risk arises from the inability to meet obligations when they come due or to manage unplanned decreases or changes in funding sources. Although we believe we can continue to pursue our core deposit funding strategy successfully, significant fluctuations in core deposit balances may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Concern of our customers over deposit insurance may cause a decrease in deposits.
 
With recent increased concerns about bank failures, customers increasingly are concerned about the extent to which their deposits are insured by the FDIC. Customers may withdraw deposits in an effort to ensure that the amount they have on deposit with their bank is fully insured. The Dodd-Frank Provision, which became effective on December 31, 2010, provides unlimited FDIC insurance coverage for all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts, as well as IOLTA accounts. This full deposit insurance coverage is in effect until December 31, 2012. We have elected to participate in the program. If this program is not extended beyond December 31, 2012, we may experience a decrease in deposits. Decreases in deposits may adversely affect our funding costs, net income, and liquidity.
 
Our liquidity is largely dependent upon our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank, which accounts for most of our revenue and could affect our ability to pay dividends, and we may be unable to enhance liquidity from other sources.
 
We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries, including the Bank. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our common stock and interest and principal on our debt. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank and certain of our non-bank subsidiaries may pay us. Additionally, if our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, our ability to make dividend payments to our preferred and common shareholders will be negatively impacted. The Bank is currently precluded from paying dividends to us.
 
Additional increases in our level of non-performing assets would have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Weakening conditions in the real estate sector have adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect, our loan portfolio. Non-performing assets decreased by $58.4 million to $397.0 million, or 11.7% of total assets, at March 31, 2011 from $455.4 million, or 10.3% of total assets, at March 31, 2010. If loans that are currently non-performing further deteriorate, we may need to increase our allowance to cover additional charge-offs. If loans that are currently performing become non-performing, we may need to continue to increase our allowance for loan losses if additional losses are anticipated which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. The increased time and expense associated with the work out of non-performing assets and potential non-performing assets also could adversely affect our operations.
 
Future sales or other dilution of the Corporation’s equity may adversely affect the market price of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
In connection with our participation in TARP CPP the Corporation has, or under other circumstances, may, issue additional common stock or preferred securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable for, or that represent


29


Table of Contents

the right to receive, common stock. Further, pursuant to the Cease and Desist order with the OTS, the Bank must meet certain capital ratios which may require the issuance of additional equity capital, which would significantly dilute the current shareholders. The market price of the Corporation’s common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock, preferred stock or similar securities in the market. The issuance of additional capital stock would dilute the ownership interest of the Corporation’s existing shareholders.
 
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights and are subject to potential dilution.
 
Our articles of incorporation do not provide any shareholder with a preemptive right to subscribe for additional shares of common stock upon any increase thereof. Thus, upon the issuance of any additional shares of common stock or other voting securities of the Company or securities convertible into common stock or other voting securities, shareholders may be unable to maintain their pro rata voting or ownership interest in us.
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. If we do not raise additional capital, we may not be in compliance with the capital requirements of the Bank’s Cease and Desist Order, which could have a material adverse effect upon us.
 
The Cease and Desist Orders required that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than eight percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than twelve percent. At March 31, 2011, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank, based upon presently available unaudited financial information, had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.26 percent and 8.04 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set in the Cease and Desist Orders. Without a waiver by the OTS or an amendment or modification of the Orders, the Bank could be subject to further regulatory action.
 
All customer deposits remain fully insured to the highest limits set by the FDIC.
 
If the Bank is placed in conservatorship or receivership, it is highly likely that such action would lead to a complete loss of all value of the Company’s ownership interest in the Bank. In addition, further restrictions could be placed on the Bank if it were determined that the Bank was significantly undercapitalized, or critically undercapitalized, with increasingly greater restrictions being imposed as any level of undercapitalization increased.
 
Although the Bank is considered “adequately capitalized” under PCA guidelines for regulatory purposes, we will incur increased premiums for deposit insurance and will trigger acceleration of certain of our brokered deposits if we fall below the “adequately capitalized” threshold.
 
In April 2011, the FDIC issued new base assessment rates dependent upon the risk category assigned to an institution. These rates range between twelve and 45 basis points. The revised assessment criteria is a risk-based determination, rather than solely based on capital levels. Higher insurance premiums may be assessed to institutions that fall in the higher risk categories, which would impact earnings.
 
Future Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments will hurt our earnings.
 
In November 2009, the FDIC issued a rule that required all insured depository institutions, with limited exceptions, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. Any additional emergency special assessment imposed by the FDIC will likely negatively impact the Company’s earnings.
 
Our allowance for losses on loans and leases may not be adequate to cover probable losses.
 
Our level of non-performing loans decreased significantly in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011, relative to the preceding year. Our provision for credit losses decreased by $110.7 million to $51.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011 from $161.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010. Our allowance for loan losses decreased by $29.5 million to $150.1 million, or 5.6% of total loans, at March 31, 2011 from $179.6 million, or 5.2% of total loans at March 31, 2010. Our allowance for loan and foreclosure losses was 42.9% at March 31, 2011,


30


Table of Contents

43.1% at March 31, 2010 and 52.1% at March 31, 2009, respectively, of non-performing assets. There can be no assurance that any future declines in real estate market conditions and values, general economic conditions or changes in regulatory policies will not require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
 
If our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago is other than temporarily impaired, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially impaired.
 
The Bank owns common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (“FHLBC”). The common stock is held to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank System and to be eligible to borrow funds under the FHLBC’s advance program. The aggregate cost and fair value of our FHLBC common stock as of March 31, 2011 was $54.8 million, based on its par value. There is no market for the FHLBC common stock and while redemptions may be requested they are at the discretion of the FHLBC.
 
The Bank evaluates the FHLBC stock for impairment on a regular basis. The determination of whether FHLB stock is impaired depends on a number of factors and is based on an assessment of the ultimate recoverability of cost rather than changes in the book value of the shares. If our investment in the common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago were to become other than temporarily impaired, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially affected.
 
We are not paying dividends on our common stock and are deferring distributions on our preferred stock, and are otherwise restricted from paying cash dividends on our common stock. The failure to resume paying dividends may adversely affect us.
 
We historically paid cash dividends before suspending dividend payments on our common stock. The Federal Reserve, as a matter of policy, has indicated that bank holding companies should not pay dividends using funds from TARP CPP. There is no assurance that we will resume paying cash dividends. Even if we resume paying dividends, future payment of cash dividends on our common stock, if any, will be subject to the prior payment of all unpaid dividends and deferred distributions on our Series B Preferred Stock held by the U.S. Treasury. Further, we need prior Treasury approval to increase our quarterly cash dividends prior to January 30, 2012, or until the date we redeem all shares of Series B Preferred Stock or the Treasury has transferred all shares of Series B Preferred Stock to third parties. All dividends are declared and paid at the discretion of our board of directors and are dependent upon our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Further, dividend payments on our Series B Preferred Stock are cumulative and therefore unpaid dividends and distributions will accrue and compound on each subsequent dividend payment date. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of our company, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Series B Preferred Stock the liquidation amount plus the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends. Upon deferring six quarterly dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, the Treasury obtained the right to appoint two directors to our board of directors until all accrued but unpaid dividends have been paid. We have deferred eight dividend payments on the Series B Preferred Stock held by the Treasury as of March 31, 2011. As of the date of this filing, we are working with Treasury on the selection and appointment of two directors. Treasury currently has an observer present at quarterly board meetings.
 
Maintaining or increasing market share depends on market acceptance and regulatory approval of new products and services.
 
Our success depends, in part, on the ability to adapt products and services to evolving industry standards. There is increasing pressure to provide products and services at lower prices. This can reduce net interest income and noninterest income from fee-based products and services. In addition, the widespread adoption of new technologies could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to modify or adapt existing products and services or develop new products and services. We may not be successful in introducing new products and services in response to industry trends or development in technology or those new products may not achieve market acceptance. As a


31


Table of Contents

result, we could lose business, be forced to price products and services on less advantageous terms to retain or attract clients, or be subject to cost increases.
 
We may fail to meet continued listing requirements with NASDAQ.
 
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. As a NASDAQ listed company, we are required to comply with the continued listing requirements of the NASDAQ Market Place Rules to maintain our listing status which includes maintaining a minimum closing bid price of at least $1.00 per share for our common stock. We were notified by NASDAQ on May 13, 2011 of our non-compliance with listing standards because the bid price of our common stock closed below the required minimum $1.00 per share for the previous 30 consecutive business days. We will regain compliance if our common stock trades above $1.00 per share for ten consecutive business days during the 180 days following May 13, 2011. If we are unable to regain compliance, our common stock will be delisted by NASDAQ. Delisting could reduce the ability of investors to purchase or sell our common stock as quickly and as inexpensively as they have done historically.
 
Continued deterioration in the real estate markets or other segments of our loan portfolio could lead to additional losses, which could have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The commercial real estate market continues to experience a variety of difficulties. As a result of increased levels of commercial and consumer delinquencies and declining real estate values, which reduce the customer’s borrowing power and the value of the collateral securing the loan, we have experienced increasing levels of charge-offs and provisions for credit losses. Continued increases in delinquency levels or continued declines in real estate values, which cause our borrowers’ loan-to-value ratios to increase, could result in additional charge-offs and provisions for credit losses. This could have a material negative effect on our business and results of operations.
 
Significant legal actions could subject us to substantial uninsured liabilities.
 
We are from time to time subject to claims related to our operations. These claims and legal actions, including supervisory actions by our regulators, could involve large monetary claims and significant defense costs. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects. We may be exposed to substantial uninsured liabilities, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
While we attempt to manage the risk from changes in market interest rates, interest rate risk management techniques are not exact. In addition, we may not be able to economically hedge our interest rate risk. A rapid or substantial increase or decrease in interest rates could adversely affect our net interest income and results of operations.
 
Our net income depends primarily upon our net interest income. Net interest income is income that remains after deducting, from total income generated by earning assets, the interest expense attributable to the acquisition of the funds required to support earning assets. Income from earning assets includes income from loans, investment securities and short-term investments. The amount of interest income is dependent on many factors, including the volume of earning assets, the general level of interest rates, the dynamics of changes in interest rates and the level of nonperforming loans. The cost of funds varies with the amount of funds required to support earning assets, the rates paid to attract and hold deposits, rates paid on borrowed funds and the levels of non-interest-bearing demand deposits and equity capital.
 
Different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to changes in market interest rates. We expect that we will periodically experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities. That means either our interest-bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest earning assets, or vice versa. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest earning assets, an increase in market rates of interest could reduce our net interest income. Likewise, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. We are unable to predict changes in market interest rates which are affected by many factors beyond


32


Table of Contents

our control including inflation, recession, unemployment, money supply, domestic and international events and changes in the United States and other financial markets. Based on our net interest income simulation model, if market interest rates were to increase immediately by 100 or 200 basis points (a parallel and immediate shift of the yield curve) net interest income would be expected to increase by 5.01% and 8.83%, respectively, from what it would be if rates were to remain at March 31, 2011 levels. The actual amount of any increase or decrease may be higher or lower than that predicted by our simulation model. The amounts and assumptions used in the simulation model should not be viewed as indicative of expected actual results. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies. Net interest income is not only affected by the level and direction of interest rates, but also by the shape of the yield curve, credit spreads, relationships between interest sensitive instruments and key driver rates, balance sheet growth, client loan and deposit preferences and the timing of changes in these variables.
 
An interruption in or breach in security of our information systems may result in a loss of customer business.
 
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure or interruptions or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposits, servicing, or loan origination systems. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of information systems used to process customer transactions could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Additionally, we outsource a portion of our data processing to a third party. If our third party provider encounters difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations. Furthermore, breaches of such third party’s technology may also cause reimbursable loss to our consumer and business customers, through no fault of our own.
 
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
 
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact our business.
 
Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base; impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures and is insured for these situations, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
The Corporation is exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which it takes title.
 
In the course of our business, we may own or foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities


33


Table of Contents

could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, cash flows, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Our regional concentration makes us particularly at risk for changes in economic conditions in our primary market.
 
Our business is primary located in Wisconsin. Thus, we are particularly vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions in Wisconsin and the Midwest more generally.
 
Our asset valuations include observable inputs and may include methodologies, estimations and assumptions that are subject to differing interpretations and could result in changes to asset valuations that may materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
 
We must use estimates, assumptions and judgments when financial assets and liabilities are measured and reported at fair value. Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on quoted market prices and/or other observable inputs provided by independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, we estimate fair value primarily by using cash flows and other financial modeling techniques utilizing assumptions such as credit quality, liquidity, interest rates and other relevant inputs. Changes in underlying inputs, factors, assumptions or estimates in any of the areas underlying our estimates could materially impact our future financial condition and results of operations.
 
During periods of market disruption, including periods of significantly rising or high interest rates, rapidly widening credit spreads or illiquidity, it may be more difficult to value certain of our assets if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be certain asset classes that were in active markets with significant observable data that become illiquid due to the current financial environment. In such cases, certain asset valuations may require more subjectivity and management judgment. As such, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation. Further, rapidly changing and unprecedented credit and equity market conditions and interest rates could materially impact the valuation of assets as reported within our consolidated financial statements, and the period-to-period changes in value could vary significantly.
 
Lenders may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of breaches of representations and warranties, borrower fraud, or certain borrower defaults, which could harm our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition.
 
When we sell mortgage loans, whether as whole loans or pursuant to a securitization, we are required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which they were originated. Our whole loan sale agreements require us to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans in the event we breach any of these representations or warranties. In addition, we may be required to repurchase mortgage loans as a result of borrower fraud. Likewise, we are required to repurchase or substitute mortgage loans if we breach a representation or warranty in connection with our securitizations. While we have taken steps to enhance our underwriting policies and procedures, there can be no assurance that these steps will be effective or reduce risk associated with loans sold in the past. To date, the volume of repurchases has been insignificant. If the level of repurchase and indemnity activity becomes material, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition will be adversely affected.
 
The infusion of outside capital may dilute the Corporation’s equity and may adversely affect the market price of the Corporation’s common stock.
 
In connection with our effort to raise qualified sources of outside capital, strengthen our balance sheet and improve our financial performance, the Corporation may issue additional common stock or preferred securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The market price of the Corporation’s common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of


34


Table of Contents

common stock, preferred stock or similar securities in the market. The issuance of additional capital stock would dilute the ownership interest of the Corporation’s existing shareholders.
 
Our Shareholder Rights Plan limits our likelihood of being acquired in a manner not approved by our Board.
 
On November 5, 2010 we entered into a shareholder rights plan designed to reduce the likelihood that we will experience an “ownership change” under U.S. federal income tax laws. The existence of the rights plan may make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it more costly to acquire or effect a change-in-control that is not approved by our Board, which in turn could prevent our shareholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
 
Risks Related to Our Credit Agreement
 
We are party to a credit agreement that requires us to observe certain covenants that limit our flexibility in operating our business.
 
We are party to a credit agreement, dated as of June 9, 2008, by and among the Corporation, the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders, as amended (the “Credit Agreement”). The most recent amendment, Amendment No. 7 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is dated May 25, 2011, though it was executed May 31, 2011. The Credit Agreement requires us to comply with affirmative and negative covenants customary for restricted indebtedness. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;
 
  •  pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
  •  make certain investments;
 
  •  sell certain assets; and
 
  •  consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets.
 
The Credit Agreement provides that the Bank must attain and maintain certain capital ratios and requires us to retain a financial consultant, as well as other customary representations, warranties, conditions and events of default for agreements of such type. The Agent and the lenders have certain rights, including the right to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings if all covenants are not complied with. Further, the Agent or the lenders have agreed to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies until the earlier of (i) the occurrence of an event of default, as that term is defined in the Amendment, other than failure to make principal payments, or (ii) November 30, 2011.
 
If the lenders under the secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to make the payments when due.
 
Accordingly, this creates significant uncertainty related to the Corporation’s operations.
 
We must pay in full the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement by the earlier of November 30, 2011 or the receipt of net proceeds of a financing transaction from the sale of equity securities.
 
As of March 31, 2011, the total revolving loan commitment under the Credit Agreement was $116.3 million and aggregate borrowings under the Credit Agreement were $116.3 million. We must pay in full the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement by the earlier of November 30, 2011 or the receipt of net proceeds of a financing transaction from the sale of equity securities of not less than $116.3 million. If the net proceeds are received from the U.S. Department of the Treasury and the terms of such investment prohibit the use of the investment proceeds to repay senior debt, then no payment is required from the Treasury investment. As of the date of this filing, we do not have sufficient cash on hand to reduce our outstanding borrowings to zero. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise sufficient capital or have sufficient cash on hand to reduce our outstanding borrowings to zero by November 30, 2011, which may limit our ability to fund ongoing operations.


35


Table of Contents

Unless the maturity date is extended, our outstanding borrowings under our Credit Agreement are due on November 30, 2011. The Credit Agreement does not include a commitment to refinance the remaining outstanding balance of the loans when they mature and there is no guarantee that our lenders will renew their loans at that time. Refusal to provide us with renewals or refinancing opportunities would cause our indebtedness to become immediately due and payable upon the contractual maturity of such indebtedness, which could result in our insolvency if we are unable to repay the debt.
 
If the Agent or the lenders decided not to refinance the remaining outstanding balance of the loans then at the earlier of (i) the occurrence of an event of default under the Amendment (other than a failure to make principal payments), or (ii) November 30 2011, the agent, on behalf of the lenders may, among other remedies, seize the outstanding shares of the Bank’s capital stock held by the Corporation or other securities or assets of the Corporation’s subsidiaries which have been pledged as collateral for borrowings under the Credit Agreement. If the Agent were to take one or more of these actions, it could have a material adverse affect on our reputation, operations and ability to continue as a going concern, and the common shareholders could lose all of their investment.
 
If we are unable to renew, replace or expand our sources of financing on acceptable terms, it may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations and our ability to make distributions to shareholders. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive, and any holders of preferred stock that is currently outstanding and that we may issue in the future may receive, a distribution of our available assets prior to holders of our common stock. The decisions by investors and lenders to enter into equity and financing transactions with us will depend upon a number of factors, including our historical and projected financial performance, compliance with the terms of our current credit arrangements, industry and market trends, the availability of capital and our investors’ and lenders’ policies and rates applicable thereto, and the relative attractiveness of alternative investment or lending opportunities.
 
Risks Related to Recent Market, Legislative and Regulatory Events
 
We are highly dependent upon programs administered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. Changes in existing U.S. government-sponsored mortgage programs or servicing eligibility standards could materially and adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales to institutional investors in the form of mortgage-backed securities depends to a significant degree on programs administered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and others that facilitate the issuance of mortgage-backed securities in the secondary market. These entities play a powerful role in the residential mortgage industry, and we have significant business relationships with them. Our status as a Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac approved seller/servicer is subject to compliance with each entity’s respective selling and servicing guides.
 
During 2011, 95% of our mortgage loan sales were sold to, or were sold pursuant to programs sponsored by, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. We also derive other material financial benefits from our relationships with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including the assumption of credit risk by these entities on loans included in mortgage-backed securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures. Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction or material change in, the operation of these entities or any significant adverse change in the level of activity in the secondary mortgage market or the underwriting criteria of these entities would likely prevent us from originating and selling most, if not all, of our mortgage loan originations.
 
In addition, we service loans on behalf of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as loans that have been securitized pursuant to securitization programs sponsored by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in connection with the issuance of agency guaranteed mortgage-backed securities and a majority of our mortgage servicing rights relate to these servicing activities. These entities establish the base service fee in which to compensate us for servicing loans. In January 2011, the Federal Housing Finance Agency directed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to develop a joint initiative to consider alternatives for future mortgage servicing structures and compensation. Under this proposal, the GSEs are considering potential structures in which the minimum service fee would be reduced or eliminated altogether. The GSEs are also considering different pricing options for non-performing loans to better align servicer incentives with MBS investors and provide the loan guarantor the ability to transfer non-performing servicing.


36


Table of Contents

These proposals, if adopted, could cause significant changes that impact the entire mortgage industry. The lower capital requirements could increase competition by lowering barriers to entry on mortgage originations and could increase the concentration of performing loans with larger servicers that have a cost-advantage through economies of scale that would no longer be limited by capital constraints.
 
In February 2011, the Obama administration issued a report to Congress, outlining various options for long-term reform of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. These options involve reducing the role of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in the mortgage market and to ultimately wind down both institutions such that the private sector provides the majority of mortgage credit. The report states that any potential reform efforts will make credit less easily available and that any such changes should occur at a measured pace that supports the nation’s economic recovery. Any of these options are likely to result in higher mortgage rates in the future, which could have a negative impact on our Mortgage production business. Additionally, it is unclear what impact these changes will have on the secondary mortgage markets, mortgage-backed securities pricing, and competition in the industry.
 
The potential changes to the government-sponsored mortgage programs, and related servicing compensation structures, could require us to fundamentally change our business model in order to effectively compete in the market. Our inability to make the necessary changes to respond to these changing market conditions or loss of our approved seller/servicer status with any of these entities, would have a material adverse effect on our overall business and our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.
 
The TARP CPP and the ARRA impose certain executive compensation and corporate governance requirements that may adversely affect us and our business, including our ability to recruit and retain qualified employees.
 
The purchase agreement we entered into in connection with our participation in the TARP CPP required us to adopt the Treasury’s standards for executive compensation and corporate governance while the Treasury holds the equity issued pursuant to the TARP CPP, including the common stock which may be issued pursuant to the warrant to purchase 7,399,103 shares of common stock. These standards generally apply to our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and the three next most highly compensated senior executive officers. The standards include:
 
  •  ensuring that incentive compensation for senior executives does not encourage unnecessary and excessive risks that threaten the value of the financial institution;
 
  •  requiring clawbacks of any bonus or incentive compensation paid to a senior executive based on statements of earnings, gains or other criteria that are later proven to be materially inaccurate;
 
  •  prohibiting golden parachute payments to senior executives; and
 
  •  agreeing not to deduct for tax purposes executive compensation in excess of $500,000 for each senior executive.
 
In particular, the change to the deductibility limit on executive compensation may increase the overall cost of our compensation programs in future periods.
 
ARRA imposed further limitations on compensation during the TARP assistance period including:
 
  •  a prohibition on making any golden parachute payment to a senior executive officer or any of our next five most highly compensated employees;
 
  •  a prohibition on any compensation plan that would encourage manipulation of the reported earnings to enhance the compensation of any of its employees; and
 
  •  a prohibition of the five highest paid executives from receiving or accruing any bonus, retention award, or incentive compensation, or bonus except for long-term restricted stock with a value not greater than one-third of the total amount of annual compensation of the employee receiving the stock.
 
The prohibition may expand to other employees based on increases in the aggregate value of financial assistance that we receive in the future.


37


Table of Contents

The Treasury released an interim final rule on TARP standards for compensation and corporate governance on June 10, 2009, which implemented and further expanded the limitations and restrictions imposed on executive compensation and corporate governance by the TARP CPP and ARRA. The new Treasury interim final rules, which became effective on June 15, 2009, also prohibit any tax gross-up payments to senior executive officers and the next 20 highest paid executives. The rule further authorizes the Treasury to establish the Office of the Special Master for TARP Executive Compensation with broad powers to review compensation plans and corporate governance matters of TARP CPP recipients.
 
These provisions and any future rules issued by the Treasury could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain management capable and motivated sufficiently to manage and operate our business through difficult economic and market conditions. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees to manage and operate our business, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy.
 
TARP lending goals may not be attainable.
 
Congress and the bank regulators have encouraged recipients of TARP CPP capital to use such capital to make loans and it may not be possible to safely, soundly and profitably make sufficient loans to creditworthy persons in the current economy to satisfy such goals. Congressional demands for additional lending by TARP CPP recipients, and regulatory demands for demonstrating and reporting such lending are increasing. On November 12, 2008, the bank regulatory agencies issued a statement encouraging banks to, among other things, “lend prudently and responsibly to creditworthy borrowers” and to “work with borrowers to preserve homeownership and avoid preventable foreclosures.” We continue to lend and have expanded our mortgage loan originations, and to report our lending to the Treasury. The future demands for additional lending are unclear and uncertain, and we could be forced to make loans that involve risks or terms that we would not otherwise find acceptable or in our shareholders’ best interest. Such loans could adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition, and may be in conflict with bank regulations and requirements as to liquidity and capital. The profitability of funding such loans using deposits may be adversely affected by increased FDIC insurance premiums.
 
The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by federal banking authorities.
 
Changes in applicable regulations or legislation could have a substantial impact on our operations. Additional legislation and regulations that could significantly affect our powers, authority and operations may be enacted or adopted in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In that regard, proposals for legislation restructuring the regulation of the financial services industry are currently under consideration. Adoption of such proposals could, among other things, increase the overall costs of regulatory compliance. Further, regulators have significant discretion and authority to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of laws or regulations by financial institutions and holding companies in the performance of their supervisory and enforcement duties. These powers recently have been utilized more frequently due to the serious national, regional and local economic conditions that we and other financial institutions are facing. The exercise of regulatory authority may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict the actual effects of various governmental, regulatory, monetary and fiscal initiatives, which have been and may be enacted on the financial markets. The terms and costs of these activities, or the failure of these actions to help stabilize the financial markets, asset prices, market liquidity, and a continuation or worsening of current financial market and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and the trading price of our common stock. In addition, failure or the inability to comply with these various requirements can lead to diminished reputation and investor confidence, reduced franchise value, loss of business, curtailment of expansion opportunities, fines and penalties, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or expensive additional controls and systems.
 
There can be no assurance that enacted legislation or any proposed federal programs will stabilize the U.S. financial system and such legislation and programs may adversely affect us.
 
There has been much legislative and regulatory action in response to the financial crises affecting the banking system and financial markets and threats to investment banks and other financial institutions. There can be no


38


Table of Contents

assurance, however, as to the actual impact that the legislation and its implementing regulations or any other governmental program will have on the financial markets. The failure of the actions by the legislators, the regulatory bodies or the U.S. government to stabilize the financial markets and a continuation or worsening of current financial market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and access to credit or the trading price of our common shares.
 
Contemplated and proposed legislation, state and federal programs, and increased government control or influence may adversely affect us by increasing the uncertainty in our lending operations and expose us to increased losses, including legislation that would allow bankruptcy courts to permit modifications to mortgage loans on a debtor’s primary residence, moratoriums on a mortgagor’s right to foreclose on property, and requirements that fees be paid to register other real estate owned property. Statutes and regulations may be altered that may potentially increase our costs to service and underwrite mortgage loans. Additionally, federal intervention and operation of formerly private institutions may adversely affect our rights under contracts with such institutions and the way in which we conduct business in certain markets.
 
The fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies could have a material adverse effect on our earnings.
 
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Its policies determine in large part the cost of funds for lending and investing and the return earned on those loans and investments, both of which affect the net interest margin. The resultant changes in interest rates can also materially decrease the value of certain financial assets we hold, such as debt securities. Its policies can also adversely affect borrowers, potentially increasing the risk that they may fail to repay their loans. Changes in Federal Reserve Board policies are beyond our control and difficult to predict; consequently, the impact of these changes on our activities and results of operations is difficult to predict.
 
Management’s ability to retain key officers and employees may change.
 
Our future operating results depend substantially upon the continued service of its executive officers and key personnel. Our future operating results also depend in significant part upon its ability to attract and retain qualified management, financial, technical, marketing, sales and support personnel. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we cannot ensure success in attracting or retaining qualified personnel. There may be only a limited number of persons with the requisite skills to serve in these positions, and it may be increasingly difficult for us to hire personnel over time.
 
Our ability to retain key officers and employees may be further impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services industry. For example, Section 7001 of the ARRA which amended Section 111 of the EESA in its entirety, as well as the final interim regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury, significantly expanded the executive compensation restrictions. Such restrictions applied to us as a participant in the TARP CPP and generally continued to apply for as long as any Treasury owned shares were outstanding. These ARRA restrictions shall not apply to us during such time when the federal government only holds warrants to purchase common shares. Such restrictions and standards may further impact management’s ability to compete with financial institutions that are not subject to the ARRA limitations on executive compensation.
 
Our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by the loss of any of its key employees, or our inability to attract and retain skilled employees.
 
We are subject to various reporting requirements that increase compliance costs, and failure to comply timely could adversely affect our reputation and the value of our common stock.
 
We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Corporation Accounting Oversight Board and Nasdaq. In particular, we are required to include management and independent auditor reports on internal controls as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. In addition, pursuant to our Cease and Desist Order with OTS, we must


39


Table of Contents

prepare and submit various reports and may face further reporting obligations in the future depending upon our financial condition. Compliance with various regulatory reporting requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which reduces the time available for the performance of their other responsibilities. Our failure to track and comply with the various rules may materially adversely affect our reputation, ability to obtain the necessary certifications to financial statements, lead to additional regulatory enforcement actions, and could adversely affect the value of our common stock.
 
Non-compliance with USA PATRIOT Act, Bank Secrecy Act, or other laws and regulations could result in fines or sanctions, and curtail expansion opportunities
 
Financial institutions are required under the USA PATRIOT and Bank Secrecy Acts to develop programs to prevent financial institutions from being used for money laundering and terrorist activities. Financial institutions are also obligated to file suspicious activity reports with the U.S. Treasury’s office of Financial Crimes Enforcement Network if such activities are detected. These rules also require financial institutions to establish procedures for identifying and verifying the identity of customers seeking to open new financial accounts. Failure or the inability to comply with these regulations could result in fines or penalties, curtailment of expansion opportunities, intervention or sanctions by regulators and costly litigation or expensive additional controls and systems. During the last few years, several banking institutions have received large fines for non-compliance with these laws and regulations. We have developed policies and continues to augment procedures and systems designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations.
 
The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act is still uncertain, but it may increase our costs of doing business and could result in restrictions on certain products and services we offer.
 
Regulation of the financial services industry is undergoing major changes. The Dodd-Frank Act significantly revises and expands the rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority of federal bank regulators. Although the statute will have a greater impact on larger institutions than regional bank holding companies such as the Bank, many of its provisions will apply to us. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act:
 
  •  will, effective as of July 21, 2011 unless postponed, dissolve the Office of Thrift Supervision, transferring regulation of the Bank to the Office of the Comptroller of Currency and of the Corporation to the Federal Reserve;
 
  •  is changing the capital requirements for bank holding companies and would require less favorable capital treatment for future issuances of trust preferred (although our existing trust preferred are grandfathered and therefore not subject to the new rules);
 
  •  raises prudential standards by requiring, for instance, annual internal stress testing and establishment of independent risk committees for banks with $10 billion or more in assets;
 
  •  grants the FDIC back-up supervisory authority with respect to depository institution holding companies that engage in conduct that poses a foreseeable and material risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, and heightens the Federal Reserve’s authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all subsidiaries of a bank holding company;
 
  •  prohibits insured state-chartered banks from engaging in derivatives transactions unless the chartering state’s lending limit laws take into consideration credit exposure to derivative transactions;
 
  •  specifies that a bank holding company may acquire control of an out-of-state bank only if it is well-capitalized and well-managed, and does not allow interstate merger transactions unless the resulting bank would be well-capitalized and well-managed after the transaction;
 
  •  changes how the FDIC calculates deposit insurance assessments and effectively requires increases in deposit insurance fees that will be borne primarily by institutions with assets of greater than $10 billion;
 
  •  subjects both large and small financial institutions to data and information gathering by a newly created Office of Financial Research;


40


Table of Contents

 
  •  requires retention of 5% of the credit risk in assets transferred, sold or conveyed through issuances of asset-backed securities, with the risk-retention obligation spread between securitizers and originators;
 
  •  creates a new Consumer Bureau given rulemaking, examination and enforcement authority over consumer protection matters, imposes limits on debit card interchange fees that may be charged by card issuers with $10 billion or more in assets and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrowers’ ability to repay and prepayment penalties; and
 
  •  mandates and allows certain changes regarding corporate governance and executive compensation such as shareholder proxy access for publicly traded banks’ director nominations, clawback of incentive-based compensation from executive officers and increased disclosure on compensation arrangements.
 
Some of these changes are effective immediately, though most will be phased in gradually. In addition, the statute in many instances calls for future rulemaking to implement its provisions, so the precise contours of the law and its effects on us cannot yet be fully understood. The provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the subsequent exercise by regulators of their revised and expanded powers thereunder could materially impact the profitability of our business, the value of assets we hold or the collateral available for our loans, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses and expose us to additional costs, taxes, liabilities, enforcement actions and reputational risk. Legislators and regulators are also considering a wide range of proposals beyond the Dodd-Frank Act that, if enacted, could result in major changes to the way banking operations are regulated.
 
We may be subject to more stringent capital requirements.
 
As discussed above, the Dodd-Frank Act would require the federal banking agencies to establish stricter risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits to apply to banks and bank holding companies. In addition, the “Basel III” standards recently announced by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”), if adopted, could lead to significantly higher capital requirements, higher capital charges and more restrictive leverage and liquidity ratios. The standards would, among other things, impose more restrictive eligibility requirements for Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital; increase the minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio to 4.5%, net of regulatory deductions, and introduce a capital conservation buffer of an additional 2.5% of common equity to risk-weighted assets, raising the target minimum common equity ratio to 7%; increase the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio to 8.5% inclusive of the capital conservation buffer; increase the minimum total capital ratio to 10.5% inclusive of the capital buffer; and introduce a countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of common equity or other fully loss absorbing capital for periods of excess credit growth. Basel III also introduces a non-risk adjusted Tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, based on a measure of total exposure rather than total assets, and new liquidity standards.
 
The new Basel III capital standards will be phased in from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2019, and it is not yet known how these standards will be implemented by U.S. regulators generally or how they will be applied to financial institutions of our size. Implementation of these standards, or any other new regulations, may adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or require us to restrict growth or raise capital, including in ways that may adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
None
 
Item 2.   Properties
 
At March 31, 2011, the Bank conducted its business from its headquarters and main office at 25 West Main Street, Madison, Wisconsin and 55 other full-service offices and one loan origination office. The Bank owns 36 of its full-service offices, leases the land on which four such offices are located, and leases the remaining 17 full-service offices. The Bank also owns a building at its headquarters which hosts its support center as well as four land sites for future development. In addition, the Bank leases its one loan-origination facility. The leases expire between 2011 and 2030. The aggregate net book value at March 31, 2011 of the properties owned or leased, including headquarters, properties and leasehold improvements, was $21.0 million. See Note 9 to the Corporation’s


41


Table of Contents

Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8, for information regarding premises and equipment. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our present needs.
 
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings
 
The Corporation is involved in routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business which, in the aggregate, are believed by management of the Corporation to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
 
Item 4.   Reserved
 
This item is not in use.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Common Stock
 
The Corporation’s Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “ABCW”. At June 3, 2011, there were approximately 2,500 stockholders of record. That number does not include stockholders holding their stock in street name or nominee’s name.
 
Quarterly Stock Price and Dividend Information
 
The table below shows the reported high and low sale prices of Common Stock and cash dividends paid per share of Common Stock during the periods indicated in fiscal 2011 and 2010.
 
                         
            Cash
Quarter Ended
  High   Low   Dividend
 
March 31, 2011
  $ 1.900     $ 0.950     $  
December 31, 2010
    1.500       0.520        
September 30, 2010
    0.750       0.450        
June 30, 2010
    1.550       0.400        
                         
March 31, 2010
  $ 1.400     $ 0.640     $  
December 31, 2009
    1.350       0.370        
September 30, 2009
    1.650       1.020        
June 30, 2009
    2.420       0.850        
 
For information regarding restrictions on the payments of dividends by the Bank to the Corporation, see “Item 1. Business — Regulation and Supervision — The Bank — Restrictions on Capital Distributions,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” of this Form 10-K.
 
Repurchases of Common Stock
 
As of March 31, 2011, the Corporation does not have a stock repurchase plan in place.


42


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The following graph compares the yearly cumulative total return on the Common Stock over a five-year measurement period since March 31, 2006 with (i) the yearly cumulative total return on the stocks included in the Nasdaq Stock Market Index (for United States companies) and (ii) the yearly cumulative total return on the stocks included in the Morningstar, Inc. index (formally known as the Hemscott Group) Index. All of these cumulative returns are computed assuming the reinvestment of dividends at the frequency with which dividends were paid during the applicable years.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)


43


Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data
 
The following information at and for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 has been derived from the Corporation’s historical audited consolidated financial statements for those years.
 
                                         
    At or For Year Ended March 31,  
          2010
    2009
    2008(4)
    2007
 
    2011     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
Operations Data:
                                       
Interest income
  $ 166,463     $ 217,082     $ 260,262     $ 296,675     $ 280,692  
Interest expense
    81,383       132,123       135,472       167,670       152,646  
Net interest income
    85,080       84,959       124,790       129,005       128,046  
Provision for credit losses
    51,198       161,926       205,719       22,551       11,255  
Real estate investment partnership revenue
                2,130       8,399       18,977  
Other non-interest income
    55,863       56,753       43,817       42,747       35,538  
Real estate investment partnership cost of sales
                1,736       8,489       17,607  
Other non-interest expense
    130,759       158,200       224,195       98,731       90,382  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (41,014 )     (178,414 )     (260,913 )     50,380       63,317  
Income taxes
    164       (1,500 )     (30,098 )     19,650       24,586  
Net income (loss)
    (41,178 )     (176,914 )     (230,815 )     30,730       38,731  
Income attributable to non-controlling interest
                                       
in real estate partnerships
                (148 )     (402 )     (241 )
Preferred stock dividends in arrears
    (5,934 )     (5,648 )     (925 )            
Preferred stock discount accretion
    (7,412 )     (7,411 )     (1,247 )            
Net income (loss) available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp
    (54,524 )     (189,973 )     (232,839 )     31,132       38,972  
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                                       
Basic
    (2.57 )     (8.97 )     (11.05 )     1.48       1.82  
Diluted
    (2.57 )     (8.97 )     (11.05 )     1.48       1.80  
Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Total assets
  $ 3,394,825     $ 4,416,265     $ 5,272,110     $ 5,149,557     $ 4,539,685  
Investment securities available for sale
    523,289       416,203       484,985       356,406       321,516  
Investment securities held to maturity
    27       39       50       59       68  
Loans receivable held for investment, net
    2,520,367       3,229,580       3,896,439       4,202,833       3,874,049  
Deposits and accrued interest
    2,707,160       3,552,762       3,923,827       3,539,994       3,248,246  
Other borrowed funds
    654,779       789,729       1,077,467       1,206,761       900,477  
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (13,171 )     42,214       217,770       350,363       341,935  
Common shares outstanding
    21,677,594       21,685,925       21,569,785       21,348,170       21,669,094  
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Book value per common share at end of period
  $ (5.68 )   $ (3.13 )   $ 5.00     $ 16.41     $ 15.78  
Dividends paid per share
                0.29       0.71       0.67  
Dividend payout ratio
    %     %     (2.62 )%     47.97 %     36.81 %
Yield on earning assets
    4.59       4.74       5.63       6.25       6.71  
Cost of funds
    2.15       2.82       2.94       3.65       3.80  
Interest rate spread
    2.44       1.92       2.69       2.60       2.91  
Net interest margin(1)
    2.35       1.86       2.70       2.72       3.06  
Return on average assets(2)
    (1.07 )     (3.66 )     (4.65 )     0.63       0.89  
Return on average equity(3)
    (168.38 )     (146.56 )     (75.67 )     9.03       11.51  
Average equity to average assets
    0.65       2.50       6.15       6.93       7.71  
 
 
(1) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
 
(2) Return on average assets represents net income (loss) including income attributable to non-controlling interests as a percentage of average total assets.
 
(3) Return on average equity represents net income (loss) including income attributable to non-controlling interests as a percentage of average total stockholders’ equity.
 
(4) During the fourth quarter of the year ended March 31, 2008, the Corporation acquired S&C Bank, which consisted of total assets of $381.1 million, total deposits of $305.5 million and total loans of $280.8 million.


44


Table of Contents

 
Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
Set forth below is a discussion and analysis of the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations, including information on the Corporation’s asset/liability management strategies, sources of liquidity and capital resources and significant accounting policies. Management is required to make estimates, assumptions, and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions, and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual results could differ from the estimates, assumptions, and judgments reflected in the financial statements. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions, and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Management believes the following policies are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require subjective or complex judgments; therefore, management considers the following to be critical accounting policies. Management has reviewed the application of these polices with the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Management’s discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and supplemental data contained elsewhere in this report.
 
Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments
 
The consolidated financial statements are prepared by applying certain accounting policies. Certain of these policies require management to make estimates and strategic or economic assumptions that may prove inaccurate or be subject to variations that may significantly affect the reported results and financial position for the period or in future periods. Some of the more significant policies are as follows:
 
Fair Value Measurements
 
Management must use estimates, assumptions, and judgments when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at, or adjusted to reflect, fair value. This includes the initial measurement at fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions qualifying as business combinations and foreclosed properties and repossessed assets under GAAP. The valuation of both financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities in these transactions requires numerous assumptions and estimates and the use of third-party sources including appraisers and valuation specialists.
 
Assets and liabilities carried at fair value inherently result in a higher degree of financial statement volatility. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include available for sale securities. Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis may include loans held for sale, mortgage servicing rights, certain impaired loans and foreclosed assets. Fair values and the information used to record valuation adjustments for certain assets and liabilities are based on either quoted market prices or are provided by other independent third-party sources, when available. When such third-party information is not available, fair value is estimated primarily by using cash flow and other financial modeling techniques. Changes in underlying factors, assumptions, or estimates in any of these areas could materially impact future financial condition and results of operations.
 
Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their amortized cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities, management considers many factors which include: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. To determine if an other-than-temporary impairment exists on a debt security, the Corporation first determines if (a) it intends to sell the security or (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the conditions is met, the Corporation will recognize an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings equal to the difference between the fair value of the security and its adjusted cost. If neither of the conditions is met, the Corporation determines (a) the amount of the impairment related to credit loss and (b) the amount of the impairment due to all other factors. The difference


45


Table of Contents

between the present values of the cash flows expected to be collected discounted at the original rate and the amortized cost basis is the credit loss. The credit loss is the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in earnings and is a reduction to the cost basis of the security. The amount of total impairment related to all other factors is included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Allowances for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable and inherent losses incurred in the loan portfolio. Management maintains allowances for loan and lease losses and unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at levels that we believe to be adequate to absorb estimated probable credit losses incurred in the loan portfolio. The adequacy of the allowances is determined based on periodic evaluations of the loan and lease portfolios and other relevant factors. The allowance is comprised of both a specific component and a general component. Even though the entire allowance is available to cover losses on any loan, specific allowances are provided on impaired loans pursuant to accounting standards. The general allowance is based on historical loss experience, adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors. At least monthly, management reviews the assumptions and methodology related to the general allowance in an effort to update and refine the estimate.
 
In determining the general allowance management has segregated the loan portfolio by purpose and collateral type. By doing so we are better able to identify trends in borrower behavior and loss severity. For each class of loan, we compute a historical loss factor. In determining the appropriate period of activity to use in computing the historical loss factor we look at trends in quarterly net charge-off ratios. It is management’s intention to utilize a period of activity that is most reflective of current experience. Changes in the historical period are made when there is a distinct change in the trend of net charge-off experience. Given the changes in the credit market that have occurred since 2008, management reviewed each class’ historical losses by quarter for any trends that would indicate a shorter look back period would be more representative.
 
Management adjusts the historical loss factors for the impact of the following qualitative factors: changes in lending policies, procedures and practices, economic and industry trends and conditions, experience, ability and depth of lending management, level of and trends in past dues and delinquent loans, changes in the quality of the loan review system, changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans, changes in credit concentrations and portfolio size and other external factors such as legal and regulatory. In determining the impact, if any, of an individual qualitative factor, management compares the current underlying facts and circumstances surrounding a particular factor with those in the historical periods, adjusting the historical loss factor in a directionally consistent manner with changes in the qualitative factor. Management will continue to analyze the qualitative factors on a quarterly basis, adjusting the historical loss factor both up and down, to a factor we believe is appropriate for the probable and inherent risk of loss in its portfolio.
 
Specific allowances are determined as a result of our impairment process. When a loan is identified as impaired it is evaluated for loss using either the fair value of collateral method or the present value of cash flows method. If the present value of expected cash flows or the fair value of collateral exceeds the Bank’s carrying value of the loan no loss is anticipated and no specific reserve is established. However, if the Bank’s carrying value of the loan is greater than the present value of expected cash flows or fair value of collateral a specific reserve is established. In either situation, loans identified as impaired are excluded from the calculation of the general reserve.
 
The Corporation regularly obtains updated appraisals for real estate collateral dependent loans for which it calculates impairment based on the fair value of collateral. Loans having an unpaid principal balance of $500,000 or less in a homogenous pool of assets do not require an impairment analysis and, therefore, updated appraisals are not obtained until the foreclosure or sheriff sale occurs. Due to certain limitations, including, but not limited to, the availability of qualified appraisers, the time necessary to complete acceptable appraisals, the availability of comparable market data and information, and other considerations, in certain instances current appraisals are not readily available. The fair value of impaired loans for which current and acceptable appraisals are not available is approximately $60.7 million based on the Corporation’s best estimate of fair value, discounted at various rates depending on the collateral type. The Corporation discounts these appraisals an additional 10% and 20% for all non-land loans and unimproved land loans, respectively.


46


Table of Contents

Collateral dependent loans are considered to be non-performing at such time that they become ninety days past due or a probable loss is expected. At the time a loan is determined to be non-performing it is downgraded per the Corporation’s loan rating system, it is placed on non-accrual, and an allowance consistent with the Corporation’s historical experience for similar “substandard” loans is established. Within ninety days of this determination a comprehensive analysis of the loans is completed, including ordering new appraisals, where necessary, and an adjustment to the estimated allowance is recognized to reflect the fair value of the loan based on the underlying collateral or the discounted cash flows. Until such date at which an updated appraisal is obtained, when deemed necessary, the Corporation applies discounts to the existing appraisals in estimating the fair value of collateral. These discounts are 25% on commercial real estate and 35% on unimproved land if the appraisal is over one year old. These discount percentages are based on actual experience over the past twelve month period. If the appraisal is within one year, the Corporation applies a discount of 15%. The Corporation believes these discounts reflect market factors, the locations in which the collateral is located and the estimated cost to dispose.
 
Management considers the allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2011 to be at an acceptable level. Although they believe that they have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level, changes may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current environment. Although they use the best information available, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from our estimates, additional provision for credit losses may be required that would reduce future earnings.
 
Foreclosure
 
Real estate acquired by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure and other repossessed assets, upon initial recognition, is recorded at fair value, less estimated selling expenses. It is the Bank’s policy that each parcel of real estate owned is appraised within six months of the time of acquisition of such property and periodically thereafter. At the date of foreclosure any write down to fair value less estimated selling costs is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in fair value over the net carrying value of the loans are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses to the extent of previous charge-offs, with any excess, which is infrequent, recognized as a gain. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized; holding period costs and subsequent changes to the valuation allowance are charged to expense. Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets are re-measured at fair value after initial recognition through the use of a valuation allowance on foreclosed assets. The value may be adjusted based on a new appraisal or as a result of an adjustment to the sale price of the property.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
Mortgage servicing rights are recorded as an asset when loans are sold to third parties with servicing rights retained. Mortgage servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. They are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of carrying value or fair value methodology. The fair value of the servicing rights is determined by estimating the present value of future net cash flows, taking into consideration market loan prepayment speeds, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans which include product type (i.e., fixed or adjustable) and interest rate bands. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights on a loan-by-loan basis exceed their fair value. As the loans are repaid and net servicing revenue is earned, mortgage servicing rights are amortized into expense. Net servicing revenues are expected to exceed this amortization expense. However, if actual prepayment experience or defaults exceed what was originally anticipated, net servicing revenues may be less than expected and mortgage servicing rights may be impaired. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Corporation’s provision for federal income taxes includes a deferred tax liability or deferred tax asset computed by applying the current statutory tax rates to net taxable or deductible differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the consolidated financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future periods. The Corporation regularly reviews the carrying amount of its deferred tax


47


Table of Contents

assets to determine if the establishment of a valuation allowance is necessary. If based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets will not be realized in future periods, a deferred tax valuation allowance would be established. Consideration is given to various positive and negative factors that could affect the realization of the deferred tax assets.
 
In evaluating this available evidence, management considers, among other things, historical financial performance, expectation of future earnings, the ability to carry back losses to recoup taxes previously paid, length of statutory carry forward periods, experience with operating loss and tax credit carry forwards not expiring unused, tax planning strategies and timing of reversals of temporary differences. Significant judgment is required in assessing future earning trends and the timing of reversals of temporary differences. The Corporation’s evaluation is based on current tax laws as well as management’s expectations of future performance.
 
As a result of its evaluation, the Corporation has recorded a full valuation allowance on its net deferred tax asset.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
The Corporation derives net interest and noninterest income from various sources, including:
 
  •  Lending,
 
  •  Securities portfolio,
 
  •  Asset management and fund servicing,
 
  •  Customer deposits,
 
  •  Loan servicing, and
 
  •  Sale of loans and securities.
 
The Corporation also earns fees and commissions from issuing loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, selling various insurance products, providing treasury management services and participating in certain capital markets transactions. Revenue earned on interest-earning assets including the accretion of fair value adjustments on discounts for purchased loans is recognized based on the effective yield of the financial instrument.
 
The timing and amount of revenue that is recognized in any period is dependent on estimates, judgments and assumptions. Changes in these factors can have a significant impact on revenue recognized in any period.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements.  Refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective dates of adoption and effects on results of operations and financial condition.
 
Segment Review
 
The Corporation’s primary reportable segment is community banking. Community banking consists of lending and deposit gathering (as well as other banking-related products and services) to businesses, governments and consumers and the support to deliver, fund and manage such banking services. The Corporation previously identified a real estate investment operating segment which invested in real estate developments. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, IDI sold its interest in several limited partnerships as well as substantially all of its remaining assets. The assets that remain at IDI include an equity interest in one commercial real estate property and one real estate development along with various notes receivable. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Order required, that, no later than December 31, 2009, the


48


Table of Contents

Bank meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent.
 
The Cease and Desist Order also required that the Bank submit a Capital Restoration Plan along with a revised business plan to the OTS. The Bank complied with that directive on July 23, 2010 with the submission of its Revised Capital Restoration Plan (the “Plan”). On August 31, 2010, the OTS approved the Plan submitted by the Bank, although the approval included a Prompt and Corrective Action Directive (PCA).
 
At March 31, 2011, the Bank and the Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist and the Prompt and Corrective Action Directive, except the Bank had a core capital ratio and risk-based capital ratio of 4.26 percent and 8.04 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
The Plan includes two sets of assumptions for continuing to improve the Bank’s capital levels, one based on obtaining capital from an outside source, and one which reflects the ongoing efforts of management to stabilize the Corporation in the absence of an external capital infusion. Management has defined a strategy of improving the financial performance of, and efficiency of, the Bank to increase the likelihood that it will be able to attract outside capital.
 
The total risk-based capital level for the Bank improved from 7.32 percent at March 31, 2010 to 8.04 percent at March 31, 2011. Under the OTS capital definition, the Bank is considered to be adequately capitalized as of March 31, 2011. The improvement in capital was achieved through a number of initiatives including reducing the size of the balance sheet, enhancing asset/liability management, improving asset quality, and creating a more efficient operating platform.
 
Results of specific initiatives taken during fiscal 2011 include:
 
  •  Sale of Branches — On June 25, 2010, the Bank sold 11 branches located in Northwestern Wisconsin to Royal Credit Union, In July of 2010, the Bank completed the sale of four branches located in Green Bay, Wisconsin to Nicolet National Bank. These sales, along with the closing of 3 branches in 2009, have reduced the number of branches to 56 from its peak of 74.
 
  •  Smaller Balance Sheet — As detailed below in the Financial Highlights, total assets decreased just over $1 billion, or 23.1 percent, from $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010, to $3.39 billion at March 31, 2011. This decline was largely due to a $721 million reduction in loans receivable for the year. The decline in loans receivable was driven by scheduled pay-offs, amortizations and transfers to foreclosed properties as part of a proactive workout and collection effort. The Bank has also significantly curtailed its new loan origination activity. The decline was also the result of the aforementioned branch sales and the sale of a portion of the education loan portfolio.
 
  •  Net Interest Income — The net interest income before provision for credit losses remained flat despite the significant reduction in the size of the balance sheet. Net interest income was $85.1 million in 2011, $121,000 more than 2010. While the yield on earning assets dropped by 15 basis points from 4.74 percent for fiscal 2010 to 4.59 percent for fiscal 2011, the cost of funds declined by 67 basis points, from 2.82 percent to 2.15 percent, in that same period. The net interest margin was 2.35 percent for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to 1.86 percent for the year ended March 31, 2010, a 49 basis point improvement over the prior year. The Corporation also deployed excess liquidity into the investment portfolio to generate additional income.
 
  •  Provision for Credit Losses — The largest driver of the improvement in net income (loss) was the reduction in the provision for credit losses. The provision for credit losses declined from $161.9 million in 2010 to $51.2 million in 2011, a 68 percent decline. This positive trend in the provision for credit losses was primarily due to a reduction in the volume of non-performing loans in the portfolio. However, this positive trend has been somewhat offset by an increase in the volume of foreclosed properties on the consolidated balance sheet. Total foreclosed properties and repossessed assets were $55.4 million at March 31, 2010 and $90.7 million at March 31, 2011. This increased level of foreclosed properties has a direct negative impact on the expenses related to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets due to the high cost of carrying these assets.


49


Table of Contents

 
  •  Non-interest income — Non-interest income remained relatively flat at $55.9 million in 2011, decreased $890,000 for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to the prior year. This decline was due to reductions in service charges on deposits of $3.1 million, net gain (loss) on sale of investment securities of $2.4 million, other revenue from real estate partnership operations of $1.6 million and loan servicing income of $1.0 million in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. These reductions were largely offset by a $7.4 million gain on the sale of 15 branches during fiscal 2011. The decline in service charges from $15.4 million in 2010 to $12.3 million in 2011 was primarily due to the branch sales.
 
  •  Expense Reduction — The Bank has focused on reducing expenses throughout the year. In the second quarter, the Bank conducted a Strategic Business Review with the goal of reducing expenses commensurate with the reduction in the size of the Bank. The focus of the Strategic Business Review was on reducing personnel costs and operating cost. Non-interest expenses, which remain elevated due to the high cost of the troubled loan portfolio, declined from $158.2 million in fiscal 2010 to $130.8 million in fiscal 2011, or a reduction of $27.4 million for the year, due largely to decreases of $11.0 million in compensation expense and $7.2 million in FDIC insurance premiums.
 
The Corporation recorded a net loss of $41.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, down from $176.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2010, a $135.7 million improvement. Again, this was primarily due to a $110.7 million year-over-year improvement in the provision for credit losses, and a $27.4 million improvement in operating expenses.
 
Credit Highlights
 
The Corporation has seen some improvement in early stage and overall delinquencies in the fourth quarter. This, coupled with the Bank’s ongoing efforts to aggressively work out of troubled credits, has led to a decline in the level of non-performing loans. At March 31, 2011, non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) were $306.3 million, $93.6 million below the $399.9 million balance at March 31, 2010. However, the Bank also experienced an increase in the balance of foreclosed properties on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At March 31, 2011, foreclosed properties and repossessed assets were $90.7 million, compared to $55.4 million at March 31, 2010, a 63.6% increase. As a result, the decline in the levels of non-performing assets was more moderate than the decline in non-performing loans. An elevated level of non-performing assets has had and will continue to have a negative impact on net interest income and expenses related to managing the troubled loan portfolio.
 
The allowance for loan losses declined to $150.1 million at March 31, 2011 from $179.6 million at March 31, 2010, a 16.4% decrease. Net charge-offs during the year ended March 31, 2011 were $79.8 million compared to $119.4 million for the same period in 2010. The provision for credit losses was $51.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, compared to $161.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2010. While the balance in the allowance for loan losses declined during fiscal 2011, the allowance compared to total loans and to total non-performing loans increased slightly since March 31, 2010.
 
Recent Market and Industry Developments
 
The economic turmoil that began in the middle of 2007 and continued through 2008 and 2009 has now settled into a slow economic recovery in 2010 and 2011. At this time the recovery has somewhat uncertain prospects. This has been accompanied by dramatic changes in the competitive landscape of the financial services industry and a wholesale reformation of the legislative and regulatory landscape with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which was signed into law by President Obama on July 21, 2010.
 
Dodd-Frank is extensive, complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts many aspects of banking organizations. Dodd-Frank is likely to negatively impact the Corporation’s revenue and increase both the direct and indirect costs of doing business, as it includes provisions that could increase regulatory fees and deposit insurance assessments and impose heightened capital standards, while at the same time impacting the nature and costs of the Corporation’s businesses. In addition, the legislation calls for the dissolution of our primary regulator, the OTS. The


50


Table of Contents

OTS is scheduled to cease operation as of July 21, 2011, although that date could be delayed under certain circumstances. At such time as the OTS goes out of existence, regulation of the Bank will be assumed by The Office of the Controller of the Currency, with the Federal Reserve becoming the Corporation’s primary regulator.
 
Until such time as the regulatory agencies issue proposed and final regulations implementing the numerous provisions of Dodd-Frank, a process that will extend at least over the next twelve months and may last several years, management will not be able to fully assess the impact the legislation will have on its business.
 
Financial Highlights
 
Highlights through March 31, 2011 include:
 
  •  Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(1.02) for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $(1.40) per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, primarily due to a $10.0 million decrease in the provision for credit losses;
 
  •  Book value per common share was $(5.68) at March 31, 2011 compared to $(3.13) at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Total assets decreased $1.02 billion, or 23.1%, since March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Loans receivable including loans held-for-sale decreased $721.2 million, or 22.2%, since March 31, 2010 primarily due to scheduled pay-offs and amortization, the sale of branches which resulted in a decrease of $86.6 million, the transfer of $88.2 million to foreclosed properties as well as the sale of $24 million in student loans;
 
  •  Delinquencies (loans past due 30 days or more) decreased $9.4 million or 2.9%, to $315.0 million at March 31, 2011 from $324.4 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Total non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) decreased $93.6 million, or 23.4% to $306.3 million at March 31, 2011 from $399.9 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (consisting of loans past due more than ninety days, loans past due less than ninety days but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings and foreclosed properties and repossessed assets) decreased $58.4 million, or 12.8%, to $397.0 million at March 31, 2011 from $455.4 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets increased $35.3 million, or 63.6%, to $90.7 million at March 31, 2011 from $55.4 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Deposits and related accrued interest payable decreased $845.6 million, or 23.8%, since March 31, 2010 as the result of planned reduction in high rate specially priced certificates of deposit held by single service customers;
 
  •  The net interest margin increased to 2.63% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to 1.77% for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to run off and repricing of higher rate certificates of deposit; and
 
  •  Provision for credit losses decreased $110.7 million, or 68.4%, to $51.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011 from $161.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2010 due to the Corporation’s significant enhancements to risk management practices.
 
Results of Operations
 
The following annual and quarterly results reflect the effects of the restatements as discussed in the Explanatory Note on pages (ii) and (iii) of this Form 10-K. Annual results should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements. Quarterly results should be read in conjunction with the financial statements presented in Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.


51


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2011 and 2010
 
General.  Results of operations improved $135.7 million to a net loss of $41.2 million in fiscal 2011 from a net loss of $176.9 million in fiscal 2010. The primary components of this improvement in results for fiscal 2011, as compared to fiscal 2010, were a $110.7 million decrease in the provision for credit losses, a decrease in non-interest expense of $27.4 million and an increase in net interest income of $121,000. These increases to net income were partially offset by a decrease in income tax benefit of $1.7 million and a decrease in non-interest income of $890,000. An allowance of $16.7 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the year ended March 31, 2011. A full valuation allowance has been recorded on the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the Corporation to create sufficient taxable income in the near future to fully utilize it. The returns on average assets and average stockholders’ equity for fiscal 2011 were (1.07)% and (168.38)%, respectively, as compared to (3.66)% and (146.56)%, respectively, for fiscal 2010.
 
Net Interest Income.  Net interest income increased by $121,000 during fiscal 2011 due to the decline in yield on interest earning assets which was offset by the decreased cost of interest bearing liabilities. The primary factor that contributed to the modest increase in net interest income was the fact that loans held for investment decreased $709.2 million since March 31, 2010. The average balances of interest-earning assets decreased to $3.63 billion and the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities decreased to $3.78 billion in fiscal 2011, from $4.58 billion and $4.68 billion, respectively, in fiscal 2010. The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 0.96 in fiscal 2011 from 0.98 in fiscal 2010. The average yield on interest-earning assets (4.59% in fiscal 2011 versus 4.74% in fiscal 2010) decreased, as did the average cost on interest-bearing liabilities (2.15% in fiscal 2011 versus 2.82% in fiscal 2010). The net interest margin increased to 2.35% in fiscal 2011 from 1.86% in fiscal 2010 and the interest rate spread increased to 2.44% from 1.92% in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in interest rate spread was reflective of a decrease in the cost of funds, which was slightly offset by a smaller decrease in the yields on loans as interest rates decreased. These factors are reflected in the analysis of changes in net interest income arising from changes in the volume of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and the rates earned and paid on such assets and liabilities as set forth under “Rate/Volume Analysis” below.
 
Provision for Credit Losses.  The provision for credit losses decreased $110.7 million from $161.9 million in fiscal 2010 to $51.2 million in fiscal 2011. The decrease in provision and specific and general reserves was in response to the following trends identified in the portfolio: (i) a proactive method of identification of criticized assets and (ii) continued analysis of the commercial real estate, construction and land portfolios. These decreases resulted in the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses decreasing $29.5 million from $179.6 million at March 31, 2010 to $150.1 million at March 31, 2011. The allowance for loan losses represented 5.60% of total loans at March 31, 2011, compared to 5.22% of total loans at March 31, 2010. For further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, see “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan and Foreclosure Losses.”
 
Future provisions for credit losses will continue to be based upon management’s assessment of the overall loan portfolio and the underlying collateral, trends in non-performing loans, current economic conditions and other relevant factors in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels to provide for probable and estimable future losses. The establishment of the amount of the loan loss allowance inherently involves judgments by management as to the adequacy of the allowance, which ultimately may change. Higher rates of loan defaults than anticipated would likely result in a need to increase provisions in future years.
 
Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income of $55.9 million for fiscal 2011 was comparable to $56.8 million for fiscal 2010. Service charges on deposits decreased $3.1 million for fiscal 2011 as the result of the sale of 15 branches and new legislation governing deposit service charges. In addition, net gain on sale of investment securities decreased $2.4 million.
 
Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense decreased $27.4 million to $130.8 million for fiscal 2011 compared to $158.2 million for fiscal 2010 primarily due to an $11.0 million decrease in compensation and a $7.2 million decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums. In addition, foreclosure cost advance impairment decreased $4.7 million, other non-interest expense decreased $2.4 million, occupancy expense decreased $1.7 million and furniture and equipment expense decreased $1.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by an


52


Table of Contents

increase in legal expense of $2.8 million, an increase in net expense of REO operations of $2.1 million and an increase in the impairment of mortgage servicing rights of $1.8 million.
 
Real Estate Segment.  Net income generated by the real estate segment (IDI) increased $1.7 million for fiscal 2011 to a net loss of $1.1 million from a net loss of $2.8 million in fiscal 2010. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, IDI sold its interest in several limited partnerships as well as substantially all of its remaining assets, which included some developed residential lots. The assets that remain at IDI include an equity interest in one commercial real estate property and one real estate development along with various notes receivable.
 
Income Taxes.  Income tax benefit decreased $1.7 million for fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 was (0.46)% as compared to (0.84)% for fiscal 2010. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the valuation allowance of $16.7 million placed on the deferred tax asset during the year ended March 31, 2011. A full valuation allowance has been recorded on the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the Corporation to create sufficient taxable income in the near future to fully utilize it. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Comparison of Years Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
 
General.  Net income increased $53.9 million to a net loss of $176.9 million in fiscal 2010 from net loss of $230.8 million in fiscal 2009. The primary component of this increase in earnings for fiscal 2010, as compared to fiscal 2009, was a decrease in non-interest expense of $67.7 million, due to a $72.2 million impairment of goodwill in the prior year. The increase in net income was also attributable to a $43.8 million decrease in the provision for credit losses. In addition, non-interest income increased $10.8 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in net interest income of $39.8 million and a decrease in income tax benefit of $28.6 million. An allowance of $71.3 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the year ended March 31, 2010. A full valuation allowance has been recorded on the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the Corporation to create sufficient taxable income in the near future to fully utilize it. The returns on average assets and average stockholders’ equity for fiscal 2010 were (3.66)% and (146.56)%, respectively, as compared to (4.65)% and (75.67)%, respectively, for fiscal 2009.
 
Net Interest Income.  Net interest income decreased by $39.8 million during fiscal 2010 due to the decline in yield on interest earning assets which was offset by the decreased cost of interest bearing liabilities. The primary factor that contributed to the decline in net interest income was the fact that approximately $12.7 million of interest income on nonaccrual loans was reversed when the loans were placed on nonaccrual status. The average balances of interest-earning assets decreased to $4.58 billion and the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities increased to $4.68 billion in fiscal 2010, from $4.62 billion and $4.61 billion, respectively, in fiscal 2009. The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 0.98 in fiscal 2010 from 1.00 in fiscal 2009. The average yield on interest-earning assets (4.74% in fiscal 2010 versus 5.63% in fiscal 2009) decreased, as did the average cost on interest-bearing liabilities (2.82% in fiscal 2010 versus 2.94% in fiscal 2009). The net interest margin decreased to 1.86% in fiscal 2010 from 2.70% in fiscal 2009 and the interest rate spread decreased to 1.92% from 2.69% in fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decrease in interest rate spread was reflective of a decrease in the yields on loans as interest rates decreased, which was slightly offset by a smaller decrease in the cost of funds. These factors are reflected in the analysis of changes in net interest income arising from changes in the volume of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and the rates earned and paid on such assets and liabilities as set forth under “Rate/Volume Analysis” below. The analysis indicates that the decrease of $39.8 million in net interest income stemmed from net rate/volume decreases in interest-earning assets of $43.2 million offset by the net rate/volume decreases of interest- bearing liabilities of $3.3 million.
 
Provision for Credit Losses.  The provision for credit losses decreased $43.8 million from $205.7 million in fiscal 2009 to $161.9 million in fiscal 2010 based on management’s ongoing evaluation of asset quality. This charge reflected a decrease in provision to $161.9 million during the year allocated between specific reserves on impaired credits and an increase to the general reserve. The decrease in provision and specific and general reserves was in response to the following trends identified in the portfolio: (i) a proactive method of identification of criticized assets and (ii) continued analysis of the commercial real estate, construction and land portfolios. These increases resulted in the Corporation’s allowance for loan losses increasing $42.4 million from $137.2 million at March 31,


53


Table of Contents

2009 to $179.6 million at March 31, 2010. The allowance for loan losses represented 5.23% of total loans at March 31, 2010, as compared to 3.34% of total loans at March 31, 2009. For further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, see “Financial Condition — Allowance for Loan and Foreclosure Losses.”
 
Future provisions for credit losses will continue to be based upon management’s assessment of the overall loan portfolio and the underlying collateral, trends in non-performing loans, current economic conditions and other relevant factors in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels to provide for probable and estimable future losses. The establishment of the amount of the loan loss allowance inherently involves judgments by management as to the adequacy of the allowance, which ultimately may or may not be correct. Higher rates of loan defaults than anticipated would likely result in a need to increase provisions in future years. Also, as multi-family and commercial loan portfolios increase, additional provisions would likely be added to the loan loss allowance as they carry a higher risk of loss.
 
Non-interest Income.  Non-interest income increased $10.9 million to $56.8 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $45.9 million for fiscal 2009 primarily due to the increase of net gain on sale of investment securities of $14.4 million for fiscal 2010. In addition, net gain on sale of loans increased $7.9 million due to an increase in refinancing activity. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in other categories. Income from the Corporation’s real estate segment decreased $8.6 million and other non-interest income decreased $1.1 million primarily due to decreased fee income.
 
Non-interest Expense.  Non-interest expense decreased $67.7 million to $158.2 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $225.9 million for fiscal 2009 primarily due to a $72.2 million impairment of goodwill and a $17.6 million impairment of real estate in the prior year. In addition, expenses of the real estate segment decreased $6.3 million, mortgage servicing rights impairment expense decreased $4.3 million and compensation expense decreased $3.4 million. These decreases were offset by an increase in federal deposit insurance premiums of $14.7 million, an increase in other non-interest expense of $9.4 million due to increased legal and consulting fees, an increase in net expense of REO operations of $8.8 million and an increase in the impairment of foreclosure cost advances of $4.7 million due to the fact that previously capitalized foreclosure cost advances were deemed unrecoverable.
 
Real Estate Segment.  Net income generated by the real estate segment increased $15.6 million for fiscal 2010 to a net loss of $2.8 million from a net loss of $18.4 million in fiscal 2009. During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, IDI sold its interest in several limited partnerships as well as substantially all of its remaining assets, which included some developed lots. The assets that remain at IDI include an equity interest in one commercial real estate property and one real estate development along with various notes receivable.
 
Non-Controlling Interests.  Non-controlling interest in income (loss) of real estate partnership operations represents the share of income of development partners in the Corporation’s real estate investment partnerships. Such non-controlling interest increased $148,000 from a loss of $148,000 in fiscal 2009 to zero in fiscal 2010.
 
For more information on the effects to the consolidated operations of the Corporation, see “Real Estate Held for Development and Sale and Variable Interest Entities,” in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Income Taxes.  Income tax benefit decreased $28.6 million for fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was (0.84)% as compared to (11.65)% for fiscal 2009. The decline in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the valuation allowance of $71.3 million placed on the deferred tax asset during the year ended March 31, 2010. A full valuation allowance has been recorded on the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the Corporation to create sufficient taxable income in the near future to fully utilize it. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Fourth Quarter Results
 
Net loss for the quarter ending March 31, 2011 was $18.4 million, compared to net loss of $26.6 million for the quarter ending March 31, 2010. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending March 31, 2011


54


Table of Contents

was $21.7 million compared to $29.8 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(1.02) for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $(1.40) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $21.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, an increase of $2.8 million from $18.7 million for the comparable period in 2010. The net interest margin was 2.63% for the quarter ending March 31, 2011 and 1.77% for the quarter ending March 31, 2010.
 
Provision for credit losses was $10.2 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2011 compared to $20.2 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2010. Net charge-offs were $17.4 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $5.0 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Asset Quality” below for further analysis of the allowance for loan losses.
 
Non-interest income was $6.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011, a decrease of $3.7 million compared to $10.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. The majority of the decrease was attributable to a $1.7 million decrease in net gain on sale of loans. In addition, income from service charges on deposits decreased $1.0 million as the result of the sale of 15 branches and regulatory opt-in legislation that reduced NSF fees.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $0.8 million to $36.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 from $37.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 due to a $2.0 million decrease in compensation expense, a $1.9 million decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums and a $1.1 million decrease in other non-interest expense. These decreases were offset by a $6.8 million increase in net expense of foreclosed properties and repossessed assets.
 
The Corporation had an income tax expense of $150,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2011 compared to income tax benefit of $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The effective tax rate (benefit) was 0.82% and (5.34)% for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010, respectively. The change in the effective tax rate was mainly due to the fact that a full valuation allowance has been recorded on the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of the corporation to create sufficient taxable income in the near future to fully utilize it.
 
Quarterly Management Discussion and Analysis
 
The following is the Management Discussion and Analysis of the consolidated results of operations and financial condition of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. and its subsidiaries. Management has restated the consolidated financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 as well as the consolidated financial statements for the quarterly periods in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and the first three quarters of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.
 
The discussion that follows for each quarter is focused on operations and significant events that had an impact on the financial condition and/or results of operations for each period. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial data provided in Note 23 to the March 31, 2011 consolidated financial statements.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended December 31, 2010
 
Net loss for the quarter ending December 31, 2010 was $12.1 million, compared to net loss of $10.2 million for the quarter ending December 31, 2009. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending December 31, 2010 was $15.4 million compared to $13.4 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share increased to $(0.72) for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 compared to $(0.63) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $22.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $0.1 million from $22.4 million for the comparable period in 2009. The net interest margin was 2.51% for the quarter ending December 31, 2010 and 2.05% for the quarter ending December 31, 2009.
 
Provision for credit losses was $21.4 million in the quarter ending December 31, 2010 compared to $10.5 million in the quarter ending December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs were $20.4 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2010 compared to $16.6 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2009.


55


Table of Contents

Non-interest income was $11.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2010, a decrease of $4.0 million compared to $15.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The decrease was attributable to a $4.6 million decrease in net gain on sale of investment securities. A $2.8 million increase in net gain on sale of loans was mostly offset by a $1.5 million decline in loan servicing income and a $1.1 million decline in service charges on deposits which decreased as the result of the sale of 15 branches and regulatory opt-in legislation that reduced NSF fees.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $13.1 million to $24.6 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2010 from $37.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 due to a $4.4 million decrease in net foreclosed property and repossessed assets expenses, a $2.9 million decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums, a $2.0 million decrease in compensation expense, a $3.6 million decrease in other non-interest expense and a $1.2 million increase in mortgage servicing rights recovery. The decreases in compensation expense and other non-interest expense were largely due to the sale of 15 branches and expense reduction initiatives implemented as a result of the strategic business review.
 
The Corporation had no income tax expense or benefit for the three months ended December 31, 2010 compared to income tax benefit of $3,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2009.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending December 31, 2010, the restatement decreased net loss by $119,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp or diluted loss per common share. In addition, the restatement had no impact on the Bank’s capital ratios. The restatement increased Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ equity by $14.5 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $8.5 million, and decreased other liabilities by $6.0 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the third quarter ended December 31, 2010 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (consisting of loans past due more than ninety days, loans past due less than ninety days but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings and foreclosed properties and repossessed assets) decreased $52.0 million, or 11.4%, to $403.4 million at December 31, 2010 from $455.4 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Total non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) decreased $65.8 million, or 16.5% to $334.1 million at December 31, 2010 from $399.9 million at March 31, 2010;
 
  •  Provision for credit losses increased $11.1 million, or 104.8%, to $21.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2010 from $10.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009; and
 
  •  Delinquencies (loans past due 30 days or more) decreased $21.0 million or 5.6%, to $352.2 million at December 31, 2010 from $373.2 million at March 31, 2010.
 
Financial Condition
 
During the nine months ended December 31, 2010, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $835.5 million from $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010 to $3.58 billion at December 31, 2010. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $377.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $549.9 million in loans receivable as well as a decrease of $22.0 million in accrued interest and other assets, which were partially offset by a $113.6 million increase in investment securities available for sale. Book value per common share at December 31, 2010 was $(4.85).
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $549.9 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to the Fannie Mae of $611.3 million, (ii) loans sold as part of the branch sales of $86.6 million, (iii) principal repayments of


56


Table of Contents

$611.1 million and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $35.0 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $51.6 million, (v) student loan sales of $23.0 million and (vi) originations and refinances of $775.8 million.
 
Investment securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $113.6 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2010 as a result of purchases of $615.5 million, which were partially offset by sales and maturities of $448.0 million, principal repayments of $44.4 million and fair value adjustments and net amortization of $9.5 million in this period.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets increased $13.8 million to $69.2 million at December 31, 2010 from $55.4 million at March 31, 2010 due to (i) transfers in of $51.6 million and (ii) capitalized improvements of $522,000. These increases were partially offset by (i) sales of $29.6 million, (ii) additional write downs of various properties of $6.8 million and (iii) payments received of $2.0 million.
 
Net deferred tax assets were zero at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010 due to a valuation allowance on the entire balance. The valuation allowance is necessary as the recovery of the net deferred asset is not more likely than not. It is uncertain if the Corporation can generate taxable income in the near future. An increase in the valuation allowance of $18.2 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the nine months ended December 31, 2010.
 
Total liabilities decreased $798.2 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2010. This decrease was largely due to a $708.4 million decrease in deposits and accrued interest of which $276.3 million was due to the branch sales and the remainder was due to deposit runoff and a $112.6 million decrease in other borrowed funds due to the payoff of FHLB advances offset by a $22.8 million increase in other liabilities. Brokered deposits totaled $92.2 million or approximately 3.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2010 and $173.5 million or approximately 4.9% of total deposits at March 31, 2010, and primarily mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $37.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2010 primarily as a net result of comprehensive loss of $37.6 million offset by the issuance of shares for management and benefit plans of $348,000.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At December 31, 2010, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.43 percent and 8.37 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. As a condition of the Cease and Desist Order with the OTS and due to the Corporation having deferred dividends on its preferred stock issued to Treasury under CPP, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the Corporation. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. The Bank is currently prohibited from obtaining new brokered CDs per the terms and conditions of the Cease and Desist Order. It has also been granted access to the Fed fund line with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window in 2010. In addition as of December 31, 2010, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $500.8 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $800.0 million, from the FHLB at this time.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $10.1 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $191.7 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following December 31, 2010 amounted to $1.47 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $143.3 million for the


57


Table of Contents

Bank and $124.8 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $92.2 million of brokered deposits. At December 31, 2010, the Bank was under a Cease and Desist Order with the OTS which limits the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended September 30, 2010
 
Net income for the quarter ending September 30, 2010 was $1.3 million, compared to net loss of $75.1 million for the quarter ending September 30, 2009. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending September 30, 2010 was $1.9 million compared to $78.4 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(0.09) for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 compared to $(3.71) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $22.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $3.4 million from $19.0 million for the comparable period in 2009. The net interest margin was 2.45% for the quarter ending September 30, 2010 and 1.58% for the quarter ending September 30, 2009.
 
Provision for credit losses was $10.7 million in the quarter ending September 30, 2010 compared to $60.9 million in the quarter ending September 30, 2009. Net charge-offs were $20.1 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2010 compared to $29.7 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009. See the “Credit Highlights” section below.
 
Non-interest income was $23.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2010, an increase of $12.8 million compared to $10.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009. The increase was attributable to an $8.2 million increase in net gain on sale of loans and a $4.5 million increase in net gain on sale of investment securities. In addition, a gain on sale of four branches of $2.3 million was recorded during the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and was offset by declines in income from service charges on deposits of $1.0 million partly the result of regulatory opt-in legislation that reduced NSF fees and revenue from real estate operations of $1.5 million.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $10.0 million to $34.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 from $44.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 due to a $4.5 million decrease in compensation expense, a $2.2 million decrease in expense from real estate partnerships, a $2.1 million decrease in net foreclosed properties expenses and a $1.0 million decrease in federal deposit insurance premiums. These decreases were largely due to the sale of 15 branches and expense reduction initiatives implemented as a result of the strategic business review.
 
The Corporation had an income tax expense of $14,000 for the three months ended September 30, 2010 compared to no expense for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The effective tax rate was 1.04% for the quarter ended September 30, 2010.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending September 30, 2010, the restatement decreased net loss by $100,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp or diluted loss per common share. In addition, the restatement had no impact on the Bank’s capital ratios. The restatement increased Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ equity by $14.3 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $8.5 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.9 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.


58


Table of Contents

Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the second quarter ended September 30, 2010 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (consisting of loans past due more than ninety days, loans past due less than ninety days but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings and foreclosed properties and repossessed assets) decreased $39.0 million, or 9.2%, to $385.5 million at September 30, 2010 from $424.5 million at March 31, 2010.
 
  •  Total non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) decreased $43.9 million, or 11.9% to $325.2 million at September 30, 2010 from $369.1 million at March 31, 2010; and
 
  •  Provision for credit losses decreased $50.2 million, or 82.5%, to $10.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2010 from $60.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009. The Corporation made significant risk management enhancements starting in the three and six month periods ending September 30, 2009. These enhancements included the following: established standard discount rates applied to collateral types; identified all related entities associated with existing impaired loans to ensure that the impairment analysis represents a more accurate and thorough picture of the total borrowing relationship; changed the criteria for evaluating impaired loans using the collateral methodology for a more accurate assessment; collateral is now evaluated on a loan by loan basis rather than from a total collateral pool perspective; and determined the appropriate amount of the loan to be charged off versus to be put into a specific reserve. These enhancements led to a significant increase in the provision for loan losses in the prior year.
 
Financial Condition
 
During the six months ended September 30, 2010, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $612.4 million from $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010 to $3.80 billion at September 30, 2010. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $363.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $381.1 million in loans receivable as well as a decrease of $12.4 million in office properties and equipment, which were partially offset by a $144.9 million increase in investment securities available for sale. Book value per common share at September 30, 2010 was $(3.25).
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $381.1 million during the six months ended September 30, 2010. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of $325.6 million, (ii) loans sold as part of the branch sales of $86.6 million, (iii) principal repayments and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $383.3 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $31.9 million, (v) student loan sales of $23 million and (vi) originations and refinances of $446.3 million.
 
Investment securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $144.9 million during the six months ended September 30, 2010 as a result of purchases of $523.9 million and fair value adjustments, amortization and accretion of $12.8 million, which were partially offset by sales of $362.8 million and principal repayments of $29.0 million in this period.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets increased $4.8 million to $60.2 million at September 30, 2010 from $55.4 million at March 31, 2010 due to (i) transfers in of $31.9 million and (ii) capitalized improvements of $500,000. These increases were partially offset by (i) sales of $18.9 million and (ii) additional write downs of various properties of $8.7 million.
 
Net deferred tax assets were zero at September 30, 2010 and March 31, 2010 due to a valuation allowance on the entire balance. The valuation allowance is necessary as the recovery of the net deferred asset is not more likely than not. It is uncertain if the Corporation can generate taxable income in the near future. An allowance of $3.4 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the six months ended September 30, 2010.


59


Table of Contents

Total liabilities decreased $609.8 million during the six months ended September 30, 2010. This decrease was largely due to a $525.0 million decrease in deposits and accrued interest of which $276.3 million was due to the branch sales and the remainder was due to deposit runoff and a $93.3 million decrease in other borrowed funds due to the payoff of FHLB advances offset by a $8.5 million increase in other liabilities. Brokered deposits totaled $145.0 million or approximately 4.8% of total deposits at September 30, 2010 and $173.5 million or approximately 4.9% of total deposits at March 31, 2010, and generally mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $2.7 million during the six months ended September 30, 2010 as a net result of comprehensive loss of $2.7 million.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At September 30, 2010, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.36 percent and 8.14 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. As a condition of the Cease and Desist Order with the OTS and due to the Corporation having deferred dividends on its preferred stock issued to Treasury under CPP, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the Corporation. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. The Bank is currently prohibited from obtaining new brokered CDs per the terms and conditions of the Cease and Desist Order. It has also been granted access to the Fed fund line with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window, none of which had been borrowed as of September 30, 2010. In addition as of September 30, 2010, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $520.1 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $766.3 million, from the FHLB at this time.
 
The Corporation has $110 million inds are payments on loans issued in 2009 under the United States Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”). While the Bank has substantial liquidity, it is currently precluded by its regulators from paying dividends to the Corporation. As a result, and as permitted under CPP, the Corporation has deferred 6 quarterly preferred stock dividend payments to the U.S. Treasury as of September 30 2010. Because the Corporation deferred the quarterly dividend payment six times, the Corporation’s Board must, according to its Articles of Incorporation, as amended pursuant to the Corporation’s participation in CPP, automatically expand by two members and Treasury may elect two directors at the annual meeting and at every subsequent annual meeting until the dividend is paid in full. As of September 30, 2010, Treasury had not appointed any directors. Instead, Treasury has an observer present at quarterly board meetings. See Note 12 of the Consolidated Financial Statements. At September 30, 2010, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $11.5 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $210.5 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following September 30, 2010 amounted to $1.65 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $169.1 million for the Bank and $124.8 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At September 30, 2010, the Bank had $145.0 million of brokered deposits. At September 30, 2010, the Bank was under a Cease and Desist Order with the OTS which limits the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of


60


Table of Contents

equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended June 30, 2010
 
Net loss for the quarter ending June 30, 2010 was $12.1 million, compared to net loss of $65.1 million for the quarter ending June 30, 2009. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending June 30, 2010 was $15.5 million compared to $68.3 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(0.73) for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 compared to $(3.23) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $18.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010, a decrease of $6.0 million from $24.9 million for the comparable period in 2009. The net interest margin was 1.85% for the quarter ending June 30, 2010 and 1.99% for the quarter ending June 30, 2009.
 
Provision for credit losses was $8.9 million in the quarter ending June 30, 2010 compared to $70.4 million in the quarter ending June 30, 2009. Net charge-offs were $21.9 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2010 compared to $68.1 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2009.
 
Non-interest income was $13.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, a decrease of $5.9 million compared to $19.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009. The majority of the decrease was attributable to a decline of $10.0 million in net gain on sale of loans partially offset by the gain on sale of branches of $4.9 million.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $3.6 million to $35.7 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 from $39.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 due to a decrease of $2.5 million in compensation expense, $1.7 million in foreclosure cost impairment expense and $1.5 million in federal deposit insurance premiums. These decreases were partially offset by increases in mortgage servicing rights impairment of $1.5 million and legal expenses of $1.4 million.
 
The Corporation had no income tax expense for either of the three month periods ended June 30, 2010 or June 30, 2009.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending June 30, 2010, the restatement decreased net loss by $80,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp or diluted loss per common share. In addition, the restatement had no impact on the Bank’s capital ratios. The restatement increased Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ equity by $13.7 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $7.9 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.8 million compared to the previously issued financial statements
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the first quarter ended June 30, 2010 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (consisting of loans past due more than ninety days, loans past due less than ninety days but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings and other assets owned by the Bank) decreased $2.5 million, or 0.6%, to $422.0 million at June 30, 2010 from $424.5 million at March 31, 2010,
 
  •  Total non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) increased $3.5 million, or 1.0% to $372.6 million at June 30, 2010 from $369.1 million at March 31, 2010; and
 
  •  Provision for loan losses decreased $61.5 million, or 87.3%, to $8.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2010 from $70.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009 and $11.2 million, or 55.7%, from $20.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010.


61


Table of Contents

 
Financial Condition
 
During the three months ended June 30, 2010, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $417.3 million from $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010 to $4.00 billion at June 30, 2010. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $277.8 million in cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $184.3 million in loans receivable as well as a decrease of $11.1 million in office properties and equipment, which were partially offset by a $69.0 million increase in investment securities available for sale. Book value per common share at June 30, 2010 was $(3.32).
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $184.3 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to a Government Sponsored Agency of $136.6 million. (ii) loans sold as part of the branch sale of $61.8 million, (iii) principal repayments and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $140.6 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $10.2 million and (v) originations, refinances and purchases of $164.9 billion.
 
Investment securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $69.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010 as a result of purchases of $123.0 million and fair value adjustments, amortization and accretion of $6.8 million, which were partially offset by sales of $46.3 million and principal repayments of $14.5 million in this period.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets decreased $6.0 million to $49.4 million at June 30, 2010 from $55.4 million at March 31, 2010 due to (i) sales of $13.2 million and (ii) additional write downs of various properties of $3.1 million. These decreases were partially offset by transfers in of $10.2 million.
 
Net deferred tax assets were zero at June 30, 2010 and March 31, 2009 due to a valuation allowance on the entire balance. The valuation allowance is necessary as the recovery of the net deferred asset is not more likely than not. It is uncertain if the Corporation can generate taxable income in the near future. An allowance of $1.7 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the three months ended June 30, 2010.
 
Total liabilities decreased $413.2 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010. This decrease was largely due to a $327.4 million decrease in deposits and accrued interest of which $171.4 million was due to the branch sale and the remainder was due to deposit runoff and an $88.3 million decrease in other borrowed funds due to the payoff of FHLB advances offset by a $2.5 million increase in other liabilities. Brokered deposits totaled $154.0 million or approximately 4.8% of total deposits at June 30, 2010 and $173.5 million at March 31, 2010, and generally mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $4.2 million during the three months ended June 30, 2010 primarily as a net result of comprehensive loss of $4.2 million.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At June 30, 2010, the Bank and that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and m Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.08 percent and 7.63 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. As a condition of the Cease and Desist Order with the OTS and due to the Corporation having deferred dividends on its preferred stock issued to Treasury under CPP, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the Corporation. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. The Bank is currently prohibited from obtaining new brokered CDs per the terms and conditions of the Cease and Desist Order. We also rely on advances from the FHLB of Chicago as a funding source. We have also been granted access to the Fed fund line with a correspondent bank as well as the Federal Reserve


62


Table of Contents

Bank of Chicago’s discount window, none of which had been borrowed as of June 30, 2010. In addition as of June 30, 2010, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $525.1 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $703.2 million, from the FHLB at this time.
 
At June 30, 2010, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $22.9 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $219.8 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following June 30, 2010 amounted to $1.76 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $164.3 million for the Bank and $124.2 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At June 30, 2010, the Bank had $154.0 million of brokered deposits. At June 30, 2010, the Bank was under a Cease and Desist Order with the OTS which limits the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended March 31, 2010
 
Net loss for the quarter ending March 31, 2010 was $26.6 million, compared to net loss of $45.9 million for the quarter ending March 31, 2009. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending March 31, 2010 was $29.8 million compared to $47.8 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(1.40) for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared to $(2.26) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $18.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010, a decrease of $10.0 million from $28.7 million for the comparable period in 2009. The net interest margin was 1.77% for the quarter ending March 31, 2010 and 2.45% for the quarter ending March 31, 2009.
 
Provision for credit losses was $20.2 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2010 compared to $56.4 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2009. Net charge-offs were $5.0 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2010 compared to $41.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2009.
 
Non-interest income was $10.5 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, a decrease of $5.5 million compared to $16.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009. The majority of the decrease was attributable to a $5.0 million decrease in revenue from the real estate segment. In addition, income from net gain on sale of loans decreased $4.5 million. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in loan servicing income of $1.9 million.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $13.2 million to $37.1 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 from $50.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 primarily due to a $13.0 million of impairment of real estate in the prior year.
 
The Corporation had an income tax benefit of $1.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to an income tax benefit of $16.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The effective tax rate (benefit) was (5.36)% and (26.04)% for the quarters ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, respectively.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending March 31, 2010, the restatement decreased net loss by $68,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp or diluted loss per common share. In addition, the restatement had no impact on the Bank’s capital ratios. The restatement increased Anchor BanCorp


63


Table of Contents

stockholders’ equity by $12.1 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $6.4 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.7 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the fourth quarter ended March 31, 2010 include:
 
Total loan charge-offs were $122.3 million and $108.9 million for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Total loan charge-offs for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 increased $13.4 million and $101.0 million respectively, from the prior fiscal years. The increase in charge-offs for fiscal 2010 was largely due to an increase of $19.1 million in construction and land loan charge-offs, a $2.6 million increase in multi-family residential loan charge-offs and a $2.0 million increase in consumer loan charge-offs, which was offset in part by a $5.7 million decrease in single-family residential loan charge-offs, a $4.0 million decrease in commercial business charge-offs and a $735,000 decrease in commercial real estate charge-offs. The increase in charge-offs for fiscal 2009 was largely due to an increase of $29.8 million in commercial real estate loan charge-offs, a $25.0 million increase in construction and land loan charge-offs, a $24.9 million increase in commercial business loan charge-offs, a $10.6 million increase in single-family residential loan charge-offs, a $9.4 million increase in multi-family residential loan charge-offs and a $1.4 million increase in consumer loan charge-offs. Recoveries increased $751,000 during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.
 
Provision for loan losses was $20.2 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2010 compared to $56.4 million in the quarter ending March 31, 2009. The decrease in the provision for loan losses is the result of management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio. Management considered the increase in non-accrual loans to total loans to 10.83% at March 31, 2010 from 5.54% at March 31, 2009 as well as an increase in total non-performing assets to 9.69% at March 31, 2010 from 5.32% at March 31, 2009 to be factors that warranted the provision for loan losses.
 
Financial Condition
 
Total assets of the Corporation decreased $855.8 million, or 16.2%, from $5.27 billion at March 31, 2009 to $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in loans receivable as well as a decrease in investment securities. Book value per common share at March 31, 2010 was $(3.13).
 
Investment securities (both available-for-sale and held-to-maturity) decreased $68.8 million during the year due to principal repayments, sales and fair value adjustments of $614.3 million and other-than-temporary impairments of $1.1 million due to credit losses that are recognized in earnings partially offset by purchases of $497.7 million and the securitization of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million.
 
Total net loans decreased $809.3 million during fiscal 2010 from $4.06 billion at March 31, 2009 to $3.25 billion at March 31, 2010. The activity included (i) originations of $1.52 billion, (ii) sales of $1.13 billion and (iii) principal repayments and other reductions of $1.20 billion. During 2010, the Corporation originated $631.1 million of loans for investment, as compared to $780.0 million during fiscal 2009, respectively. Of the $631.1 million of loans originated for investment in fiscal 2010, $184.4 million or 29.2% was comprised of single-family residential loans, $134.0 million or 21.2% was comprised of multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans, $81.8 million or 13.0% was comprised of construction and land loans, $212.5 million or 33.7% was comprised of consumer loans and $18.5 million or 2.9% was comprised of commercial business loans. During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Corporation securitized $48.9 million of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities which were sold at a gain of $1.8 million. Single-family residential loans held by the Corporation for investment amounted to $765.3 million and $843.5 million at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which represented approximately 22.3% and 20.5% of gross loans held for investment in 2010 and 2009, respectively. In the aggregate, gross multi-family residential and commercial real estate loans, construction and land loans, consumer loans and commercial business loans, each of which involves more risk than single-family residential loans because of the nature of, or in certain cases the absence of, loan collateral, decreased $595.1 million or 18.2% from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 and represented approximately 77.7% and 79.5% of gross loans held for investment at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


64


Table of Contents

Single-family residential loans originated for sale amounted to $1.16 billion in fiscal 2010, as compared to $1.01 billion in fiscal 2009. This increase was primarily attributable to the decreasing interest rate environment in fiscal 2010. At March 31, 2010, loans held for sale, which consisted of single-family residential loans, multi-family residential loans and commercial real estate loans, amounted to $19.5 million, as compared to $162.0 million at March 31, 2009. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or market.
 
Deposits and accrued interest decreased $371.1 million during fiscal 2010 to $3.55 billion, of which $418.3 million was due to decreases in certificates of deposit and $25.8 million was due to decreases in money market accounts. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $54.0 million in checking accounts and a $25.3 million increase in passbook accounts. The increases were due to promotions and related growth of deposit households as interest rates begin to edge upward in fiscal 2010. Deposits obtained from brokerage firms which solicit deposits from their customers for deposit with the Corporation amounted to $173.5 million at March 31, 2010, as compared to $457.3 million at March 31, 2009. The weighted average cost of deposits decreased to 2.31% in fiscal 2010 compared to 2.73% in fiscal 2009.
 
FHLB advances decreased $273.9 million during fiscal 2010. At March 31, 2010, advances totaled $613.4 million and had a weighted average interest rate of 3.08% compared to advances of $887.3 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.41% at March 31, 2009. Other loans payable decreased $8.3 million from the prior fiscal year.
 
Stockholders’ equity at March 31, 2010 was $30.1 million, or 0.68% of total assets, compared to $211.4 million, or 4.01% of total assets at March 31, 2009. Stockholders’ equity decreased during the year as a result of comprehensive loss of $176.1 million, which includes net loss of $177.1 million and an increase in net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities and non-credit OTTI charges included as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income of $1.0 million.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At March 31, 2010, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 3.73 percent and 7.32 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On a parent-only basis at March 31, 2010, the Corporation’s commitments and debt service requirements consisted primarily of $116.3 million payable to U.S. Bank pursuant to a $116.3 million line of credit. The weighted average rate on the line of credit was 12.00% at March 31, 2010 and the line of credit matures in May 2011. Corporation loans to IDI and other non-bank subsidiaries amounted to $4.6 million at March 31, 2010.
 
The Corporation’s principal sources of funds for it to meet its parent-only obligations are dividends from the Bank, which are subject to regulatory limitations, and borrowings from public and private sources. During fiscal 2010, the Bank made no dividend payments to the Corporation, and at March 31, 2010 the Bank had nothing available for dividends that could be paid to the Corporation without the prior approval of the OTS.
 
The Bank’s primary sources of funds are principal and interest payments on loans receivable and mortgage-related securities, sales of mortgage loans originated for sale, FHLB advances, deposits and other borrowings. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and mortgage-related securities are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At March 31, 2010, the Bank had $173.5 million of brokered deposits. In June, 2009, the Bank consented to the issuance of a Cease and


65


Table of Contents

Desist Agreement with the OTS which will limit the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended December 31, 2009
 
Net loss for the quarter ending December 31, 2009 was $10.2 million, compared to net loss of $167.1 million for the quarter ending December 31, 2008. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending December 31, 2009 was $13.4 million compared to $167.3 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(0.63) for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 compared to $(7.96) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $22.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009, a decrease of $10.3 million from $32.7 million for the comparable period in 2008. The net interest margin was 2.05% for the quarter ending December 31, 2009 and 2.88% for the quarter ending December 31, 2008.
 
Provision for credit losses was $10.5 million in the quarter ending December 31, 2009 compared to $93.0 million in the quarter ending December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs were $16.6 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2009 compared to $35.0 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2008.
 
Non-interest income was $15.7 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009, an increase of $6.2 million compared to $9.5 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the increase in net gain on investment securities of $7.2 million. In addition, net gain on sale of loans increased $3.0 million offset by $3.5 million in revenues from real estate partnerships.
 
Non-interest expense decreased $80.5 million to $37.8 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 from $118.3 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2008 primarily due to a write down of goodwill of $72.2 million in the prior year quarter. In addition, other expense from real estate partnership operations decreased $7.0 million, mortgage servicing rights impairment decreased $3.0 million due to increased rates on residential loans, net expense from REO operations decreased $2.2 million and compensation expense decreased $1.4 million. These decreases were offset by an increase in other non-interest expense of $3.0 million due to increased legal expenses from foreclosure activity and increased consulting expenses for the review of the loan portfolio. In addition, federal insurance premiums increased $3.7 million mainly due to the fact that the Bank was in a higher risk category.
 
The Corporation had an income tax expense of $3,000 for the three months ended December 31, 2009 compared to income tax benefit of $1.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008. The effective tax rate (benefit) was 0.03% and (1.12)% for the quarter ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending December 31, 2009, the restatement decreased net loss by $44,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp or diluted loss per common share. In addition, the restatement had no impact on the Bank’s capital ratios. The restatement increased Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ equity by $10.7 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $5.1 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.6 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the third quarter ended December 31, 2009 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (consisting of loans past due more than ninety days, loans past due less than ninety days but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss, non-accrual troubled debt restructurings and other assets owned by the Bank) increased $64.0 million, or 22.8%, to $344.4 million at December 31, 2009 from $280.4 million at March 31, 2009, and total non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to


66


Table of Contents

  anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) increased $76.1 million, or 33.4% to $303.9 million at December 31, 2009 from $227.8 million at March 31, 2009; and
 
  •  Provision for loan losses decreased $82.5 million, or 88.8%, to $10.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2009 from $93.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2008 and $50.4 million, or 82.8%, from $60.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Financial Condition
 
During the nine months ended December 31, 2009, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $814.5 million from $5.27 billion at March 31, 2009 to $4.46 billion at December 31, 2009. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $639.5 million in loans receivable, a decrease of $101.5 million in cash and cash equivalents as well as a decrease of $60.3 million in investment securities available for sale, which were partially offset by a $40.7 million increase in mortgage-related securities available for sale. Book value per common share at December 31, 2009 was $(2.17).
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $639.5 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2009. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of $1.12 billion, (ii) principal repayments and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $681.5 million, (iii) the securitization of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $20.9 million and (v) originations, refinances and purchases of $1.23 billion.
 
Mortgage-related securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $40.7 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2009 as a result of purchases of $437.1 million and the securitization of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million, which were partially offset by sales of $354.6 million, principal repayments of $84.4 million and fair value adjustments of $6.4 million in this period. Mortgage-related securities consisted of $60.8 million of mortgage-backed securities and $387.2 million of corporate collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) issued by government agencies at December 31, 2009.
 
Investment securities decreased $60.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2009 as a result of sales, maturities, amortization and fair value adjustments of $78.8 million of U.S. Government and agency securities, which were partially offset by purchases of $18.5 million of such securities.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets decreased $12.2 million to $40.4 million at December 31, 2009 from $52.6 million at March 31, 2009 due to (i) sales of $19.3 million and (ii) additional write downs of various properties of $13.7 million. These decreases were partially offset by transfers in of $20.9 million.
 
Net deferred tax assets decreased $16.2 million to zero at December 31, 2009 from $16.2 million at March 31, 2009 due to the recognition of all available recoverable income taxes as a result of the net loss for the period. An allowance of $56.3 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the nine months ended December 31, 2009. The valuation allowance is necessary as the recovery of the net deferred asset is not more likely than not. It is uncertain if the Corporation can generate taxable income in the near future.
 
Total liabilities decreased $669.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2009. This decrease was largely due to a $325.6 million decrease in deposits and accrued interest, a $324.0 million decrease in other borrowed funds and a $19.7 million decrease in other liabilities. Brokered deposits totaled $218.8 million or approximately 6.1% of total deposits at December 31, 2009 and $457.3 million at March 31, 2009, and generally mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $155.3 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2009 primarily as a net result of (i) comprehensive loss of $155.7 million and (ii) tax benefit from stock-related compensation of $194,000.


67


Table of Contents

OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At December 31, 2009, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.32 percent and 7.89 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. As a condition of the Cease and Desist Order with the OTS and due to the Corporation having deferred dividends on its preferred stock issued to Treasury under CPP, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the Corporation. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. We use brokered CDs, which are rate sensitive. We also rely on advances from the FHLB of Chicago as a funding source. We have also been granted access to the Fed fund line with a correspondent bank as well as the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window, none of which had been borrowed as of December 31, 2009. In addition as of December 31, 2009, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $583.2 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $762.4 million, from the FHLB at this time.
 
At December 31, 2009, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $15.7 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $242.6 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following December 31, 2009 amounted to $1.80 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $153.0 million for the Bank and $116.3 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $218.8 million of brokered deposits. At December 31, 2009, the Bank was under a cease and desist agreement with the OTS which will limit the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
On December 1, 2009, the Corporation entered into agreements with Badger Anchor Holdings, LLC (“Badger Holdings”), pursuant to which Badger Holdings will make up to a $400 million investment in the Corporation including a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $110 million (the “Transaction”). Pursuant to the Transaction, Badger Holdings would have purchased up to 483,333,333 shares of common stock at $0.60 per share and will provide the Corporation with a term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $110 million, which would have been convertible into shares of the Corporation’s common stock at a conversion price equal to the lower of $0.60 per share or the per share tangible book value measured as of the last day of the most recently completed month preceding the month in which the conversion occurred.
 
On March 31, 2010, Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Badger Anchor Holdings, LLC mutually terminated the agreements. On April 2, 2010, the Corporation announced that we engaged Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. as financial advisor to assist the Corporation in evaluating strategic alternatives. Sandler O’Neill is a preeminent investment banking firm serving financial institutions and was engaged as part of our comprehensive effort to raise additional capital, strengthen our balance sheet and improve our financial performance.


68


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended September 30, 2009
 
Net loss for the quarter ending September 30, 2009 was $75.1 million, compared to net loss of $23.3 million for the quarter ending September 30, 2008. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending September 30, 2009 was $78.4 million compared to $23.3 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(3.71) for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared to $(1.11) per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $19.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009, a decrease of $11.0 million from $30.0 million for the comparable period in 2008. The net interest margin was 1.58% for the quarter ending September 30, 2009 and 2.62% for the quarter ending September 30, 2008.
 
Provision for credit losses was $60.9 million in the quarter ending September 30, 2009 compared to $47.0 million in the quarter ending September 30, 2008. Net charge-offs were $29.7 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2009 compared to $22.6 million in the quarter ended September 30, 2008.
 
Non-interest income was $10.9 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009, an increase of $2.7 million compared to $8.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The majority of the increase was attributable to a $4.0 million increase in net gain on sale of investment securities and was partly offset by a decline in other non-interest income of $676,000.
 
Non-interest expense increased $13.9 million to $44.1 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 from $30.2 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 primarily due to a $5.3 million increase in net expense of foreclosed properties and a $4.4 million increase in federal deposit insurance premiums. In addition, other non-interest expense increased $4.4 million primarily due to increased legal expenses from foreclosure activity and increased consulting expenses for the review of the loan portfolio and concentrations as well as evaluating business and staffing practices.
 
The Corporation had no income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2009 compared to income tax benefit of $15.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008. The effective tax rate (benefit) was (40.11)% for the quarter ended September 30, 2008. The tax benefit was the result of the net operating loss for the period.
 
Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending September 30, 2009, the restatement decreased net loss by $26,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor Bancorp or diluted loss per common share. The restatement increased Anchor Bancorp stockholder’s equity by $9.2 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $3.7 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.5 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the third quarter ended September 30, 2009 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets increased $173.1 million, or 61.7%, to $453.5 million at September 30, 2009 from $280.4 million at March 31, 2009, and total non-performing loans increased $187.3 million, or 82.2% to $415.1 million at September 30, 2009 from $227.8 million at March 31, 2009; and
 
  •  Provision for loan losses was $60.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009, an increase of $13.9 million or 29.7% as compared to the same period in the previous year.
 
Financial Condition
 
During the six months ended September 30, 2009, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $637.5 million from $5.27 billion at March 31, 2009 to $4.63 billion at September 30, 2009. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $523.0 million in loans receivable, a decrease of $63.8 million cash and cash equivalents as well as a decrease of $52.9 million in investment securities available for sale, which were partially


69


Table of Contents

offset by a $41.9 million increase in mortgage-related securities available for sale. Book value per common share at September 30, 2009 was $(1.27).
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $523.0 million during the six months ended September 30, 2009. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of $935.0 million, (ii) principal repayments and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $504.1 million, (iii) the securitization of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $12.4 million and (v) originations, refinances and purchases of $977.5 million.
 
Mortgage-related securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $41.9 million during the six months ended September 30, 2009 as a result of purchases of $171.8 million, the securitization of mortgage loans to agency mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million and market value adjustments of $4.1 million, which were partially offset by sales of $125.5 million and principal repayments of $57.4 million in this period. Mortgage-related securities consisted of $116.3 million of mortgage-backed securities and $332.9 million of corporate collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) issued by government agencies at September 30, 2009.
 
Investment securities decreased $52.9 million during the six months ended September 30, 2009 as a result of sales, maturities, amortization and market value adjustments of $66.4 million of U.S. Government and agency securities, which were partially offset by purchases of $13.5 million of such securities.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets decreased $14.2 million to $38.4 million at September 30, 2009 from $52.6 million at March 31, 2009 due to (i) sales of $17.1 million and (ii) additional reserves placed on various properties of $9.4 million. These decreases were partially offset by transfers in of $12.4 million.
 
Deferred tax asset decreased $16.2 million to zero at September 30, 2009 from $16.2 million at March 31, 2009 due to the recognition of all available recoverable income taxes as a result of the net loss for the period. An allowance of $49.1 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the six months ended September 30, 2009. The valuation allowance is necessary since there is only a potential for recovery of the deferred asset valuation allowance if the Corporation has taxable income in future years.
 
Total liabilities decreased $508.3 million during the six months ended September 30, 2009. This decrease was largely due to a $322.6 million decrease in other borrowed funds, a $183.8 million decrease in deposits and accrued interest and a $1.9 million decrease in other liabilities. Brokered deposits totaled $274.4 million or approximately 7.3% of total deposits at September 30, 2009 and $457.3 million at March 31, 2009, and generally mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $135.6 million during the six months ended September 30, 2009 as a net result of (i) comprehensive loss of $135.6 million and (ii) tax benefit from stock-related compensation of $10,000.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Cease and Desist Orders require that, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank had to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. At September 30, 2009, the Bank and Corporation had complied with all aspects of the Cease and Desist Orders, except that the Bank had core capital and total risk-based capital ratios of 4.28 percent and 7.59 percent, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. The Bank is currently not allowed to pay dividends to the Corporation. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. We use brokered CDs, which are rate sensitive. We also rely on advances from the FHLB of Chicago as a funding source. We have also


70


Table of Contents

been granted access to the Fed fund line with a correspondent bank as well as the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window, none of which had been borrowed as of September 30, 2009. In addition as of September 30, 2009, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $583.2 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $228.63 billion, from the FHLB at this time.
 
At September 30, 2009, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $14.7 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $254.8 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following September 30, 2009 amounted to $1.63 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $119.2 million for the Bank and $116.3 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At September 30, 2009, the Bank had $274.4 million of brokered deposits. At September 30, 2009, the Bank was under a cease and desist agreement with the OTS which will limit the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
Quarterly Results for Quarter Ended June 30, 2009
 
Net loss for the quarter ending June 30, 2009 was $65.1 million, compared to net income of $5.5 million for the quarter ending June 30, 2008. Net loss available to common shareholders for the quarter ending June 30, 2009 was $68.3 million compared to $5.5 million for the prior year quarter. Diluted loss per common share decreased to $(3.23) for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.26 per share for the prior year quarter.
 
Net interest income was $24.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009, a decrease of $8.5 million from $33.4 million for the comparable period in 2008. The net interest margin was 1.99% for the quarter ending June 30, 2009 and 2.87% for the quarter ending June 30, 2008.
 
Provision for credit losses was $70.4 million in the quarter ending June 30, 2009 compared to $9.4 million in the quarter ending June 30, 2008. Net charge-offs were $68.1 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2009 compared to $7.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2008.
 
Non-interest income was $19.6 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, an increase of $7.6 million compared to $12.0 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 attributable to a $9.2 million increase in net gain on sale of loans. In addition, net gain on investments and mortgage-related securities increased $1.5 million as a result of the gain on sale of agency securities. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in loan servicing income of $1.4 million due to increased amortization of mortgage servicing rights.
 
Non-interest expense increased $12.5 million to $39.3 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2009 from $26.8 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2008 due to increases of $5.5 million in federal deposit insurance premiums, $3.7 million in net expense of foreclosed properties, $3.7 million of foreclosure cost advance impairment and $1.0 million in compensation expense. These increases were offset by a $1.3 million recovery of mortgage servicing rights impairment.
 
The Corporation had no income tax expense for the three months ended June 30, 2009 compared to income tax expense of $3.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2008. The effective tax rate was 39.28% for the quarter ended June 30, 2008.


71


Table of Contents

Impact of Restatement
 
For the quarter ending June 30, 2009, the restatement decreased net loss by $10,000 due to a reduction in interest expense on borrowed funds compared to the previously issued financial statements. The restatement had no impact on net loss available to common equity of Anchor Bancorp or diluted loss per common share. The restatement increased Anchor Bancorp stockholder’s equity by $7.8 million, decreased other borrowed funds by $2.3 million, and decreased other liabilities by $5.5 million compared to the previously issued financial statements.
 
Credit Highlights
 
Highlights for the third quarter ended September 30, 2009 include:
 
  •  Total non-performing assets (loans past due more than ninety days, non-performing real estate held for development and sale, foreclosed properties and repossessed assets) decreased $8.3 million, or 4.19%, to $190.4 million at June 30, 2009 from $198.7 million at March 31, 2009, and total non-performing loans decreased $5.9 million, or 4.0% to $140.2 million at June 30, 2009 from $146.2 million at March 31, 2009; and
 
  •  Provision for loan losses was $70.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2009, or an increase of $61.0 million or 648.9% compared to the same period in the previous year.
 
Financial Condition
 
During the three months ended June 30, 2009, the Corporation’s assets decreased by $35.2 million from $5.27 billion at March 31, 2009 to $5.24 billion at June 30, 2009. The majority of this decrease was attributable to a decrease of $301.4 million in loans receivable as well as a decrease of $26.4 million in investment securities available for sale, which were partially offset by a $210.5 million increase in cash and cash equivalents and an $86.0 million increase in mortgage-related securities available for sale. Book value per common share at June 30, 2009 was $2.07.
 
Total loans (including loans held for sale) decreased $301.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2009. Activity for the period consisted of (i) sales of one to four family loans to the Federal Home Loan Bank of $694.9 million, (ii) principal repayments and other adjustments (the majority of which are undisbursed loan proceeds) of $299.7 million, (iii) the securitization of mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million, (iv) transfer to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $9.0 million and (v) originations and purchases of $751.1 million.
 
Mortgage-related securities (both available for sale and held to maturity) increased $86.0 million during the three months ended June 30, 2009 as a result of purchases of $103.0 million, the securitization of mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage-backed securities of $48.9 million and market value adjustments of $2.0 million, which were partially offset by sales of $40.3 million and principal repayments of $28.9 million in this period. Mortgage-related securities consisted of $173.2 million of mortgage-backed securities and $320.1 million of corporate collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) issued by government agencies at June 30, 2009.
 
Investment securities decreased $26.4 million during the three months ended June 30, 2009 as a result of sales, maturities, amortization and market value adjustments of $39.9 million of U.S. Government and agency securities, which were partially offset by purchases of $13.5 million of such securities.
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets decreased $2.5 million to $50.1 million at June 30, 2009 from $52.6 million at March 31, 2009 due to additional reserves placed on various properties.
 
Deferred tax asset decreased $16.2 million to zero at June 30, 2009 from $16.2 million at March 31, 2009 due to the recognition of all available recoverable income taxes as a result of the net loss for the period. An allowance of $23.4 million was placed on the deferred tax asset during the quarter ended June 30, 2009. The valuation allowance is necessary since there is only a potential for recovery of the deferred asset valuation allowance if the Corporation has taxable income in future years.


72


Table of Contents

Total liabilities increased $21.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2009. This increase was largely due to a $64.1 million increase in deposits and accrued interest that was partially offset by a $2.9 million decrease in other liabilities and a $39.7 million decrease in other borrowed funds. Brokered deposits have been used in the past and may be used in the future as the need for funds requires them. Brokered deposits totaled $389.8 million or approximately 9.8% of total deposits June 30, 2009 and $457.3 million at March 31, 2009, and generally mature within one to five years.
 
Stockholders’ equity decreased $63.5 million during the three months ended June 30, 2009 as a net result of comprehensive loss of $63.5 million.
 
OTS Order to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist (the “Corporation Order” and the “Bank Order,” respectively, and together, the “Orders”) by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”).
 
The Corporation Order requires that the Corporation notify, and in certain cases receive the permission of, the OTS prior to: (i) declaring, making or paying any dividends or other capital distributions on its capital stock, including the repurchase or redemption of its capital stock; (ii) incurring, issuing, renewing or rolling over any debt, increasing any current lines of credit or guaranteeing the debt of any entity; (iii) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; and (v) making any golden parachute payments or prohibited indemnification payments. By July 31, 2009, the Corporation’s board is required to develop and submit to the OTS a three-year cash flow plan, which must be reviewed at least quarterly by the Corporation’s management and board for material deviations between the cash flow plan’s projections and actual results (the “Variance Analysis Report”). Within thirty days following the end of each quarter, the Corporation is required to provide the OTS its Variance Analysis Report for that quarter.
 
The Bank Order requires that the Bank notify, or in certain cases receive the permission of, the OTS prior to (i) increasing its total assets in any quarter in excess of an amount equal to net interest credited on deposit liabilities during the quarter; (ii) accepting, rolling over or renewing any brokered deposits; (iii) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; (v) making any golden parachute or prohibited indemnification payments; (vi) paying dividends or making other capital distributions on its capital stock; (vii) entering into certain transactions with affiliates; and (viii) entering into third-party contracts outside the normal course of business.
 
The Orders also require that, no later than September 30, 2009, the Bank meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than 7 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 11 percent. Further, no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank must meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than 8 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12 percent. The Bank must also submit to the OTS, within prescribed time periods, a written capital contingency plan, a problem asset plan, a revised business plan, and an implementation plan resulting from a review of commercial lending practices. The Orders also require the Bank to review its current liquidity management policy and the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
At June 30, 2009, the Bank, based upon presently available unaudited financial information, had a core capital ratio of 4.99 percent and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.95 percent, each above the level needed for an institution to be categorized as adequately-capitalized but below the required capital ratios set forth above. The Corporation is working with its advisors to explore possible alternatives to raise additional equity capital. If completed, any such transaction would likely result in significant dilution for the current common shareholders. No agreements have been reached with respect to any possible capital infusion transaction.
 
All customer deposits remain fully insured to the highest limits set by the FDIC. The OTS may grant extensions to the timelines established by the Orders.


73


Table of Contents

The description of each of the Orders and the corresponding Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist (the “Stipulations”) set forth in this section is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Orders and Stipulations, copies of which are attached as Exhibits to the March 31, 2009 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. We use brokered CDs, which are rate sensitive. We also rely on advances from the FHLB of Chicago as a funding source. We have also been granted access to the Fed fund line with a correspondent bank as well as the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago’s discount window, none of which had been borrowed as of June 30, 2009. In addition as of June 30, 2009, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $849.7 million, out of our maximum borrowing capacity of $1.10 billion, from the FHLB at this time.
 
At June 30, 2009, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $25.0 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $273.4 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following June 30, 2009 amounted to $1.87 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $380.7 million for the Bank and $116.3 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all commitments to the extent required.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At June 30, 2009, the Bank had $389.8 million of brokered deposits. At June 30, 2009, the Bank was under a cease and desist agreement with the OTS which will limit the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.
 
Net Interest Income Information
 
Average Interest-Earning Assets, Average Interest-Bearing Liabilities and Interest Rate Spread and Margin.  The following table shows the Corporation’s average balances, interest, average rates, the spread between the combined average rates earned on interest-earning assets and average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, net interest margin, which represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets, and the ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities for the years indicated. The average balances are derived from average daily balances.


74


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheets
 
                                                                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010 (As Restated)     2009  
                Average
                Average
                Average
 
    Average
          Yield/
    Average
          Yield/
    Average
          Yield/
 
    Balance     Interest     Cost     Balance     Interest     Cost     Balance     Interest     Cost  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Interest-earning Assets
                                                                       
Mortgage loans
  $ 2,165,122     $ 112,390       5.19 %   $ 2,685,764     $ 146,190       5.44 %   $ 3,092,823     $ 181,249       5.86 %
Consumer loans
    625,449       31,805       5.09       764,352       38,611       5.05       766,902       45,566       5.94  
Commercial business loans
    102,034       6,497       6.37       173,151       10,793       6.23       249,502       14,298       5.73  
                                                                         
Total loans receivable(1)(2)
    2,892,605       150,692       5.21       3,623,267       195,594       5.40       4,109,227       241,113       5.87  
Investment securities(3)
    465,863       15,237       3.27       474,808       20,443       4.31       382,068       18,615       4.87  
Interest-bearing deposits
    211,997       520       0.25       426,377       1,045       0.25       76,787       534       0.70  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    54,829       14       0.03       54,829             0.00       54,829             0.00  
                                                                         
Total interest-earning assets
    3,625,294       166,463       4.59       4,579,281       217,082       4.74       4,622,911       260,262       5.63  
Non-interest-earning assets
    217,911                       248,172                       337,798                  
                                                                         
Total assets
  $ 3,843,205                     $ 4,827,453                     $ 4,960,709                  
                                                                         
Interest-bearing Liabilities
                                                                       
Demand deposits
  $ 906,418       3,102       0.34     $ 939,315       5,179       0.55     $ 1,023,961       9,377       0.92  
Regular passbook savings
    241,446       509       0.21       244,558       694       0.28       228,978       883       0.39  
Certificates of deposit
    1,936,892       45,054       2.33       2,601,292       81,467       3.13       2,217,594       84,597       3.81  
                                                                         
Total deposits and accrued interest
    3,084,756       48,665       1.58       3,785,165       87,340       2.31       3,470,533       94,857       2.73  
Other borrowed funds
    693,859       32,718       4.72       898,305       44,783       4.99       1,142,764       40,615       3.55  
                                                                         
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    3,778,615       81,383       2.15       4,683,470       132,123       2.82       4,613,297       135,472       2.94  
                                                                         
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    39,539                       23,275                       42,572                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities
    3,818,154                       4,706,745                       4,655,869                  
Stockholders’ equity
    25,051                       120,708                       304,840                  
                                                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,843,205                     $ 4,827,453                     $ 4,960,709                  
                                                                         
Net interest income/
                                                                       
interest rate spread(4)
          $ 85,080       2.44 %           $ 84,959       1.92 %           $ 124,790       2.69 %
                                                                         
Net interest-earning assets
  $ (153,321 )                   $ (104,189 )                   $ 9,614                  
                                                                         
Net interest margin(5)
                    2.35 %                     1.86 %                     2.70 %
                                                                         
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    0.96                       0.98                       1.00                  
                                                                         
 
 
(1) For the purpose of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
 
(2) Interest earned on loans includes loan fees (which are not material in amount) and interest income which has been received from borrowers whose loans were removed from non-accrual status during the period indicated.
 
(3) Average balances of securities available-for-sale are based on amortized cost.
 
(4) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities and is represented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
 
(5) Net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.


75


Table of Contents

 
Rate/Volume Analysis
 
The most significant impact on the Corporation’s net interest income between periods is derived from the interaction of changes in the volume of and rates earned or paid on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The volume of earning dollars in loans and investments, compared to the volume of interest-bearing liabilities represented by deposits and borrowings, combined with the spread, produces the changes in net interest income between periods. The following table shows the relative contribution of the changes in average volume and average interest rates on changes in net interest income for the periods indicated. Information is provided with respect to the effects on net interest income attributable to (i) changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume) and (ii) changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The change in interest income (tax equivalent) due to both rate and volume have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
 
                                                 
    Increase (Decrease) for the Year Ended March 31,  
    2011 Compared To 2010     2010 Compared To 2009  
    Rate     Volume     Net     Rate     Volume     Net  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest-earning Assets
                                               
Mortgage loans
  $ (6,521 )   $ (27,279 )   $ (33,800 )   $ (12,306 )   $ (22,753 )   $ (35,059 )
Consumer loans
    255       (7,061 )     (6,806 )     (6,804 )     (151 )     (6,955 )
Commercial business loans
    227       (4,523 )     (4,296 )     1,168       (4,673 )     (3,505 )
                                                 
Total loans receivable(1)(2)
    (6,125 )     (38,779 )     (44,902 )     (17,947 )     (27,572 )     (45,519 )
Investment securities(3)
    (4,828 )     (378 )     (5,206 )     (2,335 )     4,163       1,828  
Interest-bearing deposits
    1       (526 )     (525 )     (542 )     1,053       511  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    14             14                    
                                                 
Total net change in income on interest-earning assets
    (10,937 )     (39,682 )     (50,619 )     (21,362 )     (21,818 )     (43,180 )
Interest-bearing Liabilities
                                               
Demand deposits
    (1,902 )     (175 )     (2,077 )     (3,476 )     (722 )     (4,198 )
Regular passbook savings
    (176 )     (9 )     (185 )     (246 )     57       (189 )
Certificates of deposit
    (18,271 )     (18,142 )     (36,413 )     (16,480 )     13,350       (3,130 )
                                                 
Total deposits
    (20,349 )     (18,326 )     (38,675 )     (20,458 )     12,941       (7,517 )
Other borrowed funds
    (2,319 )     (9,746 )     (12,065 )     14,070       (9,902 )     4,168  
                                                 
Total net change in expense on
                                               
interest-bearing liabilities
    (22,668 )     (28,072 )     (50,740 )     (6,388 )     3,039       (3,349 )
                                                 
Net change in net interest income
  $ 11,731     $ (11,610 )   $ 121     $ (16,172 )   $ (23,659 )   $ (39,831 )
                                                 
 
 
(1) For the purpose of these computations, non-accrual loans are included in the daily average loan amounts outstanding.
 
(2) Interest earned on loans includes loan fees (which are not material in amount) and interest income which has been received from borrowers whose loans were removed from non-accrual status during the period indicated.
 
(3) Average balances of securities available-for-sale are based on amortized cost.
 
Financial Condition
 
General.  Total assets of the Corporation decreased $1.02 billion, or 23.1%, from $4.42 billion at March 31, 2010 to $3.39 billion at March 31, 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to a decrease in loans receivable as well as a decrease in interest-bearing deposits.


76


Table of Contents

Investment Securities.  Investment securities (both available-for-sale and held-to-maturity) increased $107.1 million during the year due to purchases of $631.6 million that were partially offset by $524.1 million of principal repayments, sales and fair value adjustments and $0.4 million of other-than-temporary impairments that were recognized in earnings. See Notes 1 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
Investment securities are subject to inherent risks based upon the future performance of the underlying collateral (i.e., mortgage loans) for these securities. Among these risks are prepayment risk, interest rate risk and credit risk. Should general interest rate levels decline, the mortgage-related securities portfolio would be subject to (i) prepayments as borrowers typically would seek to obtain financing at lower rates, (ii) a decline in interest income received on adjustable-rate mortgage-related securities, and (iii) an increase in fair value of fixed-rate mortgage-related securities. Conversely, should general interest rate levels increase, the mortgage-related securities portfolio would be subject to (i) a longer term to maturity as borrowers would be less likely to prepay their loans, (ii) an increase in interest income received on adjustable-rate mortgage-related securities, (iii) a decline in fair value of fixed-rate mortgage-related securities, (iv) a decline in fair value of adjustable-rate mortgage-related securities to an extent dependent upon the level of interest rate increases, the time period to the next interest rate repricing date for the individual security and the applicable periodic (annual and/or lifetime) cap which could limit the degree to which the individual security could reprice within a given time period, and (v) should default rates and loss severities increase on the underlying collateral of mortgage-related securities, the Corporation may experience credit losses that need to be recognized in earnings as an other-than-temporary impairment.
 
Loans Receivable.  Total net loans and loans held for sale decreased $721.2 million during fiscal 2011 from $3.25 billion at March 31, 2010 to $2.53 billion at March 31, 2011. The activity included (i) originations and renewals of $918.5 million, (ii) sales of $834.2 million (iii) transfers to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets of $88.2 million and (iv) principal repayments and other reductions of $717.2 million.
 
During 2011, the Corporation originated $113.9 million of loans for investment, as compared to $631.1 million and $780.0 million during fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
Residential loans originated for sale amounted to $804.5 million in fiscal 2011, as compared to $887.5 million and $1.01 billion in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. At March 31, 2011, loans held for sale, which consisted of single-family residential loans, multi-family residential loans and commercial real estate loans, amounted to $7.5 million, as compared to $19.5 million at March 31, 2010. Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value.
 
Accrued Interest and Other Assets.  Accrued interest and other assets decreased $22.5 million to $61.2 million at March 31, 2011 from $83.7 million at March 31, 2010. The decrease was mainly due to a decrease in income taxes receivable of $18.9 million.
 
Deposits and Accrued Interest.  Deposits and accrued interest decreased $845.6 million during fiscal 2011 to $2.71 billion, due largely to $772.5 million in certificates of deposit and money market accounts. A significant portion of the decreases were due to planned reductions in deposits from single service special rate households. Deposits obtained from brokerage firms which solicit deposits from their customers for deposit with the Corporation amounted to $48.1 million at March 31, 2011, as compared to $173.5 million at March 31, 2010. The weighted average cost of deposits decreased to 1.58% in fiscal 2011 compared to 2.31% in fiscal 2010.
 
Borrowings.  FHLB advances decreased $134.9 million during fiscal 2011. At March 31, 2011, advances totaled $478.5 million and had a weighted average interest rate of 2.57% compared to advances of $613.4 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.08% at March 31, 2010. Other loans payable as of both March 31, 2011 and 2010 consist of borrowings of the Corporation of $116.3 million and $60.0 million outstanding as part of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. For additional information, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. As the result of the restatement, borrowings have been restated as of March 31, 2010. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 for the impact of the restatement on the quarterly periods.
 
Other Liabilities.  Other liabilities increased $14.5 million during fiscal 2011 to $46.1 million at March 31, 2011 from $31.6 million at March 31, 2010. The increase was mainly due to an increase in accrued interest on


77


Table of Contents

borrowings. As the result of the restatement, other liabilities have been restated as of March 31, 2010. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 for the impact of the restatement on the quarterly periods.
 
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit).  Stockholders’ equity (deficit) at March 31, 2011 was ($13.2) million, or (0.39)% of total assets, compared to $42.2 million, or 0.96% of total assets at March 31, 2010. Stockholders’ equity decreased during the year as a result of comprehensive loss of $55.7 million, which includes net loss of $41.2 million and an increase in net unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities and non-credit OTTI charges included as a part of accumulated other comprehensive income of $14.6 million. This decrease was partially offset by the purchase of stock by retirement plans of $346,000. As the result of the restatement, stockholders’ equity, specifically additional paid-in capital and retained (deficit) earnings, has been restated as of March 31, 2010. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 for the impact of the restatement on the quarterly periods.
 
RISK MANAGEMENT
 
The Bank encounters risk as part of its normal course of business and designs risk management processes to help manage these risks. This Risk Management section describes the Bank’s risk management philosophy, principles, governance and various aspects of its risk management program.
 
Risk Management Philosophy
 
The Bank’s risk management philosophy is to manage to an overall level of risk while still allowing it to capture opportunities and optimize shareholder value. However, due to the overall state of the economy and the elevated risk in the loan portfolio, the Bank’s risk profile does not currently meet our desired risk level. The Bank is working toward reducing the overall risk level to a more desired risk profile.
 
Risk Management Principles
 
Risk management is not about eliminating risks, but about identifying and accepting risks and then working to effectively manage them so as to optimize shareholder value. Risk management includes, but is not limited to the following:
 
  •  Taking risks consistent with the Bank’s strategy and within its capability to manage,
 
  •  Practicing disciplined capital and liquidity management,
 
  •  Ensuring that risks and earnings volatility are appropriately understood and measured,
 
  •  Avoiding excessive concentrations, and
 
  •  Supporting external stakeholder confidence.
 
Although the Board of Directors is responsible primarily for oversight of risk management, committees of the Board may provide oversight to specific areas of risk with respect to the level of risk and risk management structure. The Bank uses management level risk committees to help ensure that business decisions are executed within our desired risk profile. Management provides oversight for the establishment and implementation of new risk management initiatives, review risk profiles and discuss key risk issues. In 2009, the Bank hired a new Chief Risk Officer in charge of overseeing credit risk management. Our internal audit department performs an independent assessment of the internal control environment and plays a critical role in risk management, testing the operation of the internal control system and reporting findings to management and to the Audit Committee of the Board.
 
CREDIT RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer, counterparty or issuer may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. Credit risk is inherent in the financial services business and results from extending credit to customers, purchasing investment securities and entering into certain guarantee contracts. Credit risk is one of the most significant risks facing the Bank.


78


Table of Contents

In addition to credit policies and procedures and setting portfolio objectives for the level of credit risk, the Bank has established guidelines for problem loans, acceptable levels of total borrower exposure and other credit measures. During fiscal 2011, management has continued to focus on loss mitigation and maximization of recoveries in the Bank’s non-performing assets portfolios. Over time, the Bank intends to return to management of portfolio returns through discrete portfolio investments within approved risk tolerances.
 
The Bank seeks to achieve credit portfolio objectives by maintaining a customer base that is diverse in borrower exposure and industry types. Corporate Credit personnel are responsible for loan underwriting and approval processes to help ensure that newly approved loans meet policy and portfolio objectives.
 
The Risk Management group is responsible for monitoring credit risk. Internal Audit also provides an independent assessment of the effectiveness of the credit risk management process. The Bank also manages credit risk in accordance with regulatory guidance.
 
Non-Performing Loans
 
The composition of non-performing loans is summarized as follows for the dates indicated:
 
                                                 
    March 31, 2011     March 31, 2010  
          Percent of
                Percent of
       
          Non-Performing
    Percent of Total
          Non-Performing
    Percent of Total
 
    Non-Performing     Loans     Loans     Non-Performing     Loans     Loans  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
 
Residential
  $ 63,746       20.8 %     2.38 %   $ 49,581       12.4 %     1.44 %
Commercial and Industrial
    18,241       6.0       0.68       23,482       5.9       0.68  
Land and Construction
    67,472       22.0       2.51       101,363       25.3       2.94  
Multi-Family
    39,412       12.9       1.47       65,728       16.4       1.91  
Retail/Office
    54,256       17.7       2.02       80,021       20.0       2.32  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    31,488       10.3       1.17       43,742       10.9       1.27  
Education
    24,360       8.0       0.91       30,864       7.7       0.90  
Other Consumer
    7,299       2.4       0.27       5,155       1.3       0.15  
                                                 
Total Non-Performing Loans
  $ 306,274       100.0 %     11.42 %   $ 399,936       100.0 %     11.62 %
                                                 
 
The following is a summary of non-performing loan activity for the year ended March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                                                         
    Non-Performing
          Transferred to
                      Non-Performing
    Remaining
       
    Loan Balance
          Accrual
    Transferred
                Loan Balance
    Balance of
    ALLL
 
Loan Category
  April 1, 2010     Additions     Status     to OREO     Paid Down     Charged Off     March 31, 2011     Loans     Allocated  
 
Residential
  $ 49,581     $ 79,076     $ (28,442 )   $ (10,577 )   $ (11,670 )   $ (14,222 )   $ 63,746     $ 584,768     $ 20,488  
Commercial and Industrial
    23,482       23,958       (13,088 )     (1,157 )     (8,694 )     (6,259 )     18,241       81,448       19,540  
Land and Construction
    101,363       45,370       (26,774 )     (22,108 )     (16,841 )     (13,539 )     67,472       183,571       22,251  
Multi-Family
    65,728       44,446       (30,702 )     (15,216 )     (9,212 )     (15,633 )     39,412       384,175       22,357  
Retail/Office
    80,021       52,318       (26,399 )     (18,693 )     (11,521 )     (21,471 )     54,256       365,184       41,374  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    43,742       32,866       (11,994 )     (11,668 )     (14,658 )     (6,799 )     31,488       245,200       20,464  
Education
    30,864                         (6,504 )           24,360       252,375       414  
Other Consumer
    5,154       9,118       (3,731 )     (162 )     (1,548 )     (1,532 )     7,299       279,851       3,235  
                                                                         
Total
  $ 399,936     $ 287,153     $ (141,130 )   $ (79,581 )   $ (80,648 )   $ (79,456 )   $ 306,274     $ 2,376,572     $ 150,122  
                                                                         
 
The interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended March 31, 2011 if the Bank’s non-performing loans at the end of the period had been current in accordance with their terms during the period was $15.2 million. The amount of interest income attributable to these loans and included in interest income during the year ended March 31, 2011 was $9.8 million.
 
Non-performing loans (consisting of loans past due more than 90 days, loans less than 90 days delinquent but placed on non-accrual status due to anticipated probable loss and non-accrual troubled debt restructurings) decreased $93.6 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. The loan categories with the largest decline in


79


Table of Contents

non-performing loans during fiscal 2011 were land and construction loans of $33.9 million, multi-family loans of $26.3 million and retail/office loans of $25.8 million.
 
Non-performing assets decreased $58.4 million to $397.0 million at March 31, 2011 from $455.4 million at March 31, 2010. This decline was due to a $93.6 million decrease in non-performing loans that was partially offset by a $35.3 million increase in other real estate owned (OREO). Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets increased from 10.28% at March 31, 2010 to 11.69% on March 31, 2011.
 
Non-Performing Assets
 
The composition of non-performing assets is summarized as follows for the dates indicated:
 
                 
    At March 31,
    At March 31,
 
    2011     2010  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Total non-accrual loans
  $ 289,012     $ 355,358  
Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual(2)
    17,262       44,578  
Other real estate owned (OREO)
    90,707       55,436  
                 
Total non-performing assets
  $ 396,981     $ 455,373  
                 
Total non-performing loans to total loans(1)
    11.42 %     11.62 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets
    11.69       10.28  
Allowance for loan losses to total loans(1)
    5.60       5.22  
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans
    49.02       44.92  
Allowance for loan and foreclosure losses to total
               
non-performing assets
    42.85       43.10  
 
 
(1) Total loans are gross loans receivable before the reduction for loans in process, unearned interest and loan fees and the allowance from loans losses.
 
(2) Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual represent non-accrual loans that were modified in a troubled debt restructuring less than six months prior to the period end date or have not performed in accordance with the modified terms for at least six months.
 
Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring due to rate or term concessions that are currently on non-accrual status will remain on non-accrual status for a period of at least six months. If after six months, or a longer period sufficient enough to demonstrate the willingness and ability of the borrower to perform under the modified terms, the borrower has made payments in accordance with the modified terms, the loan is returned to accrual status but retains its status as a troubled debt restructuring. The designation as a troubled debt restructuring is removed in years after the restructuring if both of the following conditions exist: (a) the restructuring agreement specifies an interest rate equal to or greater than the rate that the creditor was willing to accept at the time of restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and (b) the loan is not impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.
 
The decrease in loans considered troubled debt restructurings of $27.3 million to $17.3 million at March 31, 2011 from $44.6 million at March 31, 2010 is a result of continued efforts by the Corporation to work with their borrowers experiencing financial difficulties. As borrowers continue to perform in accordance with the restructured loan terms, a portion of this balance will be returned to accrual status.


80


Table of Contents

The following is a summary of non-performing asset activity for the year ended March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Past Due
                   
          90 Days
                   
          and Still
    Total Non-
    Other Real
    Total Non-
 
          Accruing
    Performing
    Estate Owned
    Performing
 
    Non-accrual     Interest     Loans     (OREO)     Assets  
 
Balance at April 1, 2010
  $ 399,936     $     $ 399,936     $ 55,436     $ 455,372  
Additions
    287,153             287,153       9,534       296,687  
Transfers:
                                     
Nonaccrual to OREO
    (79,581 )           (79,581 )     79,581        
Returned to accrual status
    (141,130 )           (141,130 )           (141,130 )
Sales
                      (42,359 )     (42,359 )
Charge-offs/Loss
    (79,456 )           (79,456 )     (11,485 )     (90,941 )
Payments
    (80,648 )           (80,648 )           (80,648 )
                                         
Balance at March 31, 2011
  $ 306,274     $     $ 306,274     $ 90,707     $ 396,981  
                                         
 
Loan Delinquencies Less than 90 Days
 
The following table sets forth information relating to the Corporation’s past due loans that were less than 90 days delinquent at the dates indicated.
 
                                                                                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
 
Days Past Due
  Balance     Loans     Balance     Loans     Balance     Loans     Balance     Loans     Balance     Loans  
 
30 to 59 days
  $ 46,244       1.72 %   $ 53,105       1.54 %   $ 64,862       1.58 %   $ 66,617       1.52 %   $ 12,776       0.31 %
60 to 89 days
    30,479       1.14       53,864       1.56       29,858       0.73       12,928       0.29       5,414       0.13  
90 days and over
    238,256       8.88       217,393       6.31       146,151       3.56       101,241       2.31       47,041       1.16  
                                                                                 
Total
  $ 314,979       11.74 %   $ 324,362       9.42 %   $ 240,871       5.86 %   $ 180,786       4.12 %   $ 65,231       1.60 %
                                                                                 
 
Loans delinquent less than 90 days decreased $30.3 million to $76.7 million at March 31, 2011 from $107.0 million at March 31, 2010 as a result of increased monitoring and loss mitigation efforts.


81


Table of Contents

Impaired Loans
 
At March 31, 2011, the Corporation has identified $395.7 million of loans as impaired which includes $89.4 million of performing troubled debt restructurings. At March 31, 2010, impaired loans were $479.8 million including $79.9 million of performing troubled debt restructurings. A loan is identified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and thus are placed on non-accrual status. The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Unpaid
          Average
    Interest
 
    Carrying
    Principal
    Associated
    Carrying
    Income
 
    Amount     Balance     Allowance     Amount     Recognized  
 
With no specific allowance recorded:
                                       
Residential
  $ 32,673     $ 32,673     $ N/A     $ 41,103     $ 543  
Commercial and Industrial
    5,351       5,351       N/A       9,360       223  
Land and Construction
    42,290       42,290       N/A       48,887       484  
Multi-Family
    27,331       27,331       N/A       35,474       275  
Retail/Office
    25,791       25,791       N/A       31,675       457  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    29,940       29,940       N/A       34,223       879  
Education
                N/A              
Other Consumer
    229       229       N/A       722       63  
                                         
Subtotal
    163,605       163,605             201,444       2,924  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Residential
    30,301       35,385       5,084       35,308       850  
Commercial and Industrial
    6,315       15,838       9,523       17,056       601  
Land and Construction
    24,195       34,155       9,960       35,102       737  
Multi-Family
    19,230       23,895       4,665       25,092       938  
Retail/Office
    38,643       55,333       16,690       56,450       2,249  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    28,226       35,983       7,757       36,548       1,344  
Education
    24,332       24,360       28       27,878        
Other Consumer
    6,651       7,137       486       7,264       175  
                                         
Subtotal
    177,893       232,086       54,193       240,698       6,894  
                                         
Total
                                       
Residential
    62,974       68,058       5,084       76,411       1,393  
Commercial and Industrial
    11,666       21,189       9,523       26,416       824  
Land and Construction
    66,485       76,445       9,960       83,989       1,221  
Multi-Family
    46,561       51,226       4,665       60,566       1,213  
Retail/Office
    64,434       81,124       16,690       88,125       2,706  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    58,166       65,923       7,757       70,771       2,223  
Education
    24,332       24,360       28       27,878        
Other Consumer
    6,880       7,366       486       7,986       238  
                                         
    $ 341,498     $ 395,691     $ 54,193     $ 442,142     $ 9,818  
                                         
 
The carrying amount above represents the unpaid principal balance less the associated allowance. The average carrying amount is the annual average calculated on the ending quarterly balances. The interest income recognized is the fiscal year to date interest income recognized on a cash basis.


82


Table of Contents

The following is additional information regarding impaired loans.
 
                         
    At March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with specific reserve required
  $ 232,086     $ 210,422     $ 124,179  
Impaired loans without a specific reserve
    163,605       269,405       103,635  
                         
Total impaired loans
    395,691       479,827       227,814  
Less:
                       
Specific valuation allowance
    (54,193 )     (60,620 )     (30,799 )
                         
    $ 341,498     $ 419,207     $ 197,015  
                         
Average impaired loans
  $ 442,142     $ 364,585     $ 194,923  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans on a cash basis
  $ 9,818     $ 11,939     $ 9,484  
Loans and troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status
  $ 306,274     $ 399,936     $ 227,814  
Troubled debt restructurings — accrual
  $ 89,417     $ 79,891     $  
Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual(1)
  $ 17,262     $ 44,578     $ 61,460  
Loans past due ninety days or more and
                       
still accruing
  $     $     $  
 
 
(1) Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual are included in the total loans and troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status above
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Like all financial institutions, we must maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses. The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when we believe that repayment of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The allowance is an amount that we believe will be adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible, based on evaluation of the collectability of loans and prior credit loss experience, together with the other factors discussed in the critical accounting policies.
 
Our allowance for loan loss methodology incorporates several quantitative and qualitative risk factors used to establish the appropriate allowance for loan loss at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, peer group experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in non-performing loans, other factors, and information about individual loans including the borrower’s sensitivity to interest rate movements. Qualitative factors include the economic condition of our operating markets and the state of certain industries. Specific changes in the risk factors are based on perceived risk of similar groups of loans classified by collateral type, purpose and terms. Statistics on local trends, peers, and an internal six quarter loss history are also incorporated into the allowance. Due to the credit concentration of our loan portfolio in real estate secured loans, the value of collateral is heavily dependent on real estate values in Wisconsin and surrounding states. While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic or other conditions. In addition, the OTS, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically reviews the Banks’ allowance for loan losses, and may recommend adjustments to the allowance. Management periodically reviews the assumptions and formula used in determining the allowance and makes adjustments if required to reflect the current risk profile of the portfolio.
 
The allowance consists of specific and general components even though the entire allowance is available to cover losses on any loan. The specific allowance relates to impaired loans. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general allowance covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for the various qualitative and quantitative factors listed above. Loans graded


83


Table of Contents

substandard and below are individually examined closely to determine the appropriate loan loss reserve. The Bank also maintains a reserve for unfunded commitments which is classified in other liabilities.
 
The following table summarizes the activity in our allowance for loan losses for the period indicated.
 
                                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Allowance at beginning of year
  $ 179,644     $ 137,165     $ 38,285     $ 20,517     $ 15,570  
Purchase of S&C Bank
                      2,795        
Charge-offs:
                                       
Single-family residential
    (17,563 )     (5,505 )     (11,226 )     (670 )     (192 )
Multi-family residential
    (14,497 )     (12,729 )     (10,093 )     (700 )     (256 )
Commercial real estate
    (21,986 )     (32,580 )     (33,315 )     (3,551 )     (704 )
Construction and land
    (12,554 )     (44,107 )     (24,978 )           (78 )
Consumer
    (3,302 )     (4,322 )     (2,310 )     (862 )     (416 )
Commercial business
    (18,984 )     (23,040 )     (27,002 )     (2,130 )     (5,571 )
                                         
Total charge-offs
    (88,886 )     (122,283 )     (108,924 )     (7,913 )     (7,217 )
                                         
Recoveries:
                                       
Single-family residential
    1,522       580       118             3  
Multi-family residential
    653             6       65       5  
Commercial real estate
    2,331       632       941       28       35  
Construction and land
    1,166       119       141              
Consumer
    299       46       73       48       62  
Commercial business
    3,068       1,459       806       194       804  
                                         
Total recoveries
    9,039       2,836       2,085       335       909  
                                         
Net charge-offs
    (79,847 )     (119,447 )     (106,839 )     (7,578 )     (6,308 )
                                         
Provision
    50,325       161,926       205,719       22,551       11,255  
                                         
Allowance at end of year
  $ 150,122     $ 179,644     $ 137,165     $ 38,285     $ 20,517  
                                         
Net charge-offs to average loans held for sale and for investment
    (2.76 )%     (3.30 )%     (2.60 )%     (0.18 )%     (0.17 )%
                                         
 
Total loan charge-offs were $88.9 million and $122.3 million for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Total loan charge-offs for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 decreased $33.4 million and increased $13.4 million respectively, from the prior fiscal years. Recoveries increased $6.2 million during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Recoveries increased $751,000 from $2.1 million in fiscal 2009 to $2.8 million in fiscal 2010.
 
The provision for credit losses decreased $111.6 million to $50.3 million for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2011 compared to $161.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2010. The decrease in the provision for credit losses is the result of management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan portfolio. Management considered the decrease in non-accrual loans to total loans to 11.42% at March 31, 2011 from 11.62% at March 31, 2010 as well as an increase in total non-performing assets to 11.69% at March 31, 2011 from 10.28% at March 31, 2010 to be factors that warranted the provision for credit losses. Although these ratios have increased, these increases are primarily a result of a decrease in the loan portfolio and not an increase in the amount of non-performing loans. The aggregate balance of non-performing loans has decreased in the current quarter and fiscal year to date.


84


Table of Contents

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Commercial
    Commercial
             
    Residential     and Industrial     Real Estate     Consumer     Total  
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
                                       
Beginning balance
  $ 20,658     $ 29,783     $ 126,553     $ 2,650     $ 179,644  
Provisions
    13,346       (3,644 )     36,621       4,002       50,325  
Charge-offs
    (15,005 )     (8,021 )     (62,558 )     (3,302 )     (88,886 )
Recoveries
    1,488       1,423       5,829       299       9,039  
                                         
Ending balance
  $ 20,487     $ 19,541     $ 106,445     $ 3,649     $ 150,122  
                                         
Allowance for Loan Losses:
                                       
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
                                       
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 5,084     $ 9,523     $ 39,072     $ 514     $ 54,193  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    15,403       10,018       67,373       3,135       95,929  
                                         
Total ending allowance balance
  $ 20,487     $ 19,541     $ 106,445     $ 3,649     $ 150,122  
                                         
Loans:
                                       
Loans individually evaluated
  $ 68,058     $ 21,189     $ 274,718     $ 31,726     $ 395,691  
Loans collectively evaluated
    580,456       78,500       1,096,039       532,160       2,287,155  
                                         
Total ending gross loans balance
  $ 648,514     $ 99,689     $ 1,370,757     $ 563,886     $ 2,682,846  
                                         


85


Table of Contents

The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan losses as previously presented.
 
                                                                                 
    As of March 31,  
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
          Loan
 
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
          Type to
 
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
          Total
 
    2011     Loans     2010     Loans     2009     Loans     2008     Loans     2007     Loans  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Allowance allocation:
                                                                               
Single-family residential
  $ 20,487       24.31 %   $ 20,960       22.27 %   $ 11,154       20.52 %   $ 5,175       20.35 %   $ 1,515       20.76 %
Multi-family residential
    22,358       18.62       26,471       17.89       19,202       16.12       2,736       15.82       1,563       16.11  
Commercial real estate
    61,837       24.07       75,379       24.53       50,218       24.84       13,493       24.79       9,214       25.10  
Construction and land
    22,251       8.39       23,908       9.89       30,526       13.00       7,522       16.15       1,447       16.61  
Consumer
    3,649       21.00       2,650       20.64       3,703       19.71       1,468       16.57       1,429       15.64  
Commercial business
    19,540       3.61       30,276       4.78       22,362       5.81       7,891       6.32       5,349       5.78  
                                                                                 
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 150,122       100.00 %   $ 179,644       100.00 %   $ 137,165       100.00 %   $ 38,285       100.00 %   $ 20,517       100.00 %
                                                                                 
Allowance category as a percent of total allowance:
                                                                               
Single-family residential
    13.65 %             11.67 %             8.13 %             13.52 %             7.38 %        
Multi-family residential
    14.89               14.74               14.00               7.15               7.62          
Commercial real estate
    41.19               41.96               36.61               35.24               44.91          
Construction and land
    14.82               13.31               22.25               19.65               7.05          
Consumer
    2.43               1.48               2.70               3.83               6.96          
Commercial business
    13.02               16.86               16.31               20.61               26.08          
                                                                                 
Total allowance for loan losses
    100.00 %             100.00 %             100.00 %             100.00 %             100.00 %        
                                                                                 
 
The allowance process is analyzed regularly, with modifications made if needed, and those results are reported four times per year to the Bank’s Board of Directors. Although management believes that the March 31, 2011 allowance for loan losses is adequate based upon the current evaluation of loan delinquencies, non-performing assets, charge-off trends, economic conditions and other factors, there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the allowance will not be necessary. Management also continues to pursue all practical and legal methods of collection, repossession and disposal, and adheres to high underwriting standards in the origination process in order to continue to improve asset quality. Determination as to the classification of assets and the amount of valuation allowances is subject to review by the OTS, which can recommend the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.


86


Table of Contents

Foreclosed Properties and Reposessed Assets
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets (also known as other real estate owned or OREO) increased $35.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. Individual Properties included in OREO at March 31, 2011 with a recorded balance in excess of $1 million are listed below:
 
             
        Carrying
 
Description
 
Location
  Value  
        (In thousands)  
 
Vacant land
  Northern Illinois   $ 6,375  
Vacant land
  Southeast Wisconsin     6,281  
Condo units with additional land
  Central Wisconsin     6,126  
Multi family
  South Central Wisconsin     4,803  
Condominium and retail complex
  Southeast Wisconsin     4,113  
Retail/office building
  Central Wisconsin     2,992  
Commercial building and Vacant Land
  Southern Wisconsin     2,950  
Resort
  Southern Wisconsin     2,468  
Condo units
  Northwest Wisconsin     2,280  
Commercial building and Vacant Land
  Southeast Wisconsin     2,193  
Single family and vacant land
  South Central Wisconsin     1,950  
Community Based Residential Facility
  Northeast Wisconsin     1,743  
Vacant land
  Southeast Wisconsin     1,530  
Commercial building
  Central Wisconsin     1,233  
Multi family
  South Central Wisconsin     1,190  
Multi family
  South Central Wisconsin     1,190  
Other properties individually less than $1 million
        41,292  
             
        $ 90,707  
             
 
Certain properties were transferred to OREO at a value that was based upon a discounted cash flow of the property upon completion of the project. Factors that were considered include the cost to complete a project, absorption rates and projected sales of units. The appraisal received at the time the loan was made is no longer considered applicable and therefore the properties are analyzed on a periodic basis to determine the current net realizable value.
 
Foreclosed properties are recorded at fair value with charge-offs, if any, charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to foreclosed property. Subsequent decreases in the valuation of foreclosed properties are recorded as a write-down of the foreclosed property with a corresponding charge to expense or to the valuation allowance. The fair value is primarily based on appraisals, discounted cash flow analysis (the majority of which is based on current occupancy and lease rates) and pending offers. The fair market value is typically discounted 15% to cover selling and other costs. On a monthly basis, the Corporation reviews its carrying values of its OREO properties and makes appropriate adjustments based upon updated appraisals or market analysis including recent sales or broker opinions.
 
LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Liquidity risk is the risk of potential loss if the Corporation were unable to meet its funding requirements at a reasonable cost. The Corporation manages liquidity risk at the bank and holding company to help ensure that it can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations.
 
The largest source of liquidity on a consolidated basis is the deposit base that comes from retail and corporate banking businesses. Other borrowed funds come from a diverse mix of short and long-term funding sources. Liquid assets and unused borrowing capacity from a number of sources are also available to maintain liquidity position.


87


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
On an unconsolidated basis, the Corporation’s sources of funds include dividends from its subsidiaries, including the Bank, interest on its investments and returns on its real estate held for sale. As a condition of the Cease and Desist Order with the OTS and the receipt of funding from Treasury through the CPP, the Bank is currently prohibited from paying dividends to the Corporation. Due to a lack of liquidity, the Corporation was unable to meet its obligations under the credit agreement during the year ended March 31, 2011.
 
The Bank’s primary sources of funds are payments on loans and securities, deposits from retail and wholesale sources, FHLB advances and other borrowings. The Bank is currently prohibited from obtaining new brokered deposits due to its current capital levels. As of March 31, 2011, the Corporation had outstanding borrowings from the FHLB of $478.5 million. The total maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB based on the existing stock holding as of March 31, 2011 was $1,096.6 million, subject to collateral availability. Total borrowing capacity based on the value of the existing collateral pledged was $769.5 million.
 
On January 30, 2009, as part of Treasury’s CPP, the Corporation entered into a Letter Agreement with Treasury. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”) the Corporation issued the UST 110,000 shares of the Corporation’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (the “Preferred Stock”), having a liquidation amount per share of $1,000, for a total purchase price of $110,000,000. The Preferred Stock will pay cumulative compounding dividends at a rate of 5% per year for the first five years following issuance and 9% per year thereafter. The Corporation has deferred the payment of dividends during each of the eight quarters ended March 31, 2011 due to a lack of liquidity. Because the Corporation deferred the quarterly dividend payments at least six times, the Corporation’s Board must, according to its Articles of Incorporation, as amended pursuant to the Corporation’s participation in CPP, automatically expand by two members and Treasury (or the then current holder of the preferred stock) may elect two directors at the next annual meeting and at every subsequent annual meeting until the dividend is paid in full. As of the date of this filing, we are working with Treasury regarding the appointment of two directors. Treasury currently has an observer present at quarterly Board meetings. The Corporation may not redeem the Preferred Stock prior to January 30, 2012 except with the proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings. After three years, the Corporation may redeem shares of the Preferred Stock for the per share liquidation amount of $1,000 plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.
 
As long as any Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Corporation may not pay dividends on its Common Stock, $.10 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), and redeem or repurchase its Common Stock, unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods on the Preferred Stock are fully paid. Prior to the third anniversary of the Treasury’s purchase of the Preferred Stock, unless Preferred Stock has been redeemed or the Treasury has transferred all of the Preferred Stock to third parties, the consent of the Treasury will be required for the Corporation to increase its Common Stock dividend or repurchase its Common Stock or other equity or capital securities, other than in connection with benefit plans consistent with past practice and certain other circumstances specified in the Securities Purchase Agreement. The Preferred Stock will be non-voting except for class voting rights on matters that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock.
 
As a condition to participating in the CPP, the Corporation issued and sold to the Treasury a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase up to 7,399,103 shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, at an initial per share exercise price of $2.23, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.5 million. The term of the Warrant is ten years. Exercise of the Warrant was subject to the receipt by the Corporation of shareholder approval which was received at the 2009 annual meeting of shareholders. The Warrant provides for the adjustment of the exercise price should the Corporation not receive shareholder approval, as well as customary anti-dilution provisions. Pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Treasury has agreed not to exercise voting power with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of the Warrant.
 
The terms of the Treasury’s purchase of the preferred securities include certain restrictions on certain forms of executive compensation and limits on the tax deductibility of compensation we pay to executive management. The Corporation invested the proceeds of the sale of Preferred Stock and Warrant in the Bank as Tier 1 capital.


88


Table of Contents

At March 31, 2011, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $6.3 million and commitments to extend funds to, or on behalf of, customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $191.4 million. Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit for the Bank during the twelve months following March 31, 2011 amounted to $1.22 billion. Scheduled maturities of borrowings during the same period totaled $181.0 million for the Bank and $124.8 million for the Corporation. Management believes adequate resources are available to fund all Bank commitments to the extent required. For more information regarding the Corporation’s borrowings, see “Credit Agreement” section below.
 
The Corporation previously participated in the Mortgage Partnership Finance Program of the FHLB of Chicago (“MPF Program”). Pursuant to the credit enhancement feature of the MPF Program, the Corporation has retained a secondary credit loss exposure in the amount of $21.6 million at March 31, 2011 related to approximately $595.2 million of residential mortgage loans that the Corporation has originated as agent for the FHLB. Under the credit enhancement, the FHLB is liable for losses on loans up to one percent of the original delivered loan balances in each pool. The Corporation is then liable for losses over and above the first position up to a contractually agreed-upon maximum amount in each pool that was delivered to the Program. The Corporation receives a monthly fee for this credit enhancement obligation based on the outstanding loan balances. The monthly fee received is net of losses under the MPF Program. The MPF Program was discontinued in 2008 in its present format and the Corporation no longer funds loans through the MPF Program.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At March 31, 2011, the Bank had $48.1 million of brokered deposits. At March 31, 2011, the Bank was under a Cease and Desist Order with the OTS which limits the Bank’s ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the OTS.
 
Under federal law and regulation, the Bank is required to meet certain tangible, core and risk-based capital requirements. Tangible capital primarily consists of stockholders’ equity minus certain intangible assets. Core capital primarily consists of tangible capital plus qualifying intangible assets. The risk-based capital requirements presently address credit risk related to both recorded and off-balance sheet commitments and obligations. The OTS requirement for Banks with the highest supervisory rating is currently 3.00%. The requirement for all other financial institutions is 4.00%.
 
The Cease and Desist Orders also required that by no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12%. The Bank was required to submit to the OTS, and has submitted, a written capital contingency plan, a problem asset plan, a revised business plan, and an implementation plan resulting from a review of commercial lending practices. The Orders also required the Bank to review its current liquidity management policy and the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses. The Bank has completed these reviews.
 
At March 31, 2010, June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Bank had a core capital ratio of 3.73%, 4.08%, 4.36%, 4.43% and 4.26%, respectively, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 7.32%, 7.63%, 8.14%, 8.37% and 8.04%, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above. As a result, the OTS may take additional significant regulatory action against the Bank and Corporation which could, among other things, materially adversely affect the Corporation’s shareholders. All customer deposits remain fully insured to the highest limits set by the FDIC. The OTS may grant extensions to the timelines established by the Orders.
 
Our ability to meet our short-term liquidity and capital resource requirements may be subject to our ability to obtain additional debt financing and equity capital. We may increase our capital resources through offerings of equity securities (possibly including common shares and one or more classes of preferred shares), commercial paper, medium-term notes, securitization transactions structured as secured financings, and senior or subordinated notes.


89


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the Bank’s capital levels and ratios and the levels and ratios required by its federal regulators to be considered well capitalized at March 31, 2011 and 2010 under standard PCA guidelines:
 
                                                 
                Minimum Required
 
          Minimum Required
    to be Well
 
          For Capital
    Capitalized Under
 
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     OTS Requirements  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
At March 31, 2011
                                               
Tier 1 capital
                                               
(to adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 145,807       4.26 %   $ 102,669       3.00 %   $ 171,115       5.00 %
Risk-based capital
                                               
(to risk-based assets)
    174,453       8.04       173,616       8.00       217,020       10.00  
Tangible capital
                                               
(to tangible assets)
    145,807       4.26       51,335       1.50       N/A       N/A  
At March 31, 2010:
                                               
Tier 1 capital
                                               
(to adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 164,932       3.73 %   $ 132,696       3.00 %   $ 221,159       5.00 %
Risk-based capital
                                               
(to risk-based assets)
    201,062       7.32       219,751       8.00       274,689       10.00  
Tangible capital
                                               
(to tangible assets)
    164,932       3.73       66,348       1.50       N/A       N/A  
 
The following table reconciles the Bank’s stockholders’ equity to regulatory capital at March 31, 2011 and 2010:
 
                 
    March 31,
    March 31,
 
    2011     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Stockholders’ equity of the Bank
  $ 126,916     $ 165,043  
Less: Intangible assets
          (4,092 )
Disallowed servicing assets
    (1,061 )     (1,418 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    19,952       5,399  
                 
Tier 1 and tangible capital
    145,807       164,932  
Plus: Allowable general valuation allowances
    28,646       36,130  
                 
Risk-based capital
  $ 174,453     $ 201,062  
                 
 
The Corporation is a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries, including the Bank. As a holding company without independent operations, the Corporation’s liquidity (on an unconsolidated basis) is primarily dependent upon the Corporation’s ability to raise debt or equity capital from third parties and the receipt of dividends from the Bank and its other non-bank subsidiaries. We receive substantially all of our revenue from dividends from the Bank. These dividends are the principal source of funds to pay dividends on our preferred and common stock and interest and principal on our debt. The Corporation is currently in default under its Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with its primary lender, and has deferred dividend payments on the Series B Preferred Stock held by Treasury. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay us. Additionally, if the Bank’s earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to the Corporation while maintaining adequate capital levels, our ability to make dividend payments to our preferred and common shareholders will be negatively impacted. As a result of recent regulatory actions, the Corporation’s principal operating subsidiary, the Bank, is prohibited from paying any dividends or making any loans to the Corporation, despite the existence of positive liquidity at the Bank. At March 31, 2011, the Corporation’s cash and cash equivalents, on an unconsolidated basis amounted to $2.6 million. Presently, the Corporation (on an unconsolidated basis) does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its short-term obligations, which include the


90


Table of Contents

approximately $116.3 million in outstanding debt that our lender could accelerate and demand payment for upon the expiration of Amendment No. 7 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement on November 30, 2011, and $110 million of Series B Preferred Stock and dividends and interest.
 
Credit Agreement
 
On May 31, 2011, the Corporation entered into Amendment No. 7, dated May 25, 2011 (the “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2008, the “Credit Agreement,” among the Corporation, the lenders from time to time a party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for such lenders, or the “Agent.” The Corporation owes $116.3 million to various lenders led by U.S. Bank under the Credit Agreement.
 
Under the Amendment, the Agent and the lenders agree to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies against the Corporation until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the occurrence of any event of default (other than a failure to make principal payments on the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement or other existing defaults); or (ii) November 30, 2011. Notwithstanding the agreement to forbear, the Agent may at any time, in its sole discretion, take any action reasonably necessary to preserve or protect its interest in the stock of the Bank, Investment Directions, Inc. or any other collateral securing any of the obligations against the actions of the Corporation or any third party without notice to or the consent of any party.
 
The Amendment also provides that the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement shall bear interest at a rate equal to 15% per annum. Interest accruing on the Loan is due on the earlier of (i) the date the Loans are paid in full or (ii) the Maturity Date.
 
The Amendment requires the Bank to maintain the following financial covenants:
 
  •  a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of not less than 3.95% at all times.
 
  •  a Total Risk Based Capital ratio of not less than 7.65% at all times.
 
  •  The ratio of Non-Performing Loans to Gross Loans shall not exceed 12.00% at any time.
 
The total outstanding principal balance under the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2011 was $116.3 million. These borrowings are shown in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements as other borrowed funds. The Amendment provides that the Corporation must pay in full the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement on the earlier of the Corporation’s receipt of net proceeds of a financing transaction from the sale of equity securities in an amount not less than $116.3 million or November 30, 2011. For additional information about the Credit Agreement, see Part II, Item 1A — Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Credit Agreement.
 
The Credit Agreement and the Amendment also contain customary representations, warranties, conditions and events of default for agreements of such type. At March 31, 2011, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, as amended on May 31, 2011. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, as amended on May 31, 2011, the Agent and the Lenders have certain rights, including the right to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings if all covenants are not complied with. Currently, no such action has been taken by the Agent or the Lenders. However, the default creates significant uncertainty related to the Corporation’s operations.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
 
At March 31, 2011, on a consolidated basis the Corporation had outstanding commitments to originate $6.3 million of loans and commitments to extend funds to or on behalf of customers pursuant to lines and letters of credit of $191.5 million. See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Commitments to extend funds typically have a term of less than one year. Management believes adequate capital and borrowings are available from various sources to fund all commitments to the extent required.


91


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our contractual principal cash obligations and other commitments at March 31, 2011:
 
                                         
    Payment Due by Period  
          Less than
                More than
 
Contractual Obligations
  Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     4-5 Years     5 Years  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
FHLB advances
  $ 478,479     $ 120,979     $ 171,500     $     $ 186,000  
Short term line of credit
    116,300       116,300                    
FDIC guaranteed senior note
    60,000       60,000                    
                                         
Total other borrowed funds
    654,779       297,279       171,500             186,000  
Certificates of deposit
    1,577,067       1,223,029       335,711       18,327        
Other deposits
    1,126,592       1,126,592                    
Operating lease obligations
    17,336       1,794       3,119       2,689       9,734  
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 3,375,774     $ 2,648,694     $ 510,330     $ 21,016     $ 195,734  
                                         
 
In May 2009, the Corporation began deferring payments of dividends on its preferred stock. The dividends on the preferred stock are recorded only when declared. At March 31, 2011, the cumulative amount of dividends in arrears not declared was $12.5 million.
 
At March 31, 2011, the Bank’s capital was below all capital requirements of the OTS as mandated by the OTS Order to Cease and Desist. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8.
 
OTS Orders to Cease and Desist
 
On June 26, 2009, Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. (the “Company”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Anchor Bank (the “Bank”) each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist (the “Company Order” and the “Bank Order,” respectively, and together, the “Orders”) by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”).
 
The Company Order requires that the Company notify, and in certain cases receive the permission of, the OTS prior to: (i) declaring, making or paying any dividends or other capital distributions on its capital stock, including the repurchase or redemption of its capital stock; (ii) incurring, issuing, renewing or rolling over any debt, increasing any current lines of credit or guaranteeing the debt of any entity; (iiv) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; and (v) making any golden parachute payments or prohibited indemnification payments. By July 31, 2009, the Company’s board was required to develop and submit to the OTS a three-year cash flow plan, which must be reviewed at least quarterly by the Company’s management and board for material deviations between the cash flow plan’s projections and actual results (the “Variance Analysis Report”). Within thirty days following the end of each quarter, the Company is required to provide the OTS its Variance Analysis Report for that quarter. These reports have been submitted.
 
The Bank Order requires that the Bank notify, or in certain cases receive the permission of, the OTS prior to (i) increasing its total assets in any quarter in excess of an amount equal to net interest credited on deposit liabilities during the quarter; (ii) accepting, rolling over or renewing any brokered deposits; (iii) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; (v) making any golden parachute or prohibited indemnification payments; (vi) paying dividends or making other capital distributions on its capital stock; (vii) entering into certain transactions with affiliates; and (viii) entering into third-party contracts outside the normal course of business.
 
The Orders also require that no later than December 31, 2009, the Bank was to meet and maintain both a core capital ratio equal to or greater than eight percent and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than twelve percent. The Bank also submitted, to the OTS, within the prescribed time periods, a written capital contingency plan, a problem asset plan, a revised business plan, and an implementation plan resulting from a review of


92


Table of Contents

commercial lending practices. The Orders also require the Bank to review its current liquidity management policy and the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
On August 31, 2010, the OTS approved the Capital Restoration Plan submitted by the Bank, although the approval included a Prompt Corrective Action Directive (“PCA”). The only new requirement of the PCA is that the Bank shall obtain prior written approval from the Regional Director before entering into any contract or lease for the purchase or sale of real estate or of any interest therein, except for contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purchase or sale of other real estate owned due to foreclosure (“OREO”) where the contract does not exceed $3.5 million and the sales price of the OREO does not fall below 85% of the net carrying value of the OREO.
 
At September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Bank had a core capital ratio of 4.36%, 4.43% and 4.26%, respectively, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.14%, 8.37% and 8.04%, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above. Without a waiver by the OTS or amendment or modification of the Orders, the Bank could be subject to further regulatory action. All customer deposits remain fully insured to the highest limits set by the FDIC.
 
The Corporation is actively working with its advisors to explore possible alternatives to raise additional equity capital. If completed, any such transaction would likely result in significant dilution for the current common shareholders.
 
Market Risk Management Overview
 
Market risk is the risk of a loss in earnings or economic value due to adverse movements in market factors such as interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity prices. We are exposed to market risk primarily by our involvement in, among others, traditional banking activities of taking deposits and extending loans. See Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Asset and Liability Management.
 
Compliance Risk Management
 
Compliance risk represents the risk of regulatory sanctions, reputational impact or financial loss resulting from the Corporation’s failure to comply with regulations and standards of good banking practice. Activities which may expose the Corporation to compliance risk include, but are not limited to, those dealing with the prevention of money laundering, privacy and data protection, community reinvestment initiatives, fair lending challenges and employment and tax matters.
 
Strategic and/or Reputation Risk Management
 
Strategic and/or reputation risk represents the risk of loss due to impairment of reputation, failure to fully develop and execute business plans, failure to assess current and new opportunities in business, markets and products and any other event not identified in the defined risk types mentioned previously. Mitigation of the various risk elements that represent strategic and/or reputation risk is achieved through initiatives to help the Corporation better understand and report on the various risks.
 
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
 
Asset and Liability Management.  The business of the Corporation and the composition of its consolidated balance sheet consist of investments in interest-earning assets (primarily loans, mortgage-backed securities, and other securities) that are primarily funded by interest-bearing liabilities (deposits and borrowings). All of the financial instruments of the Corporation as of March 31, 2011 were held for other-than-trading purposes. Such financial instruments have varying levels of sensitivity to changes in market rates of interest. The Corporation’s net interest income is dependent on the amounts of and yields on its interest-earning assets as compared to the amounts of and rates on its interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income is therefore sensitive to changes in market rates of interest.
 
The Corporation’s asset/liability management strategy is to maximize net interest income while limiting exposure to risks associated with changes in interest rates. This strategy is implemented by the Corporation’s ongoing analysis and management of its interest rate risk. A principal function of asset/liability management is to


93


Table of Contents

coordinate the levels of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities to manage net interest income fluctuations within limits in times of fluctuating market interest rates.
 
Interest rate risk results when the maturity or repricing intervals and interest rate indices of the interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and off-balance-sheet financial instruments are different, thus creating a risk that will result in disproportionate changes in the value of and the net earnings generated from the Corporation’s interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities, and off-balance-sheet financial instruments. The Corporation’s exposure to interest rate risk is managed primarily through the Corporation’s strategy of selecting the types and terms of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that generate favorable earnings while limiting the potential negative effects of changes in market interest rates. Because the Corporation’s primary source of interest-bearing liabilities is customer deposits, the Corporation’s ability to manage the types and terms of such deposits may be somewhat limited by customer maturity preferences in the market areas in which the Corporation operates. Deposit pricing is competitive with promotional rates frequently offered by competitors. Borrowings, which include FHLB advances, short-term borrowings, and long-term borrowings, are generally structured with specific terms which, in management’s judgment, when aggregated with the terms for outstanding deposits and matched with interest-earning assets, reduce the Corporation’s exposure to interest rate risk. The rates, terms, and interest rate indices of the Corporation’s interest-earning assets result primarily from the Corporation’s strategy of investing in securities and loans (a portion of which have adjustable rates). This permits the Corporation to limit its exposure to interest rate risk, together with credit risk, while at the same time achieving a positive interest rate spread from the difference between the income earned on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
 
Management uses a simulation model for the Corporation’s internal asset/liability management. The model uses maturity and repricing information for securities, loans, deposits, and borrowings plus repricing assumptions on products without specific repricing dates (e.g., savings and interest-bearing demand deposits), to calculate the cash flows, income, and expense of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. In addition, the model computes a theoretical market value of the Corporation’s equity by estimating the market values of its assets and liabilities. The model also projects the effect on the Corporation’s earnings and theoretical value for a change in interest rates. The Corporation’s exposure to interest rates is reviewed on a monthly basis by senior management and the Corporation’s Board of Directors.
 
The Corporation performs a net interest income analysis as part of its asset/liability management processes. Net interest income analysis measures the change in net interest income in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. This analysis assesses the risk of change in net interest income in the event of sudden and sustained 100 and 200 basis point increases in market interest rates. The tables below present the Corporation’s projected changes in net interest income for the various rate shock levels at March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2010, respectively. Some assumptions have been modified for the March 31, 2011 results to better align the interest rate risk results with customer behavior and product pricing disciplines. As a result of current market conditions, 100 and 200 basis point decreases in market interest rates are not applicable for 2011 and 2010 as those decreases would result in some deposit interest rate assumptions falling below zero. Nonetheless, the Corporation’s net interest income could decline in those scenarios as yields on earning assets could continue to adjust downward.
 
                 
    200 Basis Point
    100 Basis Point
 
    Rate Increase     Rate Increase  
 
March 31, 2011
    8.83 %     5.01 %
March 31, 2010
    13.49 %     7.07 %
 
As shown above, at March 31, 2011, the effect of an immediate 200 basis point increase in interest rates would increase the Corporation’s net interest income by 8.83%. Overall net interest income sensitivity remains within the Corporation’s and recommended regulatory guidelines.
 
The changes in the Corporation’s net interest income sensitivity were due, in large part, to the optionality on both sides of the balance sheet. The changes in net interest income over the one year horizon for March 31, 2011 under the 1.0% and 2.0% increases in market interest rates scenarios are reflective of this optionality. In general, in a rising rate environment, yields on floating rate loans and investment securities are expected to re-price upwards more quickly than the cost of funds.


94


Table of Contents

“Gap” analysis is used to determine the repricing characteristics of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities. The following table sets forth the interest rate sensitivity of the Corporation’s assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2011, and provides the repricing dates of the Corporation’s interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of that date, as well as the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity gap percentages for the periods presented.
 
                                                                 
    Interest Rate Sensitivity for the Periods Ended  
                                              Fair Value
 
    03/31/12     03/31/13     03/31/14     03/31/15     03/31/16     Thereafter     Total(4)     03/31/11  
    (Dollars In thousands)  
 
Rate sensitive assets:
                                                               
Mortgage loans — Fixed(1)(2)
  $ 841,558     $ 194,003     $ 66,854     $ 23,081     $ 16,082     $ 47,798       1,062,554     $ 1,029,306  
Average interest rate
    6.07 %     6.11 %     6.15 %     6.19 %     6.21 %     6.19 %     6.14 %        
Mortgage loans — Variable(1)(2)
    853,766       82,417       11,506       1,897       581       703       849,479       819,582  
Average interest rate
    5.15 %     5.94 %     5.86 %     5.75 %     5.74 %     5.67 %     5.19 %        
Consumer loans(1)
    170,670       81,544       57,543       45,049       38,521       171,755       504,828       482,005  
Average interest rate
    5.88 %     6.41 %     6.07 %     5.82 %     5.70 %     5.43 %     5.74 %        
Commercial business loans(1)
    87,522       12,586       11,041       1,065       1,974       1,672       103,506       99,225  
Average interest rate
    5.78 %     5.80 %     5.63 %     5.31 %     4.89 %     4.84 %     5.72 %        
Investment securities(3)
    128,969       60,756       46,200       35,907       30,199       348,533       650,564       650,564  
Average interest rate
    1.43 %     3.55 %     3.20 %     2.63 %     1.77 %     1.07 %     1.68 %        
Total rate sensitive loans(4)
    1,953,516       370,550       146,944       71,092       57,158       221,928       2,520,367       2,430,117  
Total rate sensitive assets
    2,082,485       431,306       193,144       106,999       87,357       570,461       3,170,931       3,080,681  
Rate sensitive liabilities:
                                                               
Interest-bearing transaction accounts(5)
    193,431       179,646       151,946       122,956       98,115       376,282       1,122,376       1,056,699  
Average interest rate
    0.23 %     0.24 %     0.24 %     0.24 %     0.24 %     0.24 %     0.23 %        
Time deposits(5)
    1,224,868       302,637       31,234       9,698       8,630       0       1,577,067       1,590,985  
Average interest rate
    1.68 %     1.93 %     3.68 %     2.80 %     2.11 %     0.00 %     1.78 %        
Borrowings
    297,279       160,000       11,500       0       0       186,000       654,779       676,914  
Average interest rate
    3.66 %     3.08 %     1.93 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     3.21 %     3.36 %        
Total rate sensitive liabilities
    1,715,578       642,283       194,680       132,654       106,745       562,282       3,354,222       3,324,598  
Interest sensitivity gap
  $ 366,907     $ (210,977 )   $ (1,536 )   $ (25,655 )   $ (19,388 )   $ 8,179     $ (183,291 )        
                                                                 
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap
  $ 366,907     $ 155,930     $ 154,394     $ 128,739     $ 109,351     $ 117,530                  
                                                                 
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap as
                                                               
a percent of total assets
    10.81 %     4.59 %     4.55 %     3.79 %     3.22 %     3.46 %                
 
 
(1) Loan Balances for the periods are shown before adjustments for non-interest bearing items totaling $300.8 million.
 
(2) Includes $7.5 million of loans held for sale spread throughout the periods.
 
(3) Includes $523.3 million of securities available for sale, $72.4 million of interest bearing deposits, $54.8 million of FHLB Stock and $27 thousand of securities held to maturity spread throughout the periods.
 
(4) Loan Total and Fair Value amounts are shown net of respective amounts of $300.8 million and $425.2 million which represents non-interest bearing items.
 
(5) Does not include $6.0 million of net escrow accounts because they are non-rate sensitive. Also excludes accrued interest payable of $3.5 million less intercompany items of $(1.8) million. Projected decay rates for demand deposits and passbook savings are selected by management from various sources including the OTS.
 
The chart above shows the Corporation was asset sensitive or had a positive Gap of 10.55% in Year 1, meaning a greater amount of interest-earning assets are repricing or maturing than the amount of interest-bearing liabilities during the same time period. A positive gap generally indicates the Corporation is positioned to benefit from a rising interest rate environment. The Gap position does not necessarily indicate the level of the Corporation’s interest rate sensitivity or the impact to net interest income because the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are repricing off of different indices.
 
Mortgage-backed securities, including adjustable rate mortgage pools, are included in the above table based on their estimated repricing or principal paydowns obtained from outside analytical sources. Loans are included in the


95


Table of Contents

above table based on contractual maturity or contractual repricing dates, coupled with principal prepayment assumptions. Deposits are based on management’s analysis of industry trends and customer behavior.
 
Computations of the prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay rates. These computations should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Actual values may differ from those projections set forth above, should market conditions vary from assumptions used in preparing the analyses. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions the Company may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. The “Gap” analysis is based upon assumptions as to when assets and liabilities will reprice in a changing interest rate environment. Because such assumptions can be no more than estimates, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period may, in fact, mature or reprice at different times and at different volumes than those estimated. Also, the renewal or repricing of certain assets and liabilities can be discretionary and subject to competitive and other pressures. Therefore, the gap table included above does not and cannot necessarily indicate the actual future impact of general interest rate movements on the Company’s net interest income.


96


Table of Contents

 
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INC.
 
         
    Page
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
       
    98  
    99  
    100  
    102  
    103  
    154  


97


Table of Contents

Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
 
                 
          March 31,
 
    March 31,
    2010
 
    2011     (As Restated)  
    (In thousands,
 
    except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks
  $ 34,596     $ 42,411  
Interest-bearing deposits
    72,419       469,751  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    107,015       512,162  
Investment securities available for sale
    523,289       416,203  
Investment securities held to maturity (fair value of $28 and $40, respectively)
    27       39  
Loans:
               
Held for sale
    7,538       19,484  
Held for investment, less allowance for loan losses of $150,122 at March 31, 2011 and $179,644 at March 31, 2010
    2,520,367       3,229,580  
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets, net
    90,707       55,436  
Real estate held for development and sale
    717       1,304  
Office properties and equipment
    29,127       43,558  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock — at cost
    54,829       54,829  
Accrued interest and other assets
    61,209       83,670  
                 
Total assets
  $ 3,394,825     $ 4,416,265  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
Deposits
               
Non-interest bearing
  $ 240,671     $ 285,374  
Interest bearing deposits and accrued interest
    2,466,489       3,267,388  
                 
Total deposits and accrued interest
    2,707,160       3,552,762  
Other borrowed funds
    654,779       789,729  
Other liabilities
    46,057       31,560  
                 
Total liabilities
    3,407,996       4,374,051  
                 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 16)
               
Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, 110,000 shares issued and outstanding; dividends in arrears of $12,507 in 2011 and $6,573 in 2010
    89,008       81,596  
Common stock, $.10 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 25,363,339 shares issued, 21,677,594 and 21,685,925 shares outstanding, respectively
    2,536       2,536  
Additional paid-in capital
    111,513       114,662  
Retained deficit
    (103,362 )     (54,677 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to AFS securities
    (16,397 )     507  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to OTTI non credit issues
    (3,555 )     (5,906 )
                 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (19,952 )     (5,399 )
Treasury stock (3,685,745 and 3,677,414 shares, respectively), at cost
    (90,534 )     (90,975 )
Deferred compensation obligation
    (2,380 )     (5,529 )
                 
Total Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (13,171 )     42,214  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity
  $ 3,394,825     $ 4,416,265  
                 
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


98


Table of Contents

Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (As Restated)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income:
                       
Loans
  $ 150,692     $ 195,594     $ 241,113  
Investment securities and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    15,251       20,443       18,615  
Interest-bearing deposits
    520       1,045       534  
                         
Total interest income
    166,463       217,082       260,262  
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
    48,665       87,340       94,857  
Other borrowed funds
    32,718       44,783       40,615  
                         
Total interest expense
    81,383       132,123       135,472  
                         
Net interest income
    85,080       84,959       124,790  
Provision for credit losses
    51,198       161,926       205,719  
                         
Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses
    33,882       (76,967 )     (80,929 )
Non-interest income:
                       
Total other than temporary losses
    (8 )     (2,337 )     (7,152 )
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income
          2,100       6,347  
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income
    (432 )     (847 )      
                         
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (440 )     (1,084 )     (805 )
Loan servicing income, net of amortization
    1,592       2,570       2,957  
Credit enhancement income on mortgage loans sold
    648       1,259       1,784  
Service charges on deposits
    12,317       15,433       15,487  
Investment and insurance commissions
    3,448       3,451       3,933  
Net gain on sale of loans
    17,764       18,584       10,681  
Net gain (loss) on sale of investment securities
    8,661       11,095       (3,298 )
Net gain on sale of branches
    7,350              
Other revenue from real estate partnership operations
    92       1,684       10,324  
Other
    4,431       3,761       4,884  
                         
Total non-interest income
    55,863       56,753       45,947  
Non-interest expense:
                       
Compensation
    42,002       53,042       56,472  
Real estate investment partnership cost of sales
                1,736  
Occupancy
    8,541       10,256       10,370  
Federal deposit insurance premiums
    11,402       18,630       3,907  
Furniture and equipment
    6,559       7,950       8,431  
Data processing
    6,540       7,178       7,327  
Marketing
    1,479       2,282       3,026  
Other expenses from real estate partnership operations
    662       4,959       9,506  
Real estate partnership impairment
                17,631  
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets — net expense
    27,525       25,450       13,515  
Foreclosure cost advance impairment
          4,677        
Mortgage servicing rights impairment (recovery)
    (97 )     (1,905 )     2,407  
Goodwill impairment
                72,181  
Legal services
    7,978       5,137       2,225  
Other professional fees
    3,868       3,821       638  
Other
    14,300       16,723       16,559  
                         
Total non-interest expense
    130,759       158,200       225,931  
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (41,014 )     (178,414 )     (260,913 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    164       (1,500 )     (30,098 )
                         
Net Loss
    (41,178 )     (176,914 )     (230,815 )
Income attributable to non-controlling interest in real estate partnerships
                148  
Preferred stock dividends in arrears
    (5,934 )     (5,648 )     (925 )
Preferred stock discount accretion
    (7,412 )     (7,411 )     (1,247 )
                         
Net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp
  $ (54,524 )   $ (189,973 )   $ (232,839 )
                         
Loss per common share:
                       
Basic
  $ (2.57 )   $ (8.97 )   $ (11.05 )
Diluted
    (2.57 )     (8.97 )     (11.05 )
Dividends declared per common share
                0.29  
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


99


Table of Contents

Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
 
                                                                         
                                              Accumulated
       
                                              Other
       
    Non-
                Additional
    Retained
          Deferred
    Comprehensive
       
    Controlling
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Earnings
    Treasury
    Compensation
    Income
       
    Interest     Stock     Stock     Capital     (Deficit)     Stock     Obligation     (Loss)     Total  
 
Balance at April 1, 2008 as previously reported
  $ 6,081     $     $ 2,536     $ 72,300     $ 374,593     $ (100,930 )   $ (5,247 )   $ 1,864     $ 351,197  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
                      5,247                               5,247  
                                                                         
Balance at April 1, 2008 as restated
  $ 6,081     $     $ 2,536     $ 77,547     $ 374,593     $ (100,930 )   $ (5,247 )   $ 1,864     $ 356,444  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                       
Net loss
                            (230,667 )                       (230,667 )
Non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairments:
                                                                       
Held-to-maturity securities, net of tax
                                                     
Available-for-sale securities, net of tax of ($0.5) million
                                              (5,856 )     (5,856 )
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities net of tax of ($0.2) million
                                              (2,345 )     (2,345 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                  $ (238,868 )
                                                                         
Change in non-controlling interest
    (5,670 )                                               (5,670 )
Issuance of preferred stock
          72,938                                           72,938  
Issuance of stock warrant
                      37,062                               37,062  
Exercise of stock options
                            (1,102 )     2,587                   1,485  
Issuance of treasury stock
                            (2,673 )     3,599                   926  
Change in deferred compensation obligation
                      233                   (233 )            
Accretion of preferred stock discount
          1,247                   (1,247 )                        
Cash dividend ($0.29 per share)
                            (6,101 )                       (6,101 )
Tax benefit from stock related compensation
                      (35 )                             (35 )
                                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2009, as restated (See Note 1)
  $ 411     $ 74,185     $ 2,536     $ 114,807     $ 132,803     $ (94,744 )   $ (5,480 )   $ (6,337 )   $ 218,181  
                                                                         


100


Table of Contents

Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) — (Continued)
 
                                                                         
                                              Accumulated
       
                                              Other
       
    Non-
                Additional
    Retained
          Deferred
    Comprehensive
       
    Controlling
    Preferred
    Common
    Paid-in
    Earnings
    Treasury
    Compensation
    Income
       
    Interest     Stock     Stock     Capital     (Deficit)     Stock     Obligation     (Loss)     Total  
 
Balance at April 1, 2009, as restated (See Note 1)
  $ 411     $ 74,185     $ 2,536     $ 114,807     $ 132,803     $ (94,744 )   $ (5,480 )   $ (6,337 )   $ 218,181  
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                       
Net loss (As restated)
                            (176,914 )                       (176,914 )
Non-credit portion of other-than-temporary impairments: Available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0
                                              (2,100 )     (2,100 )
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income, net of tax of $0
                                              (11,095 )     (11,095 )
Reclassification adjustment for credit portion of other-than-temporary investments realized in income, net of tax of $0
                                              847       847  
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities net of tax of $0
                                              13,286       13,286  
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                  $ (175,976 )
                                                                         
Change in non-controlling interest
    (411 )                                               (411 )
Issuance of treasury stock
                      (194 )     (3,155 )     3,769                   420  
Change in deferred compensation obligation
                      49                   (49 )            
Accretion of preferred stock discount
          7,411                   (7,411 )                        
                                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2010, as restated (See Note 1)
  $     $ 81,596     $ 2,536     $ 114,662     $ (54,677 )   $ (90,975 )   $ (5,529 )   $ (5,399 )   $ 42,214  
                                                                         
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                                       
Net loss
                            (41,178 )                       (41,178 )
Non-credit portion of other-than- temporary impairments:
                                                                       
Available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0
                                              8       8  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income, net of tax of $0
                                              (8,661 )     (8,661 )
Reclassification adjustment for credit portion of other-than-temporary investments realized in income, net of tax of $0
                                              432       432  
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities net of tax of $0
                                              (6,332 )     (6,332 )
                                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                                                                  $ (55,731 )
                                                                         
Issuance of treasury stock
                            (95 )     441                   346  
Change in deferred compensation obligation
                      (3,149 )                 3,149              
Accretion of preferred stock discount
          7,412                   (7,412 )                        
                                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2011
  $     $ 89,008     $ 2,536     $ 111,513     $ (103,362 )   $ (90,534 )   $ (2,380 )   $ (19,952 )   $ (13,171 )
                                                                         
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


101


Table of Contents

Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
 
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (As Restated)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (41,178 )   $ (176,914 )   $ (230,667 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                       
Provision for credit losses
    51,198       161,926       205,719  
Provision for OREO losses
    15,125       19,775       10,387  
Provision for depreciation and amortization
    4,477       4,951       5,400  
Amortization and accretion of investment securities, net
    2,814       2,980       (245 )
Goodwill impairment
                72,181  
Real estate held for development and sale impairment
                17,631  
Mortgage servicing rights (recovery) impairment
    (97 )     (1,905 )     2,407  
Foreclosure cost advance impairment
          4,677        
Decrease in non-controlling interest in real estate partnerships
          (411 )     (5,670 )
Cash paid due to origination of loans-held-for-sale
    (804,538 )     (1,518,569 )     (1,809,627 )
Cash received due to sale of loans-held-for-sale
    834,248       1,133,344       888,036  
Net gain on sales of loans
    (17,764 )     (18,584 )     (10,681 )
Net (gain) loss on investments and mortgage-related securities
    (8,661 )     (11,095 )     3,298  
Gain on sale of foreclosed properties
    (3,640 )     (632 )      
Gain on sale of branches
    (7,350 )            
Net loss on impairment of securities-available-for-sale
    440       1,084       805  
Deferred income taxes
          16,202       (12,442 )
Stock-based compensation expense
    310       503       611  
Decrease in accrued interest receivable
    3,805       5,217       4,546  
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expense and other assets
    26,103       15,350       (37,050 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable on deposits and borrowings
    8,198       (5,473 )     (7,076 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    872       (20,233 )     5,667  
                         
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    64,362       (387,807 )     (896,770 )
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from sales of securities
    385,924       468,020       22,170  
Proceeds from maturities of securities
    69,526       50,936       79,981  
Purchase of securities
    (631,640 )     (497,659 )     (302,902 )
Principal collected on securities
    59,971       104,343       60,122  
Net decrease in loans-held-for-investment
    483,152       942,743       804,289  
Purchases of office properties and equipment
    (1,394 )     (2,180 )     (5,327 )
Proceeds from sales of office properties and equipment
    1,260       468       79  
Capitalized improvments of OREO
    (946 )            
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties
    42,359       39,073       21,660  
Sale of real estate held for development and sale
    587       14,654       24,892  
Branch sale — Royal Credit Union net of cash and cash equivalents
    (99,897 )            
Branch sale — Nicolet net of cash and cash equivalents
    (80,256 )            
                         
Net cash provided by investing activities
    228,646       1,120,398       704,964  
Financing Activities
                       
Net (decrease) increase in deposit accounts
    (562,660 )     (364,783 )     390,310  
(Decrease) increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    (545 )     (809 )     599  
Proceeds from borrowed funds
    2,275,515       56,357       597,299  
Repayment of borrowed funds
    (2,410,465 )     (345,020 )     (725,668 )
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant
                110,000  
Exercise of stock options
                1,485  
Tax adjustment from stock related compensation
                (35 )
Payments of cash dividends to stockholders
                (6,101 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    (698,155 )     (654,255 )     367,889  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (405,147 )     78,336       176,083  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    512,162       433,826       257,743  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 107,015     $ 512,162     $ 433,826  
                         
Supplementary cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid (received) or credited to accounts:
                       
Interest on deposits and borrowings
  $ 73,619     $ 133,489     $ 144,905  
Income taxes
    (17,732 )     (29,376 )     9,155  
Non-cash investing and financing transactions:
                       
Transfer of loans to foreclosed properties
    88,169       59,601       76,363  
Transfer of fixed asset to foreclosed properties
          1,488        
Securitization of mortgage loans held for sale to mortgage-backed securities
          48,878        
 
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Business.  Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. (the “Corporation”) is a Wisconsin corporation incorporated in 1992 for the purpose of becoming a savings and loan holding company for AnchorBank, fsb (the “Bank”), a wholly-owned subsidiary. The Bank provides a full range of financial services to individual customers through its branch locations in Wisconsin. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and other financial service providers. The Corporation and its subsidiary also are subject to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities. The Corporation also has a non-banking subsidiary, Investment Directions, Inc. (“IDI”), which invests in real estate held for development and sale.
 
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation.  The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and include the accounts and operations of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, the Bank and IDI, and their wholly owned subsidiaries. The Bank has the following subsidiaries: Anchor Investment Corporation and ADPC Corporation. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.
 
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of foreclosed real estate and the fair value of financial instruments.
 
We have evaluated all subsequent events through the date of this filing.
 
Going Concern.  The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant operating losses in fiscal 2009, 2010 and 2011, significant levels of criticized assets and low levels of capital raise substantial doubt about the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern. The Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustment that might be necessary if the Corporation is unable to continue as a going concern.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents.  The Corporation considers interest-bearing deposits that have an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Investment Securities Held-to-Maturity and Available-For-Sale.  Debt securities that the Corporation has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are stated at amortized cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Securities are classified as trading when the Corporation intends to actively buy and sell securities in order to make a profit. Trading securities are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses included in earnings. There were no securities designated as trading during the three years ended March 31, 2011.
 
Discounts and premiums on investment and mortgage-backed securities are accreted and amortized into interest income using the effective yield method over the estimated remaining life of the assets.
 
Realized gains and losses are included in “Net gain (loss) on sale of investment securities” in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of non-interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. When the Corporation sells held-to-maturity securities, it is in accordance with accounting standards as the securities are substantially mature.
 
Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their amortized cost basis that are deemed to be other-than-temporary impairment losses are reflected as realized losses. To determine if an other-than-temporary impairment exists on a debt security, the Corporation first determines if (a) it intends to sell the security or (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the conditions is met, the Corporation will recognize an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings


103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
equal to the difference between the fair value of the security and its adjusted cost basis. If neither of the conditions is met, the Corporation determines (a) the amount of the impairment related to credit loss and (b) the amount of the impairment due to all other factors. The difference between the present values of the cash flows expected to be collected discounted at the original rate and the amortized cost basis is the credit loss. The amount of the credit loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations as an other-than-temporary impairment on securities and is an adjustment to the cost basis of the security. The portion of the total impairment that is related to all other factors is included in other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Loans Held for Sale.  Loans held for sale generally consist of the current origination of certain fixed-rate mortgage loans and certain adjustable-rate mortgage loans and are carried at lower of cost or fair value, determined on an aggregate basis. Fees received from the borrower and direct costs to originate the loan are deferred and recorded as an adjustment of the sales price.
 
Loan Sale Commitments for Mortgages Held for Sale.  Loan sale commitments for mortgages originated for sale meet the definition of derivatives. These commitments are carried at fair value.
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights.  Mortgage servicing rights are recorded as an asset when loans are sold to third parties with servicing rights retained. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is initially recorded at fair value and is amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of carrying value or fair value methodology. The fair value of the servicing rights is determined by estimating the present value of future net cash flows, taking into consideration market loan prepayment speeds, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans which include product type (i.e., fixed or adjustable) and interest rate bands. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights on a loan-by-loan basis exceed their fair value.
 
Transfers of Financial Assets.  Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
 
Loans Held for Investment.  Loans held for investment are stated at the amount of the unpaid principal, reduced by unearned net loan fees and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued on the unpaid principal balances as earned. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due or in the judgment of management the probability of collection of principal and interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. Factors that management considers include early stage delinquencies and financial difficulties of the borrower that lead management to believe that principal and interest will not be collected in full. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued but unpaid interest is deducted from interest income. Payments received on non-accrual loans are credited to the loan receivable balance and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance is current. In prior periods, payments received were recognized in income on a cash basis. Loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.
 
Loans held for investment can be summarized into four different segments: residential loans, commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate loans and consumer loans.
 
Residential Loans
 
Residential loans, substantially all of which are 1-to-4 family dwellings, are generally smaller in size and are homogeneous because they exhibit similar characteristics. Loans in this category are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and remain on non-accrual status until sufficient payments are received to bring the loan


104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to current status. Residential loans are charged off at the time of either an approved short sale and funds are received; information is received indicating an insufficient value and the borrower has not made a payment in six months; or the foreclosure sale is complete and the loan is being moved to foreclosed properties and repossessed assets.
 
Commercial and Industrial Loans
 
Commercial and industrial loans are loans for commercial, corporate and business purposes, including issuing letters of credit. The Bank’s commercial business loan portfolio is comprised of loans for a variety of purposes and generally is secured by equipment, machinery and other business assets. Commercial business loans generally have terms of five years or less and interest rates that float in accordance with a designated published index. Substantially all of such loans are secured and backed by the personal guarantees of the owners of the business. Loans in this category are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due or in the judgment of management the probability of collection of principal and interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. If a loan goes 90 days delinquent, the loan will remain on non-accrual status until the loan is brought current and there is evidence that the borrower has sufficient cash flow, income or liquidity to repay the loan in full. Commercial and industrial loans are charged off when available information confirms that any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan in excess of the fair value of the collateral is deemed a confirmed loss.
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans
 
Commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by apartment buildings, office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping centers and various special purpose properties, including hotels, restaurants and nursing homes. Although terms vary, commercial real estate loans generally have amortizations of 15 to 25 years, as well as balloon payments of two to five years, and terms which provide that the interest rates thereon may be adjusted annually at the Bank’s discretion, based on a designated index. Loans in this category are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due or in the judgment of management the probability of collection of principal and interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual. If a loan goes 90 days delinquent, the loan will remain on non-accrual status until the loan is brought current and there is evidence that the borrower has sufficient cash flow, income or liquidity to repay the loan in full. Commercial real estate loans are charged off when available information confirms that any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan in excess of the fair value of the collateral is deemed a confirmed loss.
 
Consumer Loans
 
Consumer loans generally have higher interest rates than mortgage loans. The risk involved in consumer loans is the type and nature of the collateral and, in certain cases, the absence of collateral. Consumer loans include second mortgage and home equity loans, education loans, vehicle loans and other secured and unsecured loans that have been made for a variety of consumer purposes. Loans in this category are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days past due and remain on non-accrual status until sufficient payments are received to bring the loan to current status. Consumer loans are charged off when a recent valuation shows no surplus for the Bank, upon repossession or sale of the collateral and deficiency is realized or upon reaching 150 days past due if unsecured.
 
Loan Fees and Discounts.  Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to the related loan’s yield. The Corporation primarily amortizes these amounts, as well as discounts on purchased loans, using the level yield method, adjusted for prepayments, over the life of the related loans.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level believed adequate by management to absorb probable and estimable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and is based on the size and current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio; an assessment of individual problem loans; actual and anticipated loss experience; and current economic events in specific industries and geographical areas. These economic events include unemployment levels, regulatory guidance, and general economic conditions. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective as it requires significant estimates, including the amounts and timing of


105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged off against the allowance, while recoveries of amounts previously charged off are credited to the allowance. A provision for credit losses is charged to net interest income based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned as well as other pertinent factors. In addition, regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require the Corporation to make additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments of collectability based on information available to them at the time of their examination.
 
In determining the general allowance, the Corporation has defined the following segments within its loan portfolio: Residential, Commercial and Industrial, Commercial Real Estate and Consumer. The Corporation has disaggregated those segments into the following classes based on risk characteristics: Residential, Commercial and Industrial, Land and Construction, Multi-Family, Retail/Office and Other Commercial Real estate within the Commercial Real Estate segment and Education and Other Consumer within the Consumer segment. This allows management to identify trends in borrower behavior and loss severity. A historical loss factor is computed for each class of loan. In determining the appropriate period of activity to use in computing the historical loss factor management considers trends in quarterly net charge-off ratios. It is management’s intention to utilize a period of activity that it believes to be most reflective of current experience. Changes in the historical period are made when there is a distinct change in the trend of net charge-off experience. Given the changes in the credit market that have occurred in fiscal years 2011 and 2010, management reviewed each class’ historical losses by quarter for any trends that would indicate a shorter look back period would be more representative.
 
Management adjusts historical loss factors based on the following qualitative factors: changes in lending policies; procedures and practices; economic and industry trends and conditions; experience; ability and depth of lending management; level of and trends in past dues and delinquent loans; changes in the quality of the loan review system; changes in the value of the underlying collateral for collateral dependent loans; changes in credit concentrations and portfolio size; and other external factors such as legal and regulatory. In determining the impact, if any, of an individual qualitative factor, management compares the current underlying facts and circumstances surrounding a particular factor with those in the historical periods, adjusting the historical loss factor based on changes in the qualitative factor. Management will continue to analyze the qualitative factors on a quarterly basis, adjusting the historical loss factor as necessary, to a factor believed to be appropriate for the probable and inherent risk of loss in the portfolio.
 
Specific allowance allocations are established for probable losses resulting from analysis of impaired loans. A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest due according to the terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans include non-accrual and performing troubled debt restructurings, exclusive of smaller homogeneous loans such as home equity, installment, and 1-4 family residential loans. Troubled debt restructurings are loans that the Bank has modified, due to financial difficulties of the borrower, where the terms of the modified loan are more favorable for the borrower than what the Bank would normally accept. The fair value of impaired loans is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the market price of the loan, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell, if the loan is collateral dependent. Cash collections on impaired loans are credited to the loan receivable balance and no interest income is recognized on those loans until the principal balance is current.
 
On a monthly basis, adversely classified loans are analyzed to determine the amount to be charged off to the allowance. Commercial loans are charged off when available information indicates that specific loans, or portions of loans, are uncollectible. Any portion of the recorded investment deemed uncollectible in a collateral-dependent loan (including net deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral is considered a confirmed loss and is charged against the allowance. Residential loans are charged off at the time funds are received by an approved short sale, information is obtained regarding the property that shows an insufficient value and the borrower has not made a payment in a significant amount of time or the foreclosure sale is complete and the loan is being reclassified to other real estate owned (“OREO”). Consumer loans are charged off


106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
based on various criteria including: foreclosure sale is complete and there are no surplus proceeds available based on recent valuation, a recent valuation shows no surplus for the Bank, collateral is repossessed or sold and deficiency is realized, information is received indicating the collateral has little or no value, and for unsecured notes on or before reaching 150 days past due or the month following notice of discharge for a Chapter 7 Bankruptcy.
 
Reserve for Unfunded Commitments.  The reserve for unfunded commitments is determined using the overall loss factor of the associated loan and is applied to unfunded commitments of performing loans. A provision for unfunded commitments is charged to the provision for credit losses based on management’s periodic evaluation of the factors previously mentioned as well as other pertinent factors. The reserve for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
Foreclosed Properties and Repossessed Assets.  Real estate acquired by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure and other repossessed assets are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Any increases in fair value over the net carrying value of the loans are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses to the extent of previous charge-offs, with any excess, which is infrequent, recognized as a gain. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at fair value, less estimated selling expenses. At the date of foreclosure any write down to fair value less estimated selling costs is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized; holding period costs and subsequent changes to the valuation allowance are charged to non-interest expense.
 
Real Estate Held for Development and Sale.  Real estate held for development and sale includes investments in land and partnerships that purchased land or other property. These investments are carried at estimated fair value. Income on the sale of land and lots between the entities is deferred until development and construction are complete and a third party purchases the property. Deferred income is then recognized as a component of non-interest income under real estate investment partnership revenue.
 
Real estate investment partnership revenue is presented in non-interest income and represents revenue recognized upon the closing of sales of developed lots and homes to independent third parties. Real estate investment partnership cost of sales is included in non-interest expense and represents the costs of such closed sales. Other revenue (primarily rental income) and other expenses from real estate operations are also included in non-interest income and non-interest expense, respectively.
 
Non-controlling interest in real estate partnerships represents the equity interests of development partners in the real estate investment partnerships. The development partners’ share of income is reflected as non-controlling interest in income of real estate partnership operations in non-interest expense.
 
The assets in real estate held for development and sale and results of operations of the real estate investment segment are summarized in Note 20, “Segment Information.”
 
Goodwill and Other Intangibles.  Goodwill represented the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired using the purchase method of accounting. Other intangible assets represent purchased assets that also lack physical substance but can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual or other legal rights or because the asset is capable of being sold or exchanged either on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset, or liability. Goodwill was written off in the quarter ended December 31, 2008. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are amortized over that life in a manner that reflects the estimated decline in the economic value of the identified intangible asset. Identified intangible assets that have a finite useful life are periodically reviewed to determine whether there have been any events or circumstances to indicate that the recorded amount is not recoverable from projected undiscounted net operating cash flows. If the projected undiscounted net operating cash flows are less than the carrying amount, a loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount to fair value, and, when appropriate, the amortization period is also reduced. Unamortized intangible assets associated with disposed assets are included in the determination of gain or loss on sale of the disposed assets.
 
Office Properties and Equipment.  Office properties and equipment are recorded at cost and include expenditures for new facilities and items that substantially increase the estimated useful lives (3 years to 39 years)


107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
of existing buildings and equipment. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to operations as incurred. When properties are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recorded in income. The cost of office properties and equipment is being depreciated principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (3 years to 39 years) of the assets. The cost of capitalized leasehold improvements is amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of the respective lease or estimated economic life.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock.  The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system. As a result of membership in the FHLB system, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum investment in FHLB stock. FHLB stock is capital stock that is bought from and sold to the FHLB at $100 par. The stock is not transferable and cannot be used as collateral.
 
The investment in the stock of the FHLB Chicago is considered a long term investment. Accordingly, when evaluating for impairment, the value of the FHLB stock is determined based on the ultimate recovery of the par value rather than recognizing temporary declines in value. The decision of whether impairment exists is a matter of judgment that reflects factors such as its operating performance, the severity and duration of the declines in the market value of its net assets relative to its capital levels, its commitment to make payments in relation to its operating performance, the impact of legislative and regulation changes on the FHLB Chicago and accordingly, on the members of FHLB Chicago, and its liquidity and funding position. Although the FHLB Chicago was placed under a Cease and Desist Order and suspended dividends in 2007, the FHLB Chicago continues issuing new capital stock at par value, reported earnings in 2010, and reported that it is in compliance with regulatory capital requirements. FHLB restored paying a dividend in February 2011. The Bank has concluded that its investment in the stock of FHLB Chicago was not impaired at March 31, 2011.
 
Deferred Stock Issuance Cost.  Stock issuance cost includes incremental direct costs incurred with third parties that are directly attributable to equity financing transactions. Those costs include legal and accounting fees and underwriters’ fees and expenses. Since certain of those costs are incurred in advance of receiving the proceeds from the equity financing transaction, they are deferred pending completion of the offering.
 
As further discussed in Note 2, the OTS has granted conditional approval of the Bank’s Capital Restoration Plan which included two sets of assumptions for continuing to improve the Bank’s capital levels, one based on obtaining capital from an outside source and one which reflects the results of the Bank’s ongoing initiatives in the absence of an external capital infusion. In connection with obtaining capital from an outside source, the Corporation is pursuing an equity offering in the form of the proposed issuance of additional common stock and a new class of preferred stock. At March 31, 2011, approximately $2.0 million of direct, incremental costs incurred have been capitalized and included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
 
Income Taxes.  The Corporation’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period adjusted for the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. The intercompany settlement of taxes paid is based on tax sharing agreements which generally allocate taxes to each entity on a separate return basis.
 
The Corporation is subject to the income tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant Governmental taxing authorities. Accounting guidance related to uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a comprehensive model for how companies should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in their financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Under the guidance, tax positions shall initially be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions shall initially and subsequently be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority assuming full knowledge of the


108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
position and all relevant facts. The guidance also revises disclosure requirements to include an annual tabular roll forward of unrecognized tax benefits. In establishing a provision for income tax expense, the Corporation must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws within the framework of existing U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. The Corporation recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in other taxes.
 
Earnings Per Share.  Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income available to common equity of Anchor Bancorp by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The basic EPS computation excludes the dilutive effect of all common stock equivalents. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income available for common equity holders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus all potential dilutive common shares which could be issued if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock. The Corporation’s common stock equivalents represent shares issuable under its long-term incentive compensation plans. Such common stock equivalents are computed based on the treasury stock method using the average market price for the period.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss).  Comprehensive income or loss is the total of reported net income or loss and all other revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are not reported as net income (loss). The Corporation includes unrealized gains or losses, net of tax, on securities available for sale in other comprehensive income (loss).
 
Deferred Compensation Obligation.  Deferred compensation obligation is the cost of the stock associated with selected employee benefit plans. Such plans include a deferred compensation agreement with a previous executive established in 1986. The benefits are 100% vested and are payable in the Corporation’s Stock. The Bank subsequently established a grantor trust to fund the obligations under the agreement, and the trust subsequently purchased shares to fund the obligation. Distributions are made in ten annual installments following the termination of employment. The Corporation also established an Excess Benefit Plan to provide deferred compensation to certain members of management. As contributions were made to a participant’s account, funds were deposited to an account for the participant and in turn shares of ABCW stock were purchased. The shares are maintained in trust accounts for each of the participants. No contributions were made during the year ended March 31, 2011. Contributions for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $5,600 and $14,200, respectively. Distributions of the Corporation’s stock will be made to remaining participants six months following termination.
 
Shares related to the deferred compensation obligations are recorded as treasury shares and the liability is included in additional paid in capital in stockholders’ equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 13 for further discussion of the plans.
 
Repurchase Plan.  For the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Corporation did not repurchase any shares of common stock on the open market. All repurchased shares are held as treasury after settlement.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plan.  The Corporation grants stock-based compensation to employees and directors under various plans discussed in Note 13. Compensation is granted in the forms of restricted stock and stock options.
 
The compensation expense recognized related to stock-based compensation was $310,000, $503,000 and $611,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
New Accounting Pronouncements.
 
ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820) — Improving Disclosures About Fair Value Measurements.”  ASU 2010-06 requires expanded disclosures related to fair value measurements including (i) the amounts of significant transfers of assets or liabilities between Levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for the transfers, (ii) the reasons for transfers of assets or liabilities in or out of Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, with significant transfers disclosed separately, (iii) the policy for determining when transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy are recognized and (iv) for recurring fair value measurements of


109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
assets and liabilities in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, a gross presentation of information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements. ASU 2010-06 further clarifies that (i) fair value measurement disclosures should be provided for each class of assets and liabilities (rather than major category), which would primarily be a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position and (ii) companies should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements for each class of assets and liabilities included in Levels 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The disclosures related to the gross presentation of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements of assets and liabilities included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy was required for the Corporation beginning January 1, 2011. The remaining disclosure requirements and clarifications made by ASU 2010-06 became effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2010.
 
FASB ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing.”  New authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” amends prior accounting guidance to enhance reporting about transfers of financial assets, including securitizations, and where companies have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance eliminates the concept of a “qualifying special-purpose entity” and changes the requirements for derecognizing financial assets. The new authoritative accounting guidance also requires additional disclosures about all continuing involvements with transferred financial assets including information about gains and losses resulting from transfers during the period. The new authoritative accounting guidance under ASC Topic 860 was effective April 1, 2010 and did not have an impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements.
 
ASU No. 2010-11, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) — Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.”  ASU 2010-11 clarifies that the only form of an embedded credit derivative that is exempt from embedded derivative bifurcation requirements are those that relate to the subordination of one financial instrument to another. As a result, entities that have contracts containing an embedded credit derivative feature in a form other than such subordination may need to separately account for the embedded credit derivative feature. The provisions of ASU 2010-11 were effective for the Corporation on July 1, 2010 and did not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.
 
ASU No. 2010-20, “Receivables (Topic 310) — Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.”  ASU 2010-20 requires entities to provide disclosures designed to facilitate financial statement users’ evaluation of (i) the nature of credit risk inherent in the entity’s portfolio of financing receivables, (ii) how that risk is analyzed and assessed in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (iii) the changes and reasons for those changes in the allowance for credit losses. Disclosures must be disaggregated by portfolio segment, the level at which an entity develops and documents a systematic method for determining its allowance for credit losses, and class of financing receivable, which is primarily a disaggregation of portfolio segment. The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses as well as information about modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans and credit quality indicators. ASU 2010-20 was effective for the Corporation’s financial statements as of December 31, 2010, as it relates to disclosures required as of the end of a reporting period. Disclosures that relate to activity during a reporting period will be required for the Corporation’s financial statements that include periods beginning on or after January 1, 2011. Certain of these disclosures are provided in Note 5. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01 “Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20” which defers the effective date of the loan modification disclosures.
 
ASU No. 2011-02, “Receivables (Topic 310) — A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.”  ASU 2011-02 states that in evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both of the following exist: (i ) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (ii) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. In addition, the amendments to Topic 310 clarify that a creditor is precluded from using the effective interest rate test in the debtor’s guidance on restructuring of payables when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. ASU 2011-02 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Corporation does not anticipate a material effect upon the adoption of this pronouncement.


110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Reclassifications.  Certain 2010 and 2009 accounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentations. There was no impact on earnings or stockholders’ equity as a result of the reclassifications.
 
Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements
 
The Corporation has restated its previously issued financial statements to correct errors in the accounting for dividends on preferred stock and for two deferred compensation plans. The preferred stock issued to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program has a cumulative dividend rate of 5% per year. Although the Corporation had deferred payment of all dividends, a liability was recorded for each of the quarters in the period March 31, 2009 — September 30, 2010. The Corporation also accrued interest at the rate of 5% simple interest on the unpaid dividends whereas the agreement with the U.S. Treasury requires a dividend of 5% compounded on the unpaid dividends. The accounting guidance for recording dividends prohibits a dividend from being accrued until it has been declared. The Corporation and the Bank are prohibited from declaring dividends as a result of the Orders to Cease and Desist issued by the OTS. (See Note 2 for further discussion.) As a result, since the dividend was never declared, a liability should not have been established and other liabilities was overstated and retained earnings was understated as outlined below. The accrual of interest on the unpaid dividends resulted in an overstatement of interest expense and net loss and an understatement in stockholders’ equity. Because of the nature of the misclassification, there was no impact on the net loss available to common shareholders.
 
The financial statements for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 have also been restated to properly reflect the obligation for deferred compensation that is to be paid in shares of Anchor Bancorp common stock. Two deferred compensation plans required the payment to the plan participants in the form of Anchor Bancorp common stock. Grantor trusts were established to purchase the common shares. The Corporation incorrectly presented the obligation in other liabilities when it should have been shown as a component of stockholders’ equity. As a result, other liabilities were overstated and stockholders’ equity was understated. At April 1, 2008 stockholders’ equity was increased by $5.247 million to correct the aggregate effect of the errors on the prior years. The following is a summary of the effects of the restatements for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2010
    As
  Preferred
  Deferred
   
    Previously
  Dividend
  Compensation
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets
  Reported   Adjustment   Adjustment   Restated
    (In thousands)
 
Other borrowed funds
  $ 796,153     $ (6,424 )   $     $ 789,729  
Other liabilities
    37,237       (148 )     (5,529 )     31,560  
Total liabilities
    4,386,152       (6,572 )     (5,529 )     4,374,051  
Retained earnings
    (61,249 )     6,572             (54,677 )
Additional paid in capital
    109,133             5,529       114,662  
Total AnchorBancorp stockholders’ equity
    30,113       6,572       5,529       42,214  
 


111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended March 31, 2010  
          Preferred
    Deferred
       
    As
    Dividend
    Compensation
       
Consolidated Statements of Operations
  Reported     Adjustment     Adjustment     Restated  
          (In thousands)        
 
Interest expense on other borrowed funds
  $ 44,931     $ (148 )   $     $ 44,783  
Total interest expense
    132,271       (148 )           132,123  
Net interest income
    84,811       148             84,959  
Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit loss
    (77,115 )     148             (76,967 )
Loss before income taxes
    (178,562 )     148             (178,414 )
Net loss
    (177,062 )     148             (176,914 )
Preferred stock dividends in arrears
    (5,500 )     (148 )           (5,648 )
 
                                 
    For the Year Ended March 31, 2010  
          Preferred
    Deferred
       
    As
    Dividend
    Compensation
       
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
  Reported     Adjustment     Adjustment     Restated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net loss
  $ (177,062 )   $ 148     $     $ (176,914 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    (20,085 )     (148 )           (20,233 )
 
                                 
    As of March 31, 2009
    As
  Preferred
  Deferred
   
    Previously
  Dividend
  Compensation
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets
  Reported   Adjustment   Adjustment   Restated
    (In thousands)
 
Other borrowed funds
  $ 1,078,392     $ (925 )   $     $ 1,077,467  
Other liabilities
    58,115             (5,480 )     52,635  
Total liabilities
    5,060,334       (925 )     (5,480 )     5,053,929  
Retained earnings
    131,878       925             132,803  
Additional paid in capital
    109,327             5,480       114,807  
Total AnchorBancorp stockholders’ equity
    211,365       925       5,480       217,770  
 
The net income available to common shareholders for the quarters ending September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010 have been restated. The Corporation ceased the accrual of dividends August 15, 2010. The calculation of the net income available to common shareholders included only the dividends that had been accrued versus the dividends that were in arrears. The adjustment to the earnings per common share for the quarters ended September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010 was $0.04 and $0.06, respectively. While net loss changed due to the accrual of interest on the unpaid dividends in all quarters in 2011 and 2010, the net loss per common share was not impacted by that adjustment. See Note 23 for the further effects of the restatement on the quarterly financial information.
 
Note 2 — Significant Risks and Uncertainties
 
Regulatory Agreements
 
On June 26, 2009, the Corporation and the Bank each consented to the issuance of an Order to Cease and Desist (the “Corporation Order” and the “Bank Order,” respectively, and together, the “Orders”) by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”).
 
The Corporation Order requires the Corporation to notify, and in certain cases to obtain the permission of, the OTS prior to: (i) declaring, making or paying any dividends or other capital distributions on its capital stock, including the repurchase or redemption of its capital stock; (ii) incurring, issuing, renewing or rolling over any debt,

112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
increasing any current lines of credit or guaranteeing the debt of any entity; (iii) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; and (v) making any golden parachute payments or prohibited indemnification payments. The Corporation developed and submitted to the OTS a three-year cash flow plan, which must be reviewed at least quarterly by the Corporation’s management and board for material deviations between the cash flow plan’s projections and actual results (the “Variance Analysis Report”). Within thirty days following the end of each quarter, the Corporation is required to provide the OTS its Variance Analysis Report for that quarter. These reports have been submitted.
 
The Bank Order requires the Bank to notify, or in certain cases obtain the permission of, the OTS prior to (i) increasing its total assets in any quarter in excess of an amount equal to net interest credited on deposit liabilities during the quarter; (ii) accepting, rolling over or renewing any brokered deposits; (iii) making certain changes to its directors or senior executive officers; (iv) entering into, renewing, extending or revising any contractual arrangement related to compensation or benefits with any of its directors or senior executive officers; (v) making any golden parachute or prohibited indemnification payments; (vi) paying dividends or making other capital distributions on its capital stock; (vii) entering into certain transactions with affiliates; and (viii) entering into third-party contracts outside the normal course of business.
 
The Orders also required the Bank to meet and maintain a core capital ratio equal to or greater than 8% and a total risk-based capital ratio equal to or greater than 12% by December 31, 2009. The Bank also submitted to the OTS, within prescribed time periods, a written capital restoration plan, a problem asset plan, a revised business plan, and an implementation plan resulting from a review of commercial lending practices. The Orders also require the Bank to review its current liquidity management policy and the adequacy of its allowance for loan and lease losses.
 
On August 31, 2010, the OTS approved the Capital Restoration Plan submitted by the Bank, although the approval included a Prompt Corrective Action Directive (“PCA”). The only new requirement of the PCA is that the Bank shall obtain prior written approval from the Regional Director before entering into any contract or lease for the purchase or sale of real estate or of any interest therein, except for contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business for the purchase or sale of real estate owned due to foreclosure (“REO”) where the contract does not exceed $3.5 million and the sales price of the REO does not fall below 85% of the net carrying value of the REO.
 
At September 30, 2010, December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the Bank had a core capital ratio of 4.36%, 4.43% and 4.26%, respectively, and a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.14%, 8.37% and 8.04%, respectively, each below the required capital ratios set forth above. Without a waiver by the OTS or amendment or modification of the Orders, the Bank could be subject to further regulatory action. All customer deposits remain fully insured to the limits set by the FDIC.
 
Going Concern
 
The Corporation and the Bank continue to diligently work with their financial and professional advisors in seeking qualified sources of outside capital, and in achieving compliance with the requirements of the Orders. The Corporation and the Bank continue to consult with the OTS on a regular basis concerning the Corporation’s and Bank’s proposals to obtain outside capital and to develop action plans that will be acceptable to federal regulatory authorities, but there can be no assurance that these actions will be successful, or that even if one or more of the Corporation’s and Bank’s proposals are accepted by the Federal regulators, that these proposals will be successfully implemented. While the Corporation’s management continues to exert maximum effort to attract new capital, significant operating losses in recent fiscal years, significant levels of criticized assets and low levels of capital raise substantial doubt as to the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern. If the Corporation and Bank are unable to achieve compliance with the requirements of the Orders, or implement an acceptable capital restoration plan, and if the Corporation and Bank cannot otherwise comply with such commitments and regulations, the OTS or FDIC could force a sale, liquidation or federal conservatorship or receivership of the Bank.
 
In July 2010, the Office of Thrift Supervision granted conditional approval of the Bank’s Capital Restoration Plan (Plan). In conjunction with this approval, the Bank executed a Stipulation and Consent to a Prompt Corrective Action Directive dated August 31, 2010, with the OTS. The Plan included two sets of assumptions for continuing to


113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
improve the Bank’s capital levels, one based on obtaining capital from an outside source and one which reflects the results of the Bank’s ongoing initiatives in the absence of an external capital infusion.
 
Further, the Corporation entered into an amendment dated May 25, 2011 and executed May 31, 2011 (“Amendment No. 7”) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with U.S. Bank NA, as described in Note 11, in which existing financial covenants remained the same and the interest rate was increased to 15.0%. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Agent and the lenders have certain rights, including the right to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings if all covenants are not complied with. As of March 31, 2011, the Corporation was in compliance with the financial and non-financial covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, as amended, although there is no guarantee that the Corporation will remain in compliance with the covenants. As of the date of this filing, the Corporation does not have sufficient cash on hand to reduce the outstanding borrowings to zero. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise sufficient capital or have sufficient cash on hand to reduce the outstanding borrowings to zero by November 30, 2011, which may limit our ability to fund ongoing operations.
 
Credit Risks
 
While the Corporation has devoted and will continue to devote substantial management resources toward the resolution of all delinquent, impaired and nonaccrual loans, no assurance can be made that management’s efforts will be successful. These conditions create an uncertainty about material adverse consequences that may occur in the near term. The continuing recession and the decrease in valuations of real estate have had a significant adverse impact on the Corporation’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations. As reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the Corporation has incurred a net loss of $41.6 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. Stockholders’ equity decreased from $42.1 million or 0.95% of total assets at March 31, 2010 to a deficit of $13.8 million or (0.41)% of total assets at March 31, 2011. At March 31, 2011, the Bank’s Risk-based capital is considered adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Under OTS requirements, a bank must have a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0 percent or greater to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Bank continues to work toward the requirements of the previously issued Cease and Desist Order which requires a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 12.0 percent, which exceeds traditional capital levels for a bank. The provision for credit losses was $51.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011, which has reduced the Corporation’s net interest income. The Corporation’s net interest income will continue to be impacted by the level of non-performing assets and the Corporation expects additional losses into the next fiscal year.
 
Note 3 — Restrictions on Cash and Due From Bank Accounts
 
AnchorBank fsb (Bank) is required to maintain cash and reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. The average amount of reserve balances for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $24.1 million and $21.0 million, respectively.
 
The nature of the Corporation’s business requires that it maintain amounts due from banks and federal funds sold which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Management monitors these correspondent relationships and the Corporation has not experienced any losses in such accounts.


114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 4 — Investment Securities
 
The amortized cost and fair values of investment securities are as follows:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
       
    Cost     Gains     (Losses)     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
At March 31, 2011:
                               
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 4,037     $ 89     $     $ 4,126  
Corporate stock and bonds
    1,151       87       (19 )     1,219  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
    342       16             358  
Non-agency CMOs
    49,921       371       (3,655 )     46,637  
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
    6,131       282       (24 )     6,389  
GNMA securities
    481,659       1,158       (18,257 )     464,560  
                                 
    $ 543,241     $ 2,003     $ (21,955 )   $ 523,289  
                                 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
  $ 27     $ 1     $     $ 28  
                                 
At March 31, 2010:
                               
Available-for-sale:
                               
U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 51,029     $ 49     $ (47 )   $ 51,031  
Corporate stock and bonds
    1,176       72       (50 )     1,198  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
    1,393       20             1,413  
Non-agency CMOs
    91,140       550       (6,323 )     85,367  
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
    14,907       593       (60 )     15,440  
GNMA securities
    261,957       1,226       (1,429 )     261,754  
                                 
    $ 421,602     $ 2,510     $ (7,909 )   $ 416,203  
                                 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
  $ 39     $ 1     $     $ 40  
                                 
 
The table below shows the Corporation’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of investments, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual investments have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at March 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
                                                 
    At March 31, 2011  
    Unrealized Loss Position
    Unrealized Loss Position
       
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
  Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
 
Corporate stock and other
  $     $     $ 68     $ (19 )   $ 68     $ (19 )
Non-agency CMOs
    4,020       (22 )     22,382       (3,633 )     26,402       (3,655 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    948       (24 )                 948       (24 )
GNMA securities
    390,689       (18,257 )                 390,689       (18,257 )
                                                 
    $ 395,657     $ (18,303 )   $ 22,450     $ (3,652 )   $ 418,107     $ (21,955 )
                                                 


115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    At March 31, 2010  
    Unrealized Loss Position
    Unrealized Loss Position
       
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
Description of Securities
  Value     Loss     Value     Loss     Value     Loss  
    (In thousands)  
 
US government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 4,000     $ (47 )   $     $     $ 4,000     $ (47 )
Corporate stock and other
    51       (13 )     50       (37 )     101       (50 )
Non-agency CMOs
    4,244       (37 )     43,029       (6,286 )     47,273       (6,323 )
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    1,336       (60 )                 1,336       (60 )
GNMA securities
    138,996       (1,429 )                 138,996       (1,429 )
                                                 
    $ 148,627     $ (1,586 )   $ 43,079     $ (6,323 )   $ 191,706     $ (7,909 )
                                                 
 
The tables above represent 46 investment securities at March 31, 2011 compared to 43 at March 31, 2010 that, due to the current interest rate environment and other factors, have declined in value but do not presently represent other than temporary losses. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities, management considers many factors which include: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.
 
To determine if an other-than-temporary impairment exists on a debt security, the Corporation first determines if (a) it intends to sell the security or (b) it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the conditions are met, the Corporation will recognize an other-than-temporary impairment in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s fair value and its adjusted cost basis. If neither condition is met, the Corporation determines (a) the amount of the impairment related to credit loss and (b) the amount of the impairment due to all other factors. The difference between the present values of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis is the credit loss. The credit loss is the portion of the other-than-temporary impairment that is recognized in earnings and is a reduction to the cost basis of the security. The portion of total impairment related to all other factors is included in other comprehensive income (loss).
 
All of the Corporation’s other-than-temporary impaired debt securities are non-agency CMOs. On a cumulative basis, other-than-temporary impairments recognized in earnings by year of vintage were $1.5 million for 2007, $317,000 for 2006, $349,000 for 2005 and $33,000 prior to 2005.
 
The Corporation utilizes a discounted cash flow model in the calculation of other-than-temporary impairments on non-agency CMOs. This model is also used to determine the portion of the other-than-temporary impairment that is due to credit losses, and the portion that is due to all other factors. On securities with other-than-temporary impairment, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security is the credit loss.
 
To estimate fair value of non-agency CMOs, the Corporation discounted estimated expected cash flows after credit losses at rates ranging from 4.0% to 12.0%. The rates utilized are based on the risk free rate equivalent to the remaining average life of the security, plus a spread for normal liquidity and a spread to reflect the uncertainty of the cash flow estimates. The Corporation benchmarks its fair value results to a pricing service and monitors the market for actual trades. The Corporation includes these inputs in its derivation of the discount rates used to estimate fair value. There are no payments in kind allowed on these non-agency CMOs.
 
The significant inputs used for calculating the credit loss portion of securities with other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) include prepayment assumptions, loss severities, original FICO scores, historical rates of delinquency, percentage of loans with limited underwriting, historical rates of default, original loan-to-value ratio,


116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
aggregate property location by metropolitan statistical area, original credit support, current credit support, and weighted-average maturity. The discount rates used to establish the net present value of expected cash flows for purposes of determining OTTI ranged from 5.0% to 7.5%. The rates used equate to the effective yield implicit in the security at the date of acquisition for the bonds for which the Corporation has not in the past incurred OTTI. For the bonds for which the Corporation has previously recorded OTTI, the discount rate used equates to the accounting yield on the security as of the valuation date. Default rates were calculated separately for each category of underlying borrower based on delinquency status (i.e. current, 30 to 59 days delinquent, 60 to 89 days delinquent, 90+ days delinquent, and foreclosure balances) of the loans as of March 1, 2011. These balances were entered into a loss migration model to calculate projected default rates, which are benchmarked against results that have recently been experienced by other major servicers on non-agency CMOs with similar attributes. The month 1 to month 24 constant default rate in the model ranged from 3.3% to 11.4%.
 
At March 31, 2011, the Corporation had 21 non-agency CMOs with a fair value of $28.2 million and an adjusted cost basis of $31.8 million that were other-than-temporarily impaired. At March 31, 2010, the Corporation had 15 non-agency CMOs with a fair value of $34.8 million and an adjusted cost basis of $40.7 million. Seven of these non-agency CMOs were sold subsequent to March 31, 2011, but an impairment loss of $8,000 was recorded as of March 31, 2011 due to management intent to sell. The Corporation recognized the $8,000 impairment in earnings as OTTI due to intent to sell these seven securities in accordance with generally accepted accounting policies for the year ended March 31, 2011. The Corporation also sold one OTTI security with a fair value of $3.7 million during the year ended March 31, 2011. The portion of the other-than-temporary impairment due to credit of $0.4 million and $1.1 million was included in earnings for the years ending March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
The Corporation has $17.1 million in net unrealized losses on long-term Ginnie Mae (“GNMA”) securities as of March 31, 2011 due to increases in interest rates and factors other than credit. The Corporation has reviewed this portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Management has concluded that no OTTI exists and that the unrealized losses are properly classified in accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
The following table is a rollforward of the amount of other-than-temporary impairment related to credit losses that have been recognized in earnings for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
    Year Ended
 
    March 31, 2011     March 31, 2010  
 
Beginning balance of the amount of OTTI related to credit losses
  $ 1,889     $ 805  
The credit portion of other-than-temporary-impairment not previously recognized
          237  
Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which OTTI was previously recognized
    432       847  
Credit portion of OTTI previously recognized for securities sold during the period
    (124 )      
                 
Ending balance of the amount of OTTI related to credit losses
  $ 2,197     $ 1,889  
                 
 
The cost of investment securities sold is determined using the specific identification method. Sales of investment securities available for sale are summarized below:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Proceeds from sales:
  $ 385,924     $ 468,020     $ 22,170  
Gross gains on sales
    8,661       11,116        
Gross losses on sales
          21       3,298  
                         
Net gain (loss) on sales
  $ 8,661     $ 11,095     $ (3,298 )
                         


117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
At March 31, 2011 and 2010, investment securities available-for-sale with a fair value of approximately $420.8 million and $301.2 million, respectively, were pledged to secure deposits, borrowings and for other purposes as permitted or required by law.
 
The fair values of investment securities by contractual maturity at March 31, 2011 are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Investment securities subject to six-month calls amount to $500,000 at March 31, 2011. There were no investment securities subject to twelve-month calls at March 31, 2011.
 
                                         
          After 1 Year
    After 5 Years
    Over
       
    Within 1 Year     through 5 Years     through 10 Years     Ten Years     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
Available-for-sale, at fair value:
                                       
U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $     $ 4,126     $     $     $ 4,126  
Corporate stock and other
                      1,219       1,219  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
                      358       358  
Non-agency CMOs
          26       9,527       37,084       46,637  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
          496       873       5,020       6,389  
GNMA securities
                639       463,921       464,560  
                                         
Total
  $     $ 4,648     $ 11,039     $ 507,602     $ 523,289  
                                         
Held-to-maturity, at fair value:
                                       
Residential mortgage-backed securities
  $     $ 5     $ 23     $     $ 28  
                                         
Total
  $     $ 5     $ 23     $     $ 28  
                                         
    $     $ 4,653     $ 11,062     $ 507,602     $ 523,317  
                                         
Held-to-maturity, at cost:
                                       
Residential mortgage-backed securities
  $     $ 4     $ 23     $     $ 27  
                                         


118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 5 — Loans Receivable
 
Loans receivable held for investment consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010  
 
Residential
  $ 648,514     $ 775,520  
Commercial and industrial
    99,689       169,050  
Land and construction
    251,043       333,503  
Multi-family
    423,587       535,905  
Other commercial real estate
    276,688       361,202  
Retail/office
    419,439       551,512  
Other consumer
    287,151       378,385  
Education
    276,735       331,475  
                 
      2,682,846       3,436,552  
Contras to loans:
               
Allowance for loan losses
    (150,122 )     (179,644 )
Undisbursed loan proceeds*
    (8,761 )     (23,334 )
Unearned loan fees
    (3,476 )     (3,898 )
Unearned interest
    (115 )     (88 )
Net discount on loans purchased
    (5 )     (8 )
                 
      (162,479 )     (206,972 )
                 
    $ 2,520,367     $ 3,229,580  
                 
 
 
* Undisbursed loan proceeds are funds to be disbursed upon a draw request approved by the Bank.
 
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Allowance at beginning of year
  $ 179,644     $ 137,165     $ 38,285  
Provision
    50,325       161,926       205,719  
Charge-offs
    (88,886 )     (122,283 )     (108,924 )
Recoveries
    9,039       2,836       2,085  
                         
Allowance at end of year
  $ 150,122     $ 179,644     $ 137,165  
                         


119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Commercial
    Commercial
             
    Residential     and Industrial     Real Estate     Consumer     Total  
 
Allowance for Loan Losses:
                                       
Beginning balance
  $ 20,658     $ 29,783     $ 126,553     $ 2,650     $ 179,644  
Provisions
    13,346       (3,644 )     36,621       4,002       50,325  
Charge-offs
    (15,005 )     (8,021 )     (62,558 )     (3,302 )     (88,886 )
Recoveries
    1,488       1,423       5,829       299       9,039  
                                         
Ending balance
  $ 20,487     $ 19,541     $ 106,445     $ 3,649     $ 150,122  
                                         
Allowance for Loan Losses:
                                       
Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:
                                       
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 5,084     $ 9,523     $ 39,072     $ 514     $ 54,193  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    15,403       10,018       67,373       3,135       95,929  
                                         
Total ending allowance balance
  $ 20,487     $ 19,541     $ 106,445     $ 3,649     $ 150,122  
                                         
Loans:
                                       
Loans individually evaluated
  $ 68,058     $ 21,189     $ 274,718     $ 31,726     $ 395,691  
Loans collectively evaluated
    580,456       78,500       1,096,039       532,160       2,287,155  
                                         
Total ending gross loans balance
  $ 648,514     $ 99,689     $ 1,370,757     $ 563,886     $ 2,682,846  
                                         
 
The provision for credit losses reflected on the consolidated statements of operations includes the provision for loan losses and the provision for unfunded commitment losses as follows:
 
                         
    For the Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Provision for loan losses
  $ 50,325     $ 161,926     $ 205,719  
Provision for unfunded commitment losses
    873              
                         
Provision for credit losses
  $ 51,198     $ 161,926     $ 205,719  
                         
 
The Corporation has discontinued the practice of having loans on interest reserve as of March 31, 2010. As of March 31, 2011, no impaired loans are on interest reserve.
 
At March 31, 2011, the Corporation has identified $395.7 million of loans as impaired which includes performing troubled debt restructurings. At March 31, 2010, impaired loans were $479.8 million. A loan is identified as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement and thus are placed on non-accrual status. Interest income on impaired loans is recognized on a cash basis. The average carrying amount is calculated on an annual basis based on quarter end balances. The carrying amount represents the unpaid principal balance less the associated allowance.


120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                                         
                      Average
    Interest
 
    Carrying
    Unpaid Principal
    Associated
    Carrying
    Income
 
    Amount     Balance     Allowance     Amount     Recognized  
 
With no specific allowance recorded:
                                       
Residential
  $ 32,673     $ 32,673     $ N/A     $ 41,103     $ 543  
Commercial and Industrial
    5,351       5,351       N/A       9,360       223  
Land and Construction
    42,290       42,290       N/A       48,887       484  
Multi-Family
    27,331       27,331       N/A       35,474       275  
Retail/Office
    25,791       25,791       N/A       31,675       457  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    29,940       29,940       N/A       34,223       879  
Education
                N/A              
Other Consumer
    229       229       N/A       722       63  
                                         
Subtotal
    163,605       163,605             201,444       2,924  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Residential
    30,301       35,385       5,084       35,308       850  
Commercial and Industrial
    6,315       15,838       9,523       17,056       601  
Land and Construction
    24,195       34,155       9,960       35,102       737  
Multi-Family
    19,230       23,895       4,665       25,092       938  
Retail/Office
    38,643       55,333       16,690       56,450       2,249  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    28,226       35,983       7,757       36,548       1,344  
Education
    24,332       24,360       28       27,878        
Other Consumer
    6,651       7,137       486       7,264       175  
                                         
Subtotal
    177,893       232,086       54,193       240,698       6,894  
                                         
Total
                                       
Residential
    62,974       68,058       5,084       76,411       1,393  
Commercial and Industrial
    11,666       21,189       9,523       26,416       824  
Land and Construction
    66,485       76,445       9,960       83,989       1,221  
Multi-Family
    46,561       51,226       4,665       60,566       1,213  
Retail/Office
    64,434       81,124       16,690       88,125       2,706  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    58,166       65,923       7,757       70,771       2,223  
Education
    24,332       24,360       28       27,878        
Other Consumer
    6,880       7,366       486       7,986       238  
                                         
    $ 341,498     $ 395,691     $ 54,193     $ 442,142     $ 9,818  
                                         


121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following is additional information regarding impaired loans:
 
                         
    At March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Impaired loans with specific reserve required
  $ 232,086     $ 210,422     $ 124,179  
Impaired loans without a specific reserve
    163,605       269,405       103,635  
                         
Total impaired loans
    395,691       479,827       227,814  
Less:
                       
Specific valuation allowance
    (54,193 )     (60,620 )     (30,799 )
                         
    $ 341,498     $ 419,207     $ 197,015  
                         
Average impaired loans
  $ 442,142     $ 364,585     $ 194,923  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans on a cash basis
  $ 9,818     $ 11,939     $ 9,484  
Loans and troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status
  $ 306,274     $ 399,936     $ 227,814  
Troubled debt restructurings — accrual
  $ 89,417     $ 79,891     $  
Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual(1)
  $ 17,262     $ 44,578     $ 61,460  
Loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing
  $     $     $  
 
 
(1) Troubled debt restructurings — non-accrual are included in the total loans and troubled debt restructurings on non-accrual status above
 
All troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans, subject to performance conditions noted below. Troubled debt restructurings may be on either accrual or nonaccrual status based upon the performance of the borrower and management’s assessment of collectability. Loans deemed nonaccrual may return to accrual status after six consecutive months of performance in accordance with the terms of the restructuring. Additionally, they may be considered not impaired after twelve consecutive months of performance in accordance with the terms of the restructuring agreement, if the interest rate was a market rate at the date of restructuring.
 
The Corporation is currently committed to lend approximately $13,000 in additional funds on impaired loans in accordance with the original terms of these loans; however, the Corporation is not legally obligated to, and will not, disburse additional funds on any loans while in nonaccrual status or the borrower is in default. All of the $13,000 in unused funds on impaired loans relate to non-performing loans. The Corporation monitors these loans on a regular basis and will only lend additional funds on impaired loans to protect the Bank’s collateral or as part of a workout strategy.
 
The Corporation experienced declines in the current valuations for real estate collateral supporting portions of its loan portfolio throughout fiscal years 2010 and 2011, as reflected in recently received appraisals. Currently, $313.7 million or approximately 87% of the outstanding balance of impaired loans secured by real estate have recent appraisals (i.e. within one year). This includes $41.8 million of loans under $500,000 that do not require an appraisal under Bank policy. In some cases, the Bank does not require updated appraisals. These instances include when the loan (i) is fully reserved; (ii) has a small balance and rather than being individually evaluated for impairment, is included in a homogenous pool of loans; (iii) uses a net present value of future cash flows to measure impairment; or (iv) has an SBA guaranty. If real estate values continue to decline, the Corporation may have to increase its allowance for loan losses as updated appraisals are received.


122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of March 31, 2011 by class of loans (in thousands):
 
                                 
    30-59 Days
    60-89 Days
    Greater than
    Total Past
 
    Past Due     Past Due     90 Days     Due  
 
Residential
  $ 6,289     $ 4,577     $ 52,640     $ 63,506  
Commercial and Industrial
    8,156       142       9,646       17,944  
Land and Construction
    5,139       7,572       49,027       61,738  
Multi-Family
    62       4,291       33,500       37,853  
Retail/Office
    10,285       4,484       40,468       55,237  
Other Commercial Real Estate
    4,717       266       21,725       26,708  
Education
    9,703       8,414       24,360       42,477  
Other Consumer
    1,893       733       6,890       9,516  
                                 
    $ 46,244     $ 30,479     $ 238,256     $ 314,979  
                                 
 
Total delinquencies (loans past due 30 days or more) at March 31, 2010 were $324.4 million. The Corporation has experienced a reduction in delinquencies since March 31, 2010. The Corporation has no loans past due 90 days or more that are still accruing interest, and may place loans less than 90 days delinquent on non-accrual status when the probability of collection of principal and interest is deemed to be insufficient to warrant further accrual.
 
Credit Quality Indicators:
 
The Corporation categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. For all loans other than consumer and residential, the Corporation analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk and assesses the probability of collection for each type of class. This analysis includes loans with an outstanding balance greater than $500,000 and non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a monthly basis. The Corporation uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
 
Pass.  Loans classified as pass represent assets that are evaluated and are performing under the stated terms. Pass rated assets are analyzed by the pay capacity of the obligator, current net worth of the obligator and/or by the value of the loan collateral.
 
Watch.  Loans classified as watch possess potential weaknesses that require management attention, but do not yet warrant adverse classification. While the status of an asset put on this list does not technically trigger their classification as Substandard or Non-Accrual, it is considered a proactive way to identify potential issues and address them before the situation deteriorates further and does result in a loss for the Bank.
 
Substandard.  Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth, paying capacity of the obligor, or by the collateral pledged. Substandard assets must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain a loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
 
Non-Accrual.  Loans classified as non-accrual have the weaknesses of those classified as Substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Loans that fall into this class are deemed collateral dependent and an individual impairment is performed on all relationships greater than $500,000. Loans in this category are allocated a specific reserve if the collateral does not support the outstanding loan balance or charged off if deemed uncollectible.


123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
As of March 31, 2011, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                         
    Pass     Watch     Substandard     Non-Accrual     Total  
 
Commercial and Industrial:
  $ 39,361     $ 21,256     $ 20,831     $ 18,241     $ 99,689  
Commercial Real Estate:
                                       
Land and Construction
    72,988       37,793       72,790       67,472       251,043  
Multi-Family
    285,874       49,572       48,729       39,412       423,587  
Retail/Office
    211,321       61,089       92,773       54,256       419,439  
Other
    114,595       68,127       62,478       31,488       276,688  
                                         
    $ 724,139     $ 237,837     $ 297,601     $ 210,869     $ 1,470,446  
                                         
 
Residential and consumer loans are managed on a pool basis due to their homogeneous nature. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or more are considered non-accrual. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of March 31, 2011 (in thousands):
 
                         
    Pass     Non-Accrual     Total  
 
Residential:
  $ 584,768     $ 63,746     $ 648,514  
Consumer
                       
Education
    252,375       24,360       276,735  
Other Consumer
    279,852       7,299       287,151  
                         
    $ 1,116,995     $ 95,405     $ 1,212,400  
                         
 
At March 31, 2011, loans receivable with a carrying value of approximately $848.8 million of mortgage loans and $129.7 million of education loans were pledged to secure borrowings and for other purposes as permitted or required by law. Certain mortgage loans are pledged as collateral for FHLB borrowings. See Note 11.
 
A substantial portion of the Bank’s loans are collateralized by real estate in Wisconsin and adjacent states. Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in that area.
 
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to principal officers and directors and their affiliates amounting to $928,000 and $9,329,000 at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2011, there were no principal additions and total principal payments were $8,401,000.
 
Note 6 — Foreclosed Properties and Repossessed Assets
 
Real estate acquired by foreclosure, real estate acquired by deed in lieu of foreclosure and other repossessed assets are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling expenses at the date of foreclosure. At the date of foreclosure, any write down to fair value less estimated selling costs is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in fair value over the net carrying value of the loans are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses to the extent of previous charge-offs, with any excess, which is infrequent, recognized as a gain. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and a valuation allowance is established if fair value less estimated selling costs exceeds the carrying value. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property may be capitalized; holding period costs and subsequent changes to the valuation allowance are charged to expense.


124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
A summary of the activity in foreclosed properties and repossessed assets is as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 55,436     $ 52,563  
Additions
    88,169       61,090  
Capitalized improvements
    946        
Valuations/write-offs
    (11,485 )     (18,129 )
Sales
    (42,359 )     (40,088 )
                 
Balance at end of year
  $ 90,707     $ 55,436  
                 
 
The amounts above are net of a valuation allowance of $20.0 million and $16.6 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, recognized during the holding period for declines in fair value subsequent to the foreclosure or acceptance of deed in lieu of foreclosure.
 
During the year ended March 31, 2011, net expense from REO operations was $27.5 million, consisting of $11.5 million of valuation adjustments, $3.6 million of net gain on sales, $5.6 million of foreclosure cost expense and $14.0 million of net expenses from operations.
 
Note 7 — Other Intangibles
 
The Corporation had other intangible assets consisting of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit premium had a value net of accumulated amortization of zero and $4.1 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Corporation wrote off $3.9 million of core deposit intangible as part of a branch sale, and netted against the gain on sale. See Note 22.
 
The following tables present the changes in the carrying amount of core deposit intangibles, gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value as of March 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 4,092     $ 4,725  
Amortization expense
    (158 )     (633 )
Write-off core deposit intangibles
    (3,934 )      
                 
Balance at end of period
  $     $ 4,092  
                 
 
                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Gross carrying amount
  $ 5,517     $ 5,517  
Accumulated amortization
    (1,583 )     (1,425 )
Write-off core deposit intangibles
    (3,934 )      
                 
Net book value
  $     $ 4,092  
                 
 
Note 8 — Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
The Corporation records mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) when loans are sold to third-parties with servicing of those loans retained. In addition, MSRs are recorded when acquiring or assuming an obligation to service a financial (loan) asset that does not relate to a financial asset that is owned. The servicing asset is initially measured


125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
at fair value. The Corporation has defined two classes of MSRs — residential (one-to-four family) and large multi-family/commercial real estate serviced for private investors.
 
The first class, residential MSRs, are servicing rights on one to four family mortgage loans sold to public agencies and servicing assets related to the FHLB MPF program. The Corporation obtained a servicing asset when they delivered loans “as an agent” to the FHLB of Chicago under its MPF program. Initial fair value of these residential mortgage servicing rights is calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on market assumptions at the time of origination. In addition, this class includes servicing rights purchased from other banks for residential loans at an agreed upon purchase price, which becomes the initial fair value. Subsequently, this class of MSR is carried at the lesser of amortized cost or fair value. The Corporation assesses this class for impairment using a discounted cash flow model based on current market assumptions at each reporting period.
 
The other class of mortgage servicing rights is for large multi-family/commercial real estate loans partially sold to private investors. The initial fair value is calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on market participant assumptions at the time of origination. Subsequently, this class of MSR is carried at the lesser of amortized cost or fair value.
 
Critical assumptions used in the discounted cash flow models for both classes of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, discount rates, costs to service, ancillary and late fee income. Variations in the assumptions could materially affect the estimated fair values. Changes to the assumptions are made when market data indicate that new trends have developed. Current market participant assumptions based on loan product types — fixed rate, adjustable rate and balloon loans — include discount rates in the range of 10.0 to 23.5 percent as well as total portfolio lifetime weighted average prepayment speeds of 6.5 to 24.1 percent annual CPR. Many of these assumptions are subjective and require a high level of management judgment. MSR valuation assumptions are reviewed and approved by management on a quarterly basis.
 
Prepayment speeds may be affected by economic factors such as changes in home prices, market interest rates, the availability of other credit products to our borrowers and customer payment patterns. Prepayment speeds include the impact of all borrower prepayments, including full payoffs, additional principal payments and the impact of loans paid off due to foreclosure liquidations. As market interest rates decline, prepayment speeds will generally increase as customers refinance existing mortgages under more favorable interest rate terms. As prepayment speeds increase, anticipated cash flows will generally decline resulting in a potential reduction, or impairment, to the fair value of the capitalized MSRs. Alternatively, an increase in market interest rates may cause a decrease in prepayment speeds and therefore an increase in fair value of MSRs. Annually, external data is obtained to test the values and assumptions that are used in the initial valuations for the discounted cash flow model.
 
The Corporation has chosen to use the amortization method to measure each class of separately recognized servicing assets. Under the amortization method, the Corporation amortizes servicing assets in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income. Income generated as the result of new servicing assets is reported as net gain on sale of loans and the amortization of servicing assets is reported as a reduction to loan servicing income in the Corporation’s consolidated statements of operations. Ancillary income is recorded in other non-interest income.


126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Information regarding the Corporation’s mortgage servicing rights for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 is as follows:
 
                 
    Residential     Other  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mortgage servicing rights as of April 1, 2009
  $ 17,162     $ 1,258  
Additions
    12,013       1  
Amortization
    (5,803 )     (252 )
                 
Mortgage servicing rights before valuation allowance at end of period
    23,372       1,007  
Valuation allowance
    (502 )      
                 
Net mortgage servicing rights as of March 31, 2010
  $ 22,870     $ 1,007  
                 
Fair value at the end of the period
  $ 23,329     $ 1,624  
Key assumptions:
               
Weighted average discount
    10.63 %     20.83 %
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption
    10.34 %     24.13 %
Mortgage servicing rights as of April 1, 2010
  $ 23,372     $ 1,007  
Additions
    7,916       26  
Amortization
    (6,720 )     (235 )
                 
Mortgage servicing rights before valuation allowance at end of period
    24,568       798  
Valuation allowance
    (405 )      
                 
Net mortgage servicing rights as of March 31, 2011
  $ 24,163     $ 798  
                 
Fair value at the end of the period
  $ 25,315     $ 1,239  
Key assumptions:
               
Weighted average discount
    10.48 %     21.42 %
Weighted average prepayment speed assumption
    8.13 %     5.71 %
 
The projections of amortization expense for mortgage servicing rights are set forth below are based on asset balances and the interest rate environment as of March 31, 2011. Future amortization expense may be significantly different depending upon changes in the mortgage servicing portfolio, mortgage interest rates and market conditions.
 
                         
    Residential
    Other
       
    Mortgage
    Mortgage
       
    Servicing Rights     Servicing Rights     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Year ended March 31, 2011 (actual)
  $ 6,720     $ 235     $ 6,955  
                         
Estimate for the year ended March 31,
                       
2012
  $ 4,914     $ 160     $ 5,074  
2013
    3,931       128       4,059  
2014
    3,145       102       3,247  
2015
    2,516       82       2,598  
2016
    2,013       65       2,078  
Thereafter
    8,049       261       8,310  
                         
    $ 24,568     $ 798     $ 25,366  
                         
 
Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others were approximately $3.40 billion at March 31, 2011 and $3.60 billion at March 31, 2010.


127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 9 — Office Properties and Equipment
 
Office properties and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
                 
    March 31,  
    2011     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Land and land improvements
  $ 7,128     $ 9,333  
Office buildings
    42,729       52,288  
Furniture and equipment
    46,579       53,658  
Leasehold improvements
    4,434       5,433  
                 
      100,870       120,712  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    71,743       77,154  
                 
    $ 29,127     $ 43,558  
                 
 
During the years ending March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, building depreciation expense was $1.7 million, $2.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The furniture and fixture depreciation expense during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $2.4 million, $2.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively.
 
The Bank leases various branch offices, office facilities and equipment under noncancelable operating leases which expire on various dates through 2030. Future minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more for the years indicated are as follows at March 31, 2011:
 
         
    Amount of Future
 
Year
  Minimum Payments  
    (In thousands)  
 
2012
  $ 1,794  
2013
    1,625  
2014
    1,494  
2015
    1,432  
2016
    1,257  
Thereafter
    9,734  
         
Total
  $ 17,336  
         
 
For the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, rental expense was $2.4 million, $3.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively.


128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 10 — Deposits
 
Deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    March 31,  
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
    2011     Average Rate     2010     Average Rate  
 
Negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts:
                               
Non-interest-bearing
  $ 240,671       0.00 %   $ 285,374       0.00 %
Interest-bearing
                               
Fixed rate
    218,158       0.20 %     211,593       0.30 %
Variable rate
    28,951       0.25 %     29,488       0.38 %
                                 
Total NOW accounts
    487,780       0.10 %     526,455       0.14 %
Variable rate insured money market accounts
    395,092       0.43 %     412,599       0.74 %
Passbook accounts
    237,679       0.16 %     248,576       0.26 %
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    6,041       0.25 %     6,585       0.25 %
Certificates of deposit:
                               
0.00% to 2.99%
    1,360,145       1.47 %     1,468,306       2.04 %
3.00% to 4.99%
    214,270       3.70 %     876,679       3.72 %
5.00% to 6.99%
    2,652       5.13 %     4,579       5.11 %
S&C purchase accounting adjustment
                  20          
                                 
Total certificates of deposit
    1,577,067       1.78 %     2,349,584       2.67 %
                                 
Total deposits
    2,703,659       1.13 %     3,543,799       1.90 %
Accrued interest on deposits
    3,501               8,963          
                                 
Total deposits and accrued interest
  $ 2,707,160             $ 3,552,762          
                                 
 
A summary of annual maturities of certificates of deposit outstanding at March 31, 2011 follows (in thousands):
 
         
Matures During Year Ended March 31,
  Amount  
 
2012
  $ 1,223,029  
2013
    304,477  
2014
    31,234  
2015
    9,697  
2016
    8,630  
Thereafter
     
         
    $ 1,577,067  
         
 
At March 31, 2011 and 2010, certificates of deposit with balances greater than or equal to $100,000 amounted to $406.5 million and $483.8 million, respectively.
 
The Bank has entered into agreements with certain brokers that will provide deposits obtained from their customers at specified interest rates for an identified fee, or so called “brokered deposits.” At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Bank had $48.1 million and $173.5 million in brokered deposits. Due to existing capital levels, the Bank is currently prohibited from obtaining or renewing any brokered deposits. The Bank has $107.6 million in out of


129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
network certificates of deposit. These deposits, which are not considered broker deposits, are opened via internet listing services and the balances are kept within FDIC insured limits.
 
Note 11 — Other Borrowed Funds
 
Other borrowed funds consist of the following (dollars in thousands):
 
                                         
    Matures During
    March 31, 2011     March 31, 2010 (As Restated)  
    Year Ended
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
    March 31,     Amount     Average Rate     Amount     Average Rate  
 
FHLB advances:
    2011                   181,450       3.69  
      2012       120,979       1.22       80,979       1.75  
      2013       160,000       3.00       160,000       3.00  
      2014       11,500       1.93       5,000       2.95  
      2018       100,000       3.36       100,000       3.36  
      2019       86,000       2.87       86,000       2.87  
                                         
Total FHLB Advances
            478,479               613,429          
Other Borrowed Funds
            176,300       8.85       176,300       8.85  
                                         
            $ 654,779       4.26 %   $ 789,729       4.37 %
                                         
 
The Bank selects loans that meet underwriting criteria established by the FHLB as collateral for outstanding advances. FHLB advances are limited to 65% of single-family loans, 60% of multi-family loans and 20% of eligible home equity and home equity line of credit loans meeting such criteria. FHLB borrowings of $306 million have call features that may be exercised quarterly by the FHLB, and borrowings of $10 million are subject to a one time call that may be exercised by the FHLB in 2011. The FHLB borrowings are also collateralized by mortgage-related securities with a fair value of $384.1 million and $222.8 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and U.S. government sponsored and federal agency obligations with a fair value of zero and $5.0 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
 
Other borrowed funds consist of $116.3 million drawn on a short term line of credit at a weighted average interest rate of 12.00% and borrowings of $60.0 million on an FDIC guaranteed senior note at a weighted average interest rate of 2.74%.
 
Credit Agreement
 
As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation had drawn a total of $116.3 million at a weighted average interest rate of 12.00% on a short term line of credit to various lenders led by U.S. Bank. The total line of credit available is $116.3 million. At March 31, 2011, the base rate was 0.00% and the deferred rate was 12.00% for a weighted average interest rate of 12.00%.
 
The Corporation owes $116.3 million to various lenders led by U.S. Bank under the Credit Agreement discussed in the previous paragraph. The Corporation is currently in default on the Credit Agreement as a result of failure to make a principal payment on March 2, 2009. On May 31, 2011, the Corporation entered into Amendment No. 7 dated May 25, 2011 (the “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2008, the “Credit Agreement,” among the Corporation, the lenders from time to time a party thereto, and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for such lenders, or the “Agent.” Under the Amendment, the Agent and the Lenders agree to forbear from exercising their rights and remedies against the Corporation until the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than a failure to make principal payments on the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement or other Existing Defaults); or (ii) November 30, 2011. Notwithstanding the agreement to forbear, the Agent may at any time, in its sole discretion, take any action reasonably necessary to preserve or protect its interest in the stock of the Bank, Investment Directions, Inc. or any


130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
other collateral securing any of the obligations against the actions of the Corporation or any third party without notice to or the consent of any party.
 
The Amendment also provides that the outstanding balance under the Credit Agreement shall bear interest at a rate equal to 15% per annum. Interest accruing under the Credit Agreement is due on the earlier of (i) the date the Credit Agreement is paid in full or (ii) November 30, 2011. At March 31, 2011, the Corporation had accrued interest payable related to the Credit Agreement of $18.9 million and accrued amendment fee payable related to the Credit Agreement of $4.7 million.
 
Within two business days after the Corporation has knowledge of an “event,” the CFO shall submit a statement of the event together with a statement of the actions which the Corporation proposes to take to the Agent. An event may include: (i) any event which, either of itself or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, would constitute a Default under the Credit Agreement; (ii) a default or an event of default under any other material agreement to which the Corporation or Bank is a party; or (iii) any pending or threatened litigation or certain administrative proceedings.
 
The Amendment requires the Bank to maintain the following financial covenants:
 
  •  a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of not less than 3.95% at all times.
 
  •  a Total Risk Based Capital ratio of not less than 7.65% at all times.
 
  •  the ratio of Non-Performing Loans to Gross Loans shall not exceed 12.00% at any time.
 
The Credit Agreement and the Amendment also contain customary representations, warranties, conditions and events of default for agreements of such type. At March 31, 2011, the Corporation was in compliance with all covenants contained in the Credit Agreement, as amended on May 31, 2011. Under the terms of the amended Credit Agreement, the Agent and the lenders have certain rights, including the right to accelerate the maturity of the borrowings if all covenants are not complied with. Currently, no such action has been taken by the Agent or the Lenders. However, the default creates significant uncertainty related to the Corporation’s operations.
 
Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program
 
In October 2008, the Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury invoked the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 and the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (the “TLGP”). The TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012, of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (including the Corporation) between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The Bank signed a master agreement with the FDIC on December 5, 2008 for issuance of bonds under the program. As of March 31, 2011, the Bank had $60.0 million of bonds issued under the program out of the $88.0 million that the Bank is eligible to issue. The bonds, which are scheduled to mature on February 11, 2012, bear interest at a fixed rate of 2.74% which is due semi-annually.
 
Note 12 — Stockholders’ Equity
 
The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to issue preferred stock in series and to establish the voting powers, other special rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications and restrictions thereof. Preferred stock may rank prior to the common stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences or both, and may have full or limited voting rights. Under Wisconsin state law, preferred stockholders would be entitled to vote as a separate class or series in certain circumstances, including any amendment which would adversely change the specific terms of such series of stock or which would create or enlarge any class or series ranking prior thereto in rights and preferences. The Corporation has deferred eight dividend payments on the Series B Preferred Stock held by the Treasury.
 
Preferred Equity:  The Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize the issuance of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock at a par value of $0.10 per share. In January, 2009, as part of the U.S. Department of Treasury’s (“UST”) Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), the Corporation issued 110,000 shares of senior


131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
preferred stock (with a par value of $0.10 per share and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share) and a 10-year warrant to purchase approximately 7.4 million shares of common stock (see section “Common Stock Warrants” below for additional information), for aggregate proceeds of $110 million. The proceeds received were allocated between the Senior Preferred Stock and the Common Stock Warrants based upon their relative fair values, which resulted in the recording of a discount on the Senior Preferred Stock upon issuance that reflects the value allocated to the Common Stock Warrants. The discount is accreted using a level-yield basis over five years. The allocated carrying value of the Senior Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants on the date of issuance (based on their relative fair values) were $72.9 million and $37.1 million, respectively. Cumulative dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock are payable at 5% per annum for the first five years and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter on the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The Corporation is prohibited from paying any dividend with respect to shares of common stock unless all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid in full on the Senior Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods. The Senior Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than class voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Senior Preferred Stock. On January 30, 2012 or anytime thereafter, the Corporation may redeem the Senior Preferred Stock at a redemption price equal to the sum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and any accrued and unpaid dividends. Prior to January 30, 2012, the Senior Preferred Stock may be redeemed with the proceeds from one or more qualified equity offerings of any Tier 1 perpetual preferred or common stock of at least $110 million (each a “Qualified Equity Offering”). The UST may also transfer the Senior Preferred Stock to a third party at any time. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the cumulative amount of dividends in arrears not declared was $12.5 million and $6.6 million, respectively.
 
Common Stock Warrants:  The Common Stock Warrants have a term of 10 years and are exercisable at any time, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $2.23 per share (subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments).
 
Assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of Common Stock Warrants at the date of issuance. The weighted average expected life of the Common Stock Warrants represents the period of time that common stock warrants are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Corporation’s stock. The following assumptions were used in estimating the fair value for the Common Stock Warrants: a weighted average expected life of 10 years, a risk-free interest rate of 3.35%, an expected volatility of 50.12%, and a dividend yield of 1.55%. Based on these assumptions, the estimated fair value of the Common Stock Warrants was $37.1 million.
 
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
Qualitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of core, tangible, and risk-based capital. Management believes, as of March 31, 2011, that the Bank was adequately capitalized under PCA guidelines. Under these OTS requirements, a bank must have a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8.0 percent or greater to be considered “adequately capitalized.” The Bank continues to work toward the requirements of the previously issued Cease and Desist Order which requires a total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 12.0 percent, which exceeds traditional capital levels for a bank. The Bank does not currently meet these elevated capital levels. See Note 2.


132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the Bank’s capital ratios and the ratios required by its federal regulators to be considered adequately or well-capitalized under standard PCA guidelines at March 31, 2011 and 2010:
 
                                                 
            Minimum Required
        Minimum Required
  to be Well
        For Capital
  Capitalized Under
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   OTS Requirements
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
    (Dollars in thousands)
 
At March 31, 2011
                                               
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 145,807       4.26 %   $ 102,669       3.00 %   $ 171,115       5.00 %
Risk-based capital (to risk-based assets)
    174,453       8.04       173,616       8.00       217,020       10.00  
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
    145,807       4.26       51,335       1.50       N/A       N/A  
At March 31, 2010:
                                               
Tier 1 capital (to adjusted tangible assets)
  $ 164,932       3.73 %   $ 132,696       3.00 %   $ 221,159       5.00 %
Risk-based capital (to risk-based assets)
    201,062       7.32       219,751       8.00       274,689       10.00  
Tangible capital (to tangible assets)
    164,932       3.73       66,348       1.50       N/A       N/A  
 
The following table reconciles stockholders’ equity to federal regulatory capital at March 31, 2011 and 2010:
 
                 
    March 31,
    March 31,
 
    2011     2010  
    (In thousands)  
 
Stockholders’ equity of the Bank
  $ 126,916     $ 165,043  
Less: Intangible assets
          (4,092 )
Disallowed servicing assets
    (1,061 )     (1,418 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    19,952       5,399  
                 
Tier 1 and tangible capital
    145,807       164,932  
Plus: Allowable general valuation allowances
    28,646       36,130  
                 
Risk-based capital
  $ 174,453     $ 201,062  
                 
 
The Bank may not declare or pay a cash dividend if such declaration and payment would violate regulatory requirements. As part of the Cease and Desist Agreement with the OTS, the Corporation must receive the permission of the OTS prior to declaring, making or paying any dividends or other capital distributions on its capital stock as further described in Note 2.
 
Shareholders’ Rights Plan
 
On November 5, 2010 we entered into a shareholder rights plan designed to reduce the likelihood that we will experience an “ownership change” under U.S. federal income tax laws. This rights plan is similar to rights plans adopted by other public companies with significant tax attributes. The purpose of the rights plan is to protect our ability to use our tax assets, such as net operating loss carryforwards and built-in losses, to offset future taxable income, which would be substantially limited if we experienced an “ownership change” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and related Internal Revenue Service pronouncements. In general, an ownership change would occur if our “5-percent shareholders,” as defined under Section 382, collectively increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. As part of the rights plan, the Board declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each outstanding share of its common stock. The rights will be distributable to shareholders of record as of November 22, 2010, as well as to holders of shares of our common stock issued after that date, but would only be activated if triggered by the rights plan.


133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 13 — Employee Benefit Plans
 
The Corporation maintains a defined contribution plan under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, the AnchorBank, fsb Retirement Plan, in which all employees are eligible to participate. Employees become eligible on the first of the month following 60 days of employment. Participating employees may contribute up to 50% of their base compensation. The Corporation matched 100% of the amounts contributed by each participating employee up to 2% of the employee’s compensation, 50% of the employee’s contribution up to the next 2% of compensation, and 25% of each employee’s contributions up to the next 4% of compensation. In October 2009, the Corporation suspended the matching contribution. The Corporation may also contribute additional amounts at its discretion. The Corporation’s contribution was zero, $567,000, and $1.1 million, for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.
 
The Corporation previously sponsored an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) which was available to all employees with more than one year of employment, who were at least 21 years of age and who work more than 1,000 hours in a plan year. On December 1, 2010, the Corporation announced that it received preliminary approval from the Internal Revenue Service to terminate the ESOP and the plan was terminated as of January 31, 2011. Participants of the ESOP were notified that they had several options for distributing their shares and cash from the ESOP including in-kind distribution to a qualified retirement plan, in-kind distribution to them personally, cash distribution to a qualified retirement plan and a lump sum cash distribution to them personally. The termination of the ESOP caused no recourse to the Corporation. There were no ESOP contributions for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009.
 
The activity in the ESOP plan is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    1,334,140       1,195,831       1,270,438  
Additional shares purchased
          191,110        
Shares distributed for terminations
    (1,328,430 )     (52,801 )     (53,628 )
Sale of shares for cash distributions
    (5,710 )           (20,979 )
                         
Balance at end of year
          1,334,140       1,195,831  
Allocated shares included above
          1,334,140       1,195,831  
                         
Unallocated shares
                 
                         
 
At March 31, 2011, there were no shares remaining in the ESOP due to the termination of the plan. At March 31, 2010 and 2009, the ESOP held 1,334,140 and 1,195,831 shares, respectively, all of which were allocated to ESOP participants. The fair market value of those shares totaled zero, $1.5 million and $1.6 million as of March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. During the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the fair market value of the stock purchased by the Company from ESOP participants totaled zero, $222,000 and $363,000, respectively.
 
The Corporation maintains a Management Recognition Plan (“MRP”), under which the Corporation acquired and has reserved for issuance under the MRP a total of 4% of the shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The Bank previously contributed $2,000,000 to the MRP with which the MRP trustee acquired a total of 1,000,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock. In 2001, the Corporation amended and restated the MRP to extend the term. There were no shares granted during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. There was no compensation expense related to the MRP for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. There were no shares vested during the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.


134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The activity in the MRP shares is as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    429,869       429,869       418,185  
Additional shares purchased
                11,684  
Shares vested
                 
                         
Balance at end of year
    429,869       429,869       429,869  
Allocated shares included above
                 
                         
Unallocated shares
    429,869       429,869       429,869  
                         
 
The Corporation has several stock-based compensation plans (“Plan(s)”) including the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan under which shares of common stock are reserved for the grant of incentive and non-incentive stock options and restricted stock or restricted stock units to directors, officers and employees. The purpose of the Plans was to promote the interests of the Corporation and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional executive personnel and other key employees of the Corporation and its Affiliates; (ii) motivating such employees by means of performance-related incentives to achieve long-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such employees to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the Corporation. Under the current Plan, up to 921,990 shares of Common Stock were authorized and available for issuance. Of the 921,990 shares available, up to 300,000 shares may be awarded in the form of restricted stock or restricted stock units which are not subject to the achievement of a performance target or targets. The date the options are first exercisable is determined by a committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The options expire no later than ten years from the grant date.
 
Stock Options:
 
A summary of stock options activity for all periods follows:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    474,670     $ 21.61       515,670     $ 21.60       752,397     $ 20.43  
Granted
                                   
Exercised
                            (96,870 )     15.34  
Forfeited
    (65,820 )     17.08       (41,000 )     20.75       (139,857 )     19.66  
                                                 
Outstanding at end of year
    408,850     $ 22.34       474,670     $ 21.61       515,670     $ 21.60  
                                                 
Options exercisable and vested at year-end
    408,850     $ 22.34       474,670     $ 21.61       515,670     $ 21.60  
                                                 
Intrinsic value of options exercised
  $             $             $ 51          
                                                 
 
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2011 was zero. At March 31, 2011, 896,400 shares were available for future grants. The expense related to stock options was zero for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.


135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table represents outstanding stock options and exercisable stock options at their respective ranges of exercise prices at March 31, 2011:
 
                                         
    Options Outstanding   Exercisable Options
        Weighted-
           
        Average
           
        Remaining
  Weighted-
      Weighted-
        Contractual
  Average
      Average
Range of Exercise Prices
  Shares   Life (Years)   Exercise Price   Shares   Exercise Price
 
$15.20 – $22.07
    194,460       0.71     $ 18.53       194,460     $ 18.53  
$23.77 – $23.77
    146,300       2.19       23.77       146,300       23.77  
$28.50 – $31.95
    68,090       3.97       30.17       68,090       30.17  
                                         
      408,850       1.79     $ 22.34       408,850     $ 22.34  
                                         
 
Restricted Stock Grants:
 
The restricted stock grants primarily vest over a period of three to five years and are included in outstanding shares at the time of vesting. There were no shares granted under the plan for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010 and there were 22,500 shares granted at fair value under the plan during the year ended March 31, 2009. The restricted stock grant plan expense was $305,000, $501,000 and $599,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The fair value of restricted stock equals the average of the high and low market value on the date of grant, and that amount is amortized to expense over the vesting period of the grant.
 
The activity in the restricted stock grant shares is as follows:
 
                                                 
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
          Grant Date
          Grant Date
          Grant Date
 
    Options     Fair Value     Options     Fair Value     Options     Fair Value  
 
Balance at beginning of year
    52,450     $ 22.98       76,000     $ 22.62       78,800     $ 26.32  
Restricted stock granted
                            22,500       7.32  
Restricted stock vested
    (15,650 )     22.24       (21,550 )     23.16       (12,900 )     29.14  
Restricted stock forfeited
    (6,800 )     23.51       (2,000 )     7.32       (12,400 )     11.58  
                                                 
Balance at end of year
    30,000     $ 23.24       52,450     $ 22.98       76,000     $ 22.62  
                                                 
 
As of March 31, 2011, there was approximately $310,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements (including share option and nonvested share awards) granted under the Plan. The fair value of stock that vested during the year ended March 31, 2011 was $14,000.
 
Deferred Compensation Plans
 
Deferred compensation plans include a deferred compensation agreement with a previous executive established in 1986 to provide recognition of services performed and additional compensation for services to be performed. The Bank subsequently established a grantor trust to fund the obligations under the agreement, and the trust subsequently purchased shares as all benefits payable under the agreement are payable in the Corporation’s stock. The benefits are 100% vested and distributions are made in ten annual installments following the termination of employment. The first distribution has been made and the remaining balance payable is 237,837 shares.
 
The Corporation also established an Excess Benefit Plan to provide deferred compensation to certain members of management. As contributions were made to a participant’s account, funds were deposited to an account for the participant and in turn shares of ABCW stock were purchased. The shares are maintained in trust accounts for each of the participants. No contributions were made during the year ended March 31, 2011. Contributions for the years


136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $5,600 and $14,200, respectively. Distributions are made to remaining participants six months following termination and there are 67,078 shares remaining for distribution.
 
The cost of the stock to be distributed to the plan participants is presented in the deferred compensation obligation portion of stockholders equity and is treated as treasury stock. The liability for the plans has been included in additional paid in capital since the plans require payment in Corporation common stock.
 
Note 14 — Income Taxes
 
The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns.
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
 
Current:
                       
Federal
  $ 150     $ (18,360 )   $ (23,064 )
State
    14       (519 )     97  
                         
      164       (18,879 )     (22,967 )
Deferred:
                       
Federal
          17,360       (8,558 )
State
          19       1,427  
                         
            17,379       (7,131 )
                         
Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
  $ 164     $ (1,500 )   $ (30,098 )
                         
 
At March 31, 2011 and 2010, the affiliated group had a federal net operating loss carryover of $168.7 million and $103.4 million, respectively, and at March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, certain subsidiaries had state net operating loss carryovers of $288.2 million, $223.1 million and $70.4 million, respectively. These carryovers expire in varying amounts in 2011 through 2026.
 
The provision for income taxes differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows (in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
          % of
          % of
          % of
 
          Pretax
          Pretax
          Pretax
 
    Amount     Income     Amount     Income     Amount     Income  
    (As restated)  
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (41,014 )     100.0 %   $ (178,414 )     100.0 %   $ (260,765 )     100.0 %
                                                 
Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate of 35%
  $ (14,355 )     35.0 %   $ (62,445 )     35.0 %   $ (91,267 )     35.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefits
    (2,126 )     5.1       (8,630 )     4.8       (8,966 )     3.4  
Tax benefit from dividend to ESOP
                            (125 )      
Increase (reduction) in tax exposure reserve
    150       (0.4 )     (1,500 )     0.8       (977 )     0.4  
Write-off of goodwill
                            24,348        
Increase in valuation allowance
    16,656       (40.6 )     71,273       (39.9 )     47,248       (18.1 )
Other
    (161 )     0.4       (198 )     0.1       (359 )     0.1  
                                                 
Income tax provision
  $ 164       (0.4 )%   $ (1,500 )     0.8 %   $ (30,098 )     11.5 %
                                                 


137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.
 
The significant components of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    At March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
 
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Allowances for loan losses
  $ 68,286     $ 79,035     $ 58,442  
Other loss reserves
    2,723       2,182       4,822  
Federal NOL carryforwards
    61,433       35,102        
State NOL carryforwards
    14,906       10,794       3,604  
Unrealized gains/(losses)
    7,984       2,131       2,695  
Other
    4,310       6,947       12,711  
                         
Total deferred tax assets
    159,642       136,191       82,274  
Valuation allowance
    (143,505 )     (118,600 )     (50,919 )
                         
Adjusted deferred tax assets
    16,137       17,591       31,355  
Deferred tax liabilities:
                       
FHLB stock dividends
    (3,962 )     (3,976 )     (3,997 )
Mortgage servicing rights
    (9,884 )     (9,312 )     (6,094 )
Purchase accounting
          (2,933 )     (3,348 )
Other
    (2,291 )     (1,370 )     (1,639 )
                         
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (16,137 )     (17,591 )     (15,078 )
                         
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $     $ 16,277  
                         
 
The Corporation accounts for income taxes on the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the difference between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes, computed using enacted tax rates. We have maintained significant net deferred tax assets for deductible temporary differences, the largest of which relates to our allowance for loan losses. For income tax return purposes, only net charge-offs on uncollectible loan balances are deductible, not the provision for credit losses. Under generally accepted accounting principles, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of the realizability of the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies, and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. We consider both positive and negative evidence regarding the ultimate realizability of our deferred tax assets. Positive evidence includes the existence of taxes paid in available carryback years as well as the probability that taxable income will be generated in future periods while negative evidence includes significant losses in the current year or cumulative losses in the current and prior two years as well as general business and economic trends. At March 31, 2011 and 2010, we determined that a valuation allowance relating to our deferred tax asset was necessary. This determination was based largely on the negative evidence represented by the losses in the current and prior fiscal years caused by the significant loan loss provisions associated with our loan portfolio. In addition, general uncertainty surrounding future economic and business conditions have increased the potential volatility and uncertainty of our projected earnings. Therefore, a valuation allowance of $143.5 million and $118.6 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, was recorded to offset net deferred tax assets that exceed the Corporation’s carryback potential.
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:  The Corporation is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of various state jurisdictions. The tax years 2008-2010 remain open to examination by the


138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Internal Revenue Service and certain state jurisdictions while the years 2007-2010 remain open to examination by certain other state jurisdictions.
 
The Corporation recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of March 31, 2011 and 2010, the Corporation has not recognized any accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.
 
Note 15 — Guarantees
 
The Corporation’s real estate investment subsidiary, IDI, was required to guaranty the partnership loans of its consolidated subsidiaries for the development of homes for sale. In 2009, IDI sold its interest in the majority of the real estate segment. As part of the transaction, IDI was released from its guarantees. The table below summarizes the individual consolidated subsidiaries and their respective guarantees and outstanding loan balances (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Amount
    Amount
    Amount
    Amount
 
    Guaranteed
    Outstanding
    Guaranteed
    Outstanding
 
Partnership Entity
  at 3/31/10     at 3/31/10     at 3/31/11     at 3/31/11  
 
Canterbury Inn Shakopee, LLC
  $ 4,750     $ 4,357     $ 4,750     $ 4,292  
                                 
Total
  $ 4,750     $ 4,357     $ 4,750     $ 4,292  
                                 
 
Note 16 — Commitments and Contingent Liabilities
 
The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, loans sold with recourse against the Corporation and financial guarantees which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement and exposure to credit loss the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Corporation uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total committed amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    March 31,
  March 31,
    2011   2010
 
Commitments to extend credit:
               
Fixed rate
  $ 5,406     $ 16,390  
Adjustable rate
    853       4,406  
Unused lines of credit:
               
Home equity
    120,194       142,044  
Credit cards
    34,435       37,360  
Commercial
    17,413       42,968  
Letters of credit
    19,432       25,393  
Credit enhancement under the Federal
               
Home Loan Bank of Chicago Mortgage
               
Partnership Finance Program
    21,602       21,602  
IDI borrowing guarantees-unfunded
    458       393  
 
Commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Letters of credit commit the Corporation to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. Commitments and letters of credit


139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. As some such commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Corporation evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. With the exception of credit card lines of credit, the Corporation generally extends credit only on a secured basis. Collateral obtained varies, but consists primarily of single-family residences and income-producing commercial properties. Fixed-rate loan commitments expose the Corporation to a certain amount of interest rate risk if market rates of interest substantially increase during the commitment period. Similar risks exist relative to loans classified as held for sale, which totaled $7.5 million and $19.5 million at March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This exposure, however, is mitigated by the existence of firm commitments to sell the majority of the fixed-rate loans. Commitments to sell mortgage loans within 60 days at March 31, 2011 and 2010 amounted to $29.0 million and $59.0 million, respectively.
 
The Bank previously participated in the Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) Program of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB). The program was intended to provide member institutions with an alternative to holding fixed-rate mortgages in their loan portfolios or selling them in the secondary market. An institution participates in the MPF Program by either originating individual loans on a “flow” basis as agent for the FHLB pursuant to the “MPF 100 Program” or by selling, as principal, closed loans owned by an institution to the FHLB pursuant to one of the FHLB’s closed-loan programs. The program was discontinued in 2008 in its present format and the Bank no longer funds loans through the MPF program. The Bank does, however, continue to service the loans funded under the program and maintains the credit exposure and credit enhancement fees. Under the MPF Program, credit risk is shared by the participating institution and the FHLB by structuring the loss exposure in several layers, with the participating institution being liable for losses after application of an initial layer of losses (after any private mortgage insurance) is absorbed by the FHLB, subject to an agreed-upon maximum amount of such secondary credit enhancement which is intended to be in an amount equivalent to a “AA” credit risk rating by a rating agency. The participating institution receives credit enhancement fees from the FHLB for providing this credit enhancement and continuing to manage the credit risk of the MPF Program loans. Participating institutions are also paid specified servicing fees for servicing the loans.
 
Pursuant to the credit enhancement feature of that Program, the Bank has retained secondary credit loss exposure in the amount of $21.6 million at March 31, 2011 related to approximately $595.2 million of residential mortgage loans that the Bank has originated as agent for the FHLB. Under the credit enhancement, the FHLB is liable for losses on loans up to one percent of the original delivered loan balances in each pool. The Bank is then liable for losses over and above the first position up to a contractually agreed-upon maximum amount in each pool that was delivered to the Program. The Bank receives a monthly fee for this credit enhancement obligation based on the outstanding loan balances. Based on historical experience, the Bank does not anticipate that any credit losses will be incurred under the credit enhancement obligation.
 
Loans sold to investors with recourse to the Bank met the underwriting standards of the investor and the Bank at the time of origination. In the event of default by the borrower, the investor may resell the loans to the Bank at par value. As the Bank expects relatively few such loans to become delinquent, the total amount of loans sold with recourse does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Collateral obtained on such loans consists primarily of single-family residences.
 
Except for the above-noted commitments to originate and/or sell mortgage loans in the normal course of business, the Corporation and the Bank have not undertaken the use of off-balance-sheet derivative financial instruments for any purpose.
 
In the ordinary course of business, there are legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Management considers that the aggregate liabilities, if any, resulting from such actions would not have a material, adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of the Corporation.


140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 17 — Derivative Financial Instruments
 
The Corporation has recorded derivative contracts related to commitments to fund residential mortgages (“interest rate locks”) and commitments to deliver funded mortgages to investors (see Note 16). The fair values of these derivatives were immaterial at March 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
Note 18 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate that value, is required whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments with a fair value that is not practicable to estimate and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value of the Corporation.
 
The Corporation, in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments, used the following methods and assumptions:
 
Cash and cash equivalents and accrued interest:  The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets approximate those assets’ and liabilities’ fair values.
 
Investment securities:  Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments. For securities in inactive markets, fair values are based on discounted cash flow or other valuation models.
 
Loans receivable:  For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values for loans held for sale are based on outstanding sale commitments or quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans held for investment, commercial real estate loans, rental property mortgage loans and consumer and other loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. For construction loans, fair values are based on carrying values due to the short-term nature of the loans.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock:  The carrying amount of FHLB stock approximates its fair value as it can only be redeemed to the FHLB at its par value.
 
Deposits:  The fair values disclosed for negotiable order of withdrawl accounts, passbook accounts and variable rate insured money market accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair values of fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies current incremental interest rates being offered on certificates of deposit to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities of the outstanding certificates of deposit.
 
Other Borrowed Funds:  The fair value of the Corporation’s borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on the Corporation’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
 
Off-balance-sheet instruments:  Fair values of the Corporation’s off-balance-sheet instruments (lending commitments and unused lines of credit) are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements, the counterparties’ credit standing and discounted cash flow analyses. The fair value of these off-balance-sheet items approximates the recorded amounts of the related fees and is not material at March 31, 2011 and 2010.


141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                                 
    March 31,
    2011   2010 (As Restated)
    Carrying
  Fair
  Carrying
  Fair
    Amount   Value   Amount   Value
 
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 107,015     $ 107,015     $ 512,162     $ 512,162  
Investment securities available for sale
    523,289       523,289       416,203       416,203  
Investment securities held to maturity
    27       28       39       40  
Loans held for sale
    7,538       7,633       19,484       19,622  
Loans held for investment
    2,520,367       2,430,117       3,229,580       3,278,903  
Mortgage servicing rights
    24,961       26,554       23,877       24,953  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829  
Accrued interest receivable
    16,353       16,353       20,159       20,159  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    2,703,659       2,653,725       3,543,799       3,513,254  
Other borrowed funds
    654,779       676,914       789,729       776,902  
Accrued interest payable — borrowings
    20,166       20,166       6,940       6,940  
Accrued interest payable — deposits
    3,501       3,501       8,963       8,963  
 
Accounting guidance for fair value establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. It defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
 
In determining the fair value, the Corporation uses various valuation methods including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, the Corporation utilizes assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable inputs. The Corporation uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Corporation is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
 
  •  Level 1:  Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 2:  Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.
 
  •  Level 3:  Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other valuation methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, and not based on market exchange, dealer or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets.


142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
 
The table below presents the financial instruments carried at fair value as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, by the valuation hierarchy (in thousands):
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    March 31, 2011     Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Available for sale debt securities:
                               
U.S. Government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 4,126     $     $ 4,126     $  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
    358             358        
Non-agency CMOs
    46,637                   46,637  
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
    6,389             6,389        
GNMA securities
    464,560             464,560        
Corporate bonds
    1,083       583       500        
Available for sale equity securities:
                               
Financial services
    136       136              
                                 
Total assets at fair value
  $ 523,289     $ 719     $ 475,933     $ 46,637  
                                 
 
                                 
          Fair Value Measurements Using  
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
    March 31, 2010     Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Available for sale debt securities:
                               
U.S. Government sponsored and federal agency obligations
  $ 51,031     $     $ 51,031     $  
Agency CMOs and REMICs
    1,413                   1,413  
Non-agency CMOs
    85,367                   85,367  
Residential agency mortgage-backed securities
    15,440                   15,440  
GNMA securities
    261,754                   261,754  
Corporate bonds
    1,097       572       525        
Available for sale equity securities:
                               
Financial services
    101       101              
                                 
Total assets at fair value
  $ 416,203     $ 673     $ 51,556     $ 363,974  
                                 
 
An independent pricing service is used to price available-for-sale U.S. Government sponsored and federal agency obligations, agency CMOs and Real Estate Mortgage Investments (“REMICs”), residential agency mortgage-backed securities, Ginnie Mae securities and corporate bonds using a market data model under Level 2. The significant inputs used to price Ginnie Mae securities include coupon rates of 2.0% to 5.5%, durations of 0.3 to 8.2 years and PSA prepayment speeds of 196 to 494.
 
The Corporation had 99.8% of its non-agency CMOs valued by an independent pricing service that used a discounted cash flow model that uses Level 3 inputs in accordance with accounting guidance. The significant inputs used by the model include observable inputs of 30 to 59 day delinquency rates of 0% to 5.0%, 60 to 89 day


143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
delinquency rates of 0% to 3.3%, 90 plus day delinquency rates of 0% to 9.1%, loss severity of 24.2% to 61.1%, coupon rates of 4.0% to 7.5%, current credit support of 1.2% to 23.9%, unobservable inputs of conditional repayment rates of 5.2% to 30.4% and discount rates of 4.0% to 12.0%.
 
The following is a reconciliation of assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Year Ended
 
                            March 31, 2010  
    Year Ended March 31, 2011     Investment
 
                Residential Agency
          Securities
 
    Agency CMOs
    Non-Agency
    Mortgage-Backed
    GNMA
    Available
 
    and REMICs     CMOs     Securities     Securities     for Sale  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 1,413     $ 85,367     $ 15,440     $ 261,754     $ 407,301  
Total gains (losses) (realized/unrealized)
                                       
Included in earnings
          2,754       (5 )     (1,327 )     7,253  
Included in other comprehensive income
    6       1,447       491       6,232       1,786  
Included in earnings as other than temporary impairment
          (440 )                 (1,084 )
Purchases
                17,058       92,879       437,141  
Securitization of mortgage loans
                               
held for sale to mortgage-related securities
                            48,878  
Principal repayments
    (663 )     (19,918 )     (1,395 )     (7,168 )     (104,331 )
Sales
          (22,573 )                 (432,970 )
Transfers out of level 3
    (756 )           (31,589 )     (352,370 )      
                                         
Balance at end of period
  $     $ 46,637     $     $     $ 363,974  
                                         
 
There were no transfers in or out of Level 1 during the year ended March 31, 2011. The Corporation transferred its mortgage related securities to Level 3 in the past due to the fact that they were in an illiquid market. Transfers between levels are reflected as of the end of the quarter. During the year ended March 31, 2011, the Corporation transferred $756,000 of agency CMOs and REMICs, $31.6 million of residential agency mortgage-backed securities, and $352.4 million of Ginnie Mae securities from Level 3 to Level 2 due to the receipt of additional observable information about the inputs used to value securities previously classified as Level 3. All non-agency CMO’s remained in Level 3 as of March 31, 2011.
 
Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis
 
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Loans held for sale and mortgage servicing rights included only those items that were adjusted to fair value as of the dates indicated. The following table presents such assets carried on the


144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
consolidated balance sheet by caption and by level within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):
 
                                 
March 31, 2011     Fair Value Measurements Using  
   
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
          Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Impaired loans
  $ 177,893     $     $     $ 177,893  
Loans held for sale
    278                   278  
Mortgage servicing rights
    6,251                   6,251  
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets
    90,707                   90,707  
                                 
Total assets at fair value
  $ 275,129     $     $     $ 275,129  
                                 
 
                                 
March 31, 2010     Fair Value Measurements Using  
   
          Quoted Prices
             
          in Active
    Significant Other
    Significant
 
          Markets for
    Observable
    Unobservable
 
          Identical Assets
    Inputs
    Inputs
 
    Total     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
Impaired loans
  $ 149,802     $     $     $ 149,802  
Loans held for sale
    4,752             4,752        
Mortgage servicing rights
    7,000                   7,000  
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets
    55,436                   55,436  
                                 
Total assets at fair value
  $ 216,990     $     $ 4,752     $ 212,238  
                                 
 
The Corporation does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. However, from time to time, a loan is considered impaired and an allowance for loan losses is established. The specific reserves for collateral dependent impaired loans are based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. The fair value of collateral was determined based on appraisals. In some cases, adjustments were made to the appraised values due to various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. When significant adjustments were based on unobservable inputs, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement.
 
Loans held for sale primarily consist of the current origination of certain fixed-rate mortgage loans and certain adjustable-rate mortgage loans and are carried at lower of cost or fair value, determined on a loan level basis. These loans are valued individually based upon quoted market prices and the amount of any gross loss is recorded as a mark to market charge in loans held for sale. Fees received from the borrower and direct costs to originate the loan are deferred and recorded as an adjustment of the sales price.
 
Mortgage servicing rights are recorded as an asset when loans are sold to third parties with servicing rights retained. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is initially recorded at fair value and amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of carrying value or fair value methodology. The fair value of the servicing rights is determined by estimating the present value of future net cash flows, taking into consideration market loan prepayment speeds, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans which include product type (i.e., fixed or adjustable) and interest rate bands. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the capitalized mortgage servicing rights on a loan-by-loan basis exceed their fair value.


145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets, upon initial recognition, are measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset. The fair value of foreclosed properties and repossessed assets, upon initial recognition, are estimated using Level 3 inputs based on appraisals adjusted for market discounts. Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets are re-measured at fair value after initial recognition through the use of a valuation allowance on foreclosed assets.
 
Note 19 — Condensed Parent Only Financial Information
 
The following represents the parent company only financial information of the Corporation:
 
Condensed Balance Sheets
 
                 
    March 31,  
          2010
 
    2011     (As Restated)  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,619     $ 1,128  
Investment in subsidiaries
    127,104       166,364  
Loans receivable from non-bank subsidiaries
    4,225       4,600  
Other
    633       1,175  
                 
Total assets
  $ 134,581     $ 173,267  
                 
LIABILITIES
Loans payable
  $ 116,300     $ 116,300  
Other liabilities
    31,452       14,753  
                 
Total liabilities
    147,752       131,053  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Total stockholders’ equity
    (13,171 )     42,214  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 134,581     $ 173,267  
                 


146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Statements of Income
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (As restated)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 10     $ 166     $ 1,208  
Interest expense
    14,983       16,820       6,216  
                         
Net interest expense
    (14,973 )     (16,654 )     (5,008 )
Equity in net loss from subsidiaries
    (26,707 )     (158,709 )     (225,643 )
Non-interest income
          102        
                         
Loss from operations
    (41,680 )     (175,261 )     (230,651 )
Non-interest expense
    935       2,191       3,437  
                         
Loss before income taxes
    (42,615 )     (177,452 )     (234,088 )
Income tax benefit
    (1,437 )     (538 )     (3,421 )
                         
Net loss
    (41,178 )     (176,914 )     (230,667 )
Preferred stock dividends in arrears
    (5,934 )     (5,648 )     (925 )
Preferred stock discount accretion
    (7,412 )     (7,411 )     (1,247 )
                         
Net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp
  $ (54,524 )   $ (189,973 )   $ (232,839 )
                         
 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
 
                         
    Year Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
    (As restated)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating Activities
                       
Net loss
  $ (41,178 )   $ (176,914 )   $ (230,667 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                       
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
    26,707       158,709       225,643  
Other
    17,587       (4,546 )     (696 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    3,116       (22,751 )     (5,720 )
Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities
                653  
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
          119        
Net decrease in loans receivable from non-bank subsidiaries
    375       15,842       8,431  
Capital contribution to Bank subsidiary
    (2,000 )           (110,000 )
Capital contribution to non-Bank subsidiary
          (5 )      
Dividends from Bank subsidiary
                6,195  
                         
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities
    (1,625 )     15,956       (94,721 )
Financing Activities
                       
Increase (decrease) in loans payable
                (3,090 )
Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrants
                110,000  
Exercise of stock options
                1,485  
Stock-based compensation expense
          566       693  
Cash dividends paid
                (6,101 )
                         
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
          566       102,987  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    1,491       (6,229 )     2,546  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    1,128       7,357       4,811  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 2,619     $ 1,128     $ 7,357  
                         


147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 20 — Segment Information
 
The Corporation provides a full range of banking services, as well as real estate investments through its two consolidated subsidiaries. The Corporation manages its business with a primary focus on each subsidiary. Thus, the Corporation has identified two operating segments. The Corporation has not aggregated any operating segments.
 
Community Banking:  This segment is the main basis of operation for the Corporation and includes the branch network and other deposit support services; origination, sales and servicing of one-to-four family loans; origination of multifamily, commercial real estate and business loans; origination of a variety of consumer loans; and sales of alternative financial investments such as tax deferred annuities.
 
Real Estate Investments:  The Corporation’s non-banking subsidiary, IDI, invested in limited partnerships in real estate developments. Such developments included recreational residential developments. In 2009, IDI sold its interest in several limited partnerships as well as substantially all of its remaining assets, which included some developed lots. The assets that remain at IDI include an equity interest in one commercial real estate property and one real estate development along with various notes receivable.
 
The Real Estate Investment segment borrows funds from the Corporation to meet its operating needs. Such intercompany borrowings are eliminated in consolidation. The interest income and interest expense associated with such borrowings are also eliminated in consolidation.
 
The following represents reconciliations of reportable segment revenues, profit or loss, and assets to the Corporation’s consolidated totals for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
                                 
    Year Ended March 31, 2011  
                      Consolidated
 
    Real Estate
    Community
    Intersegment
    Financial
 
    Investments     Banking     Eliminations     Statements  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 83     $ 166,380     $     $ 166,463  
Interest expense
          81,383             81,383  
                                 
Net interest income (loss)
    83       84,997             85,080  
Provision for loan losses
          51,198             51,198  
                                 
Net interest loss after provision for loan losses
    83       33,799             33,882  
Other revenue from real estate operations
    92                   92  
Other income
          55,776       (5 )     55,771  
Other expense from real estate partnership operations
    (667 )           5       (662 )
Other expense
          (130,097 )           (130,097 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (492 )     (40,522 )           (41,014 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    641       (477 )           164  
                                 
Net loss
  $ (1,133 )   $ (40,045 )   $     $ (41,178 )
                                 
Total assets at end of period
  $ 518     $ 3,394,307     $     $ 3,394,825  
                                 
 


148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Year Ended March 31, 2010 (As restated)  
                      Consolidated
 
    Real Estate
    Community
    Intersegment
    Financial
 
    Investments     Banking     Eliminations     Statements  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 95     $ 217,144     $ (157 )   $ 217,082  
Interest expense
    128       132,152       (157 )     132,123  
                                 
Net interest income (loss)
    (33 )     84,992             84,959  
Provision for credit losses
          161,926             161,926  
                                 
Net interest loss after provision for loan losses
    (33 )     (76,934 )           (76,967 )
Other revenue from real estate operations
    1,684                   1,684  
Other income
          55,093       (24 )     55,069  
Other expense from real estate partnership operations
    (4,983 )           24       (4,959 )
Other expense
          (153,241 )           (153,241 )
                                 
Loss before income taxes
    (3,332 )     (175,082 )           (178,414 )
Income tax (benefit)
    (488 )     (1,012 )           (1,500 )
                                 
Net loss
  $ (2,844 )   $ (174,070 )   $     $ (176,914 )
                                 
Total assets at end of period
  $ 5,945     $ 4,410,320     $     $ 4,416,265  
                                 
 
                                 
    Year Ended March 31, 2009  
                      Consolidated
 
    Real Estate
    Community
    Intersegment
    Financial
 
    Investments     Banking     Eliminations     Statements  
    (In thousands)  
 
Interest income
  $ 102     $ 261,373     $ (1,213 )   $ 260,262  
Interest expense
    1,116       135,569       (1,213 )     135,472  
                                 
Net interest income (loss)
    (1,014 )     125,804             124,790  
Provision for credit losses
          205,719             205,719  
                                 
Net interest loss after provision for loan losses
    (1,014 )     (79,915 )           (80,929 )
Real estate investment partnership revenue
    2,130                   2,130  
Other revenue from real estate operations
    8,194                   8,194  
Other income
          35,297       (90 )     35,207  
Real estate investment partnership cost of sales
    (1,736 )                 (1,736 )
Other expense from real estate partnership operations
    (9,596 )           90       (9,506 )
Real estate partnership impairment
    (17,631 )                 (17,631 )
Non-controlling interest in income of real estate partnerships
    148                   148  
Other expense
          (196,642 )           (196,642 )
                                 
Loss before income taxes
    (19,505 )     (241,260 )           (260,765 )
Income tax benefit
    (1,068 )     (29,030 )           (30,098 )
                                 
Net loss
  $ (18,437 )   $ (212,230 )   $     $ (230,667 )
                                 
Total assets at end of period
  $ 25,070     $ 5,247,040     $     $ 5,272,110  
                                 

149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 21 — Earnings per Share
 
The computation of earnings per share for fiscal years 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
 
                         
    Twelve Months Ended March 31,  
    2011     2010     2009  
          (In thousands)        
 
Numerator:
                       
Numerator for basic and diluted earnings per share — loss available to common stockholders
  $ (54,524 )   $ (189,973 )   $ (232,839 )
Denominator:
                       
Denominator for basic earnings per share — weighted-average shares
    21,252       21,189       21,076  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Employee stock options
                 
Management Recognition Plans
                 
                         
Denominator for diluted earnings per share — adjusted weighted-average shares and assumed conversions
    21,252       21,189       21,076  
                         
Basic loss per common share
  $ (2.57 )   $ (8.97 )   $ (11.05 )
                         
Diluted loss per common share
  $ (2.57 )   $ (8.97 )   $ (11.05 )
                         
 
At March 31, 2011, approximately 409,000 stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were anti-dilutive. The U.S. Treasury’s warrants to purchase 7.4 million shares of common stock at an exercise price of $2.23 were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the warrants’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of common stock and was, therefore, anti-dilutive. Because of their anti-dilutive effect, the shares that would be issued if the U.S. Treasury’s Senior Preferred Stock were converted are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended March 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
 
Note 22 — Branch Sales
 
On June 25, 2010, the Corporation completed the sale of eleven branches located in Northwest Wisconsin to Royal Credit Union headquartered in Eau Claire, Wisconsin. Royal Credit Union assumed approximately $171.2 million in deposits and acquired $61.8 million in loans and $9.8 million in office properties and equipment. The net gain on the sale was $5.0 million. The net gain included a write off of the $3.9 million core deposit intangible that was required when designated core deposits were sold in this transaction.
 
On July 23, 2010, the Corporation completed the sale of four branches located in Green Bay, Wisconsin and surrounding communities to Nicolet National Bank headquartered in Green Bay, Wisconsin. Nicolet National Bank assumed $105.1 million in deposits and acquired $24.8 million in loans and $0.4 million in office properties and equipment. The net gain on the sale was $2.3 million.
 
These transactions were not considered to be discontinued operations.


150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Note 23 — Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
                                                                 
          Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
    Mar 31,
    Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
 
    Mar 31,
    2010
    2010
    2010
    2010
    2009
    2009
    2009
 
    2011     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Assets
                                                               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 34,596     $ 74,913     $ 44,326     $ 71,244     $ 42,411     $ 80,475     $ 45,638     $ 63,850  
Interest-bearing deposits
    72,419       59,605       104,242       163,138       469,751       251,813       324,384       580,452  
                                                                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    107,015       134,518       148,568       234,382       512,162       332,288       370,022       644,302  
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value
    523,289       529,801       561,086       485,175       416,203       465,421       474,010       544,607  
Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost
    27       31       33       36       39       42       44       47  
Loans:
                                                               
Held for sale
    7,538       37,196       28,744       24,362       19,484       35,640       28,904       115,340  
Held for investment, gross
    2,670,489       2,819,429       2,995,403       3,207,047       3,409,224       3,547,740       3,677,128       3,781,163  
Less allowance for loan losses
    (150,122 )     (157,438 )     (156,186 )     (166,649 )     (179,644 )     (164,494 )     (170,664 )     (139,455 )
                                                                 
Held for investment, net
    2,520,367       2,661,991       2,839,217       3,040,398       3,229,580       3,383,246       3,506,464       3,641,708  
Foreclosed properties and repossessed assets, net
    90,707       69,241       60,222       49,413       55,436       40,420       38,431       50,148  
Real estate held for development and sale
    717       1,213       1,251       1,251       1,304       2,013       2,042       16,205  
Office properties and equipment
    29,127       30,251       31,124       32,479       43,558       46,136       47,396       48,008  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock — at cost
    54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829       54,829  
Accrued interest and other assets
    61,209       61,681       78,779       76,604       83,670       93,940       112,477       121,715  
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 3,394,825     $ 3,580,752     $ 3,803,853     $ 3,998,929     $ 4,416,265     $ 4,453,975     $ 4,634,619     $ 5,236,909  
                                                                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity
                                                               
Deposits
                                                               
Non-interest bearing
  $ 240,671     $ 255,595     $ 278,353     $ 266,626     $ 285,374     $ 278,914     $ 295,096     $ 289,322  
Interest bearing deposits and accrued interest
    2,466,489       2,588,730       2,749,382       2,958,756       3,267,388       3,319,271       3,444,901       3,698,584  
                                                                 
Total deposits and accrued interest
    2,707,160       2,844,325       3,027,735       3,225,382       3,552,762       3,598,185       3,739,997       3,987,906  
Other borrowed funds
    654,779       677,129       696,429       701,429       789,729       754,422       755,797       1,038,742  
Other liabilities
    46,057       54,359       40,078       34,078       31,560       38,463       56,225       55,206  
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    3,407,996       3,575,813       3,764,242       3,960,889       4,374,051       4,391,070       4,552,019       5,081,854  
                                                                 
Preferred stock, $.10 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized,
                                                               
110,000 shares issued and outstanding
    89,008       87,165       85,312       83,459       81,596       79,753       77,900       76,047  
Common stock, $.10 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized,
                                                               
25,363,339 shares issued
    2,536       2,536       2,536       2,536       2,536       2,536       2,536       2,536  
Additional paid-in capital
    111,513       114,667       114,667       114,667       114,662       114,658       114,829       114,821  
Retained (deficit) earnings
    (103,362 )     (83,135 )     (69,223 )     (68,709 )     (54,677 )     (26,318 )     (11,632 )     65,666  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) related to AFS securities
    (16,397 )     (16,463 )     6,507       7,740       507       (4,863 )     4,759       1,165  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to OTTI non credit issues
    (3,555 )     (3,771 )     (3,820 )     (5,267 )     (5,906 )     (6,404 )     (6,125 )     (5,516 )
                                                                 
Total accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (19,952 )     (20,234 )     2,687       2,473       (5,399 )     (11,267 )     (1,366 )     (4,351 )
Treasury stock, at cost
    (90,534 )     (90,526 )     (90,834 )     (90,852 )     (90,975 )     (90,932 )     (94,155 )     (94,496 )
Deferred compensation obligation
    (2,380 )     (5,534 )     (5,534 )     (5,534 )     (5,529 )     (5,525 )     (5,512 )     (5,494 )
                                                                 
Total Anchor BanCorp stockholders’ (deficit) equity
    (13,171 )     4,939       39,611       38,040       42,214       62,905       82,600       154,729  
                                                                 
Non-controlling interest in real estate partnerships
                                              326  
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity
  $ 3,394,825     $ 3,580,752     $ 3,803,853     $ 3,998,929     $ 4,416,265     $ 4,453,975     $ 4,634,619     $ 5,236,909  
                                                                 


151


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                                 
          Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
    Mar 31,
    Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
 
    Mar 31,
    2010
    2010
    2010
    2010
    2009
    2009
    2009
 
    2011     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)     (As Restated)  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Interest income:
                                                               
Loans
  $ 33,231     $ 36,631     $ 40,149     $ 40,681     $ 43,708     $ 48,545     $ 49,551     $ 53,790  
Investment securities and Federal Home
                                                               
Loan Bank stock
    3,943     $ 4,442     $ 3,421     $ 3,445     $ 4,122     $ 4,801     $ 5,473     $ 6,047  
Securities and other
    66       78       126       250       207       208       361       269  
                                                                 
Total interest income
    37,240       41,151       43,696       44,376       48,037       53,554       55,385       60,106  
Interest expense:
                                                               
Deposits
    8,617       10,993       13,240       15,815       18,889       21,278       23,040       24,133  
Other borrowed funds
    7,163       7,844       8,038       9,673       10,456       9,899       13,380       11,048  
                                                                 
Total interest expense
    15,780       18,837       21,278       25,488       29,345       31,177       36,420       35,181  
                                                                 
Net interest income
    21,460       22,314       22,418       18,888       18,692       22,377       18,965       24,925  
Provision for credit losses
    10,178       21,412       10,674       8,934       20,170       10,456       60,900       70,400  
                                                                 
Net interest income (loss) after provision for credit losses
    11,282       902       11,744       9,954       (1,478 )     11,921       (41,935 )     (45,475 )
Total other than temporary losses
    (8 )                       (427 )     (872 )     (874 )     (164 )
Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income
                            359       786       795       160  
Reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income
    (70 )     (163 )     (113 )     (86 )     (271 )     (260 )     (107 )     (209 )
                                                                 
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (78 )     (163 )     (113 )     (86 )     (339 )     (346 )     (186 )     (213 )
Loan servicing income (loss), net of amortization
    516       (416 )     339       1,153       1,045       1,038       669       (182 )
Credit enhancement income on mortgage loans sold
    43       116       236       253       270       293       319       377  
Service charges on deposits
    2,544       2,855       3,165       3,753       3,509       3,949       4,146       3,829  
Investment and insurance commissions
    752       971       769       956       779       1,070       798       804  
Net gain on sale of loans
    1,600       5,601       9,216       1,347       3,314       2,805       1,062       11,403  
Net gain on sale of investment securities
    709       1,187       6,653       112       1,699       5,783       2,108       1,505  
Other revenue from real estate operations
    (295 )           1       386       (709 )           1,482       911  
Net gain on sale of branches
    2       100       2,318       4,930                          
Other non-interest income
    997       1,435       1,136       863       938       1,104       533       1,186  
                                                                 
Total non-interest income
    6,790       11,686       23,720       13,667       10,506       15,696       10,931       19,620  
Compensation
    10,203       10,396       9,578       11,825       12,178       12,415       14,099       14,350  
Occupancy
    2,236       1,921       2,017       2,367       2,769       2,427       2,647       2,413  
Federal deposit insurance premium
    2,283       1,423       3,621       4,075       4,144       4,300       4,608       5,578  
Furniture and equipment
    1,536       1,520       1,741       1,762       1,972       1,836       2,092       2,050  
Data processing
    1,559       1,627       1,782       1,572       1,643       1,914       1,689       1,932  
Marketing
    514       248       410       307       725       542       642       373  
Other expenses from real estate
                                                               
partnership operations
    115       32       13       502       1,089       211       2,208       1,451  
Foreclosed properties -net expense
    11,778       3,307       6,784       5,656       4,970       7,710       8,838       3,932  
Foreclosure cost advance impairment
                            969                   3,708  
Mortgage servicing rights impairment (recovery)
    52       (1,611 )     1,272       190       (140 )     (415 )     (6 )     (1,344 )
Legal services
    1,333       1,866       2,680       2,099       1,303       1,961       1,165       708  
Other professional fees
    992       767       315       1,794       653       1,007       1,549       612  
Other non-interest expense
    3,704       3,151       3,899       3,546       4,818       3,862       4,534       3,509  
                                                                 
Total non-interest expense
    36,305       24,647       34,112       35,695       37,093       37,770       44,065       39,272  
                                                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (18,233 )     (12,059 )     1,352       (12,074 )     (28,065 )     (10,153 )     (75,069 )     (65,127 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    150             14             (1,503 )     3              
                                                                 
Net income (loss)
    (18,383 )     (12,059 )     1,338       (12,074 )     (26,562 )     (10,156 )     (75,069 )     (65,127 )
Income (loss) attributable to non-controlling
                                                               
interest in real estate partnerships
                                        85       (85 )
Preferred stock dividends in arrears
    (1,503 )     (1,494 )     (1,352 )     (1,585 )     (1,436 )     (1,419 )     (1,401 )     (1,392 )
Preferred stock discount accretion
    (1,843 )     (1,853 )     (1,853 )     (1,863 )     (1,843 )     (1,853 )     (1,853 )     (1,862 )
                                                                 
Net loss available to common equity of Anchor BanCorp
  $ (21,729 )   $ (15,406 )   $ (1,867 )   $ (15,522 )   $ (29,841 )   $ (13,428 )   $ (78,408 )   $ (68,296 )
                                                                 
Loss per common share:
                                                               
Basic
  $ (1.02 )   $ (0.72 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.73 )   $ (1.40 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (3.71 )   $ (3.23 )
Diluted
    (1.02 )     (0.72 )     (0.09 )     (0.73 )     (1.40 )     (0.63 )     (3.71 )     (3.23 )


152


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Details of restatements for the quarters are as follows:
 
                                                                 
    Mar 31,
    Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
    Mar 31,
    Dec 31,
    Sep 30,
    Jun 30,
 
    2011     2010     2010     2010     2010     2009     2009     2009  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Other borrowed funds as previously stated
  $ 654,779     $ 685,608     $ 704,908     $ 709,359     $ 796,153     $ 759,479     $ 759,479     $ 1,041,049  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          (8,479 )     (8,479 )     (7,930 )     (6,424 )     (5,057 )     (3,682 )     (2,307 )
                                                                 
Other borrowed funds as restated
  $ 654,779     $ 677,129     $ 696,429     $ 701,429     $ 789,729     $ 754,422     $ 755,797     $ 1,038,742  
                                                                 
Other liabilities as previously stated
  $ 46,057     $ 60,340     $ 45,940     $ 39,840     $ 37,237     $ 44,068     $ 61,773     $ 60,710  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          (5,981 )     (5,862 )     (5,762 )     (5,677 )     (5,605 )     (5,548 )     (5,504 )
                                                                 
Other liabilities as restated
  $ 46,057     $ 54,359     $ 40,078     $ 34,078     $ 31,560     $ 38,463     $ 56,225     $ 55,206  
                                                                 
Additional paid-in capital as previously stated
  $ 111,513     $ 109,133     $ 109,133     $ 109,133     $ 109,133     $ 109,133     $ 109,317     $ 109,327  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          5,534       5,534       5,534       5,529       5,525       5,512       5,494  
                                                                 
Additional paid-in capital as restated
  $ 111,513     $ 114,667     $ 114,667     $ 114,667     $ 114,662     $ 114,658     $ 114,829     $ 114,821  
                                                                 
Retained (deficit) earnings as previously stated
  $ (103,362 )   $ (92,061 )   $ (78,030 )   $ (76,867 )   $ (61,249 )   $ (31,455 )   $ (15,350 )   $ 63,349  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          8,926       8,807       8,158       6,572       5,137       3,718       2,317  
                                                                 
Retained (deficit) earnings as restated
  $ (103,362 )   $ (83,135 )   $ (69,223 )   $ (68,709 )   $ (54,677 )   $ (26,318 )   $ (11,632 )   $ 65,666  
                                                                 
Interest expense on other borrowed funds as previously reported
                                                               
    $ 7,163     $ 7,963     $ 8,138     $ 9,753     $ 10,524     $ 9,943     $ 13,406     $ 11,058  
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          (119 )     (100 )     (80 )     (68 )     (44 )     (26 )     (10 )
                                                                 
Interest expense on other borrowed funds as restated
  $ 7,163     $ 7,844     $ 8,038     $ 9,673     $ 10,456     $ 9,899     $ 13,380     $ 11,048  
                                                                 
Net income (loss) as previously reported
  $ (18,383 )   $ (12,178 )   $ 1,238     $ (12,154 )   $ (26,630 )   $ (10,200 )   $ (75,095 )   $ (65,137 )
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          119       100       80       68       44       26       10  
                                                                 
Net income (loss) as restated
  $ (18,383 )   $ (12,059 )   $ 1,338     $ (12,074 )   $ (26,562 )   $ (10,156 )   $ (75,069 )   $ (65,127 )
                                                                 
Net loss available to common shareholders as previously reported
  $ (21,729 )   $ (14,031 )   $ (1,163 )   $ (15,522 )   $ (29,841 )   $ (13,428 )   $ (78,408 )   $ (68,296 )
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          (1,375 )     (704 )                              
                                                                 
Net loss available to common shareholders as restated
  $ (21,729 )   $ (15,406 )   $ (1,867 )   $ (15,522 )   $ (29,841 )   $ (13,428 )   $ (78,408 )   $ (68,296 )
                                                                 
Net loss per share as previously reported
  $ (1.02 )   $ (0.66 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.73 )   $ (1.40 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (3.71 )   $ (3.23 )
Prior period adjustment (See Note 1)
          (0.06 )     (0.04 )                              
                                                                 
Net loss per share as restated
  $ (1.02 )   $ (0.72 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.73 )   $ (1.40 )   $ (0.63 )   $ (3.71 )   $ (3.23 )
                                                                 


153


Table of Contents

(MCGLADREY & PULLEN LOGO)
 
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Certified Public Accountants
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.
 
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Corporation) as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of March 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S generally accepted accounting principles.
 
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Corporation will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements, at March 31, 2011, all of the subsidiary bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios are below the capital levels required by the consent order. The subsidiary bank has also suffered recurring losses from operations. Failure to meet the capital requirements exposes the Corporation to regulatory sanctions that may include restrictions on operations and growth, mandatory asset dispositions, and seizure of the subsidiary bank. In addition, as discussed in Note 11, the Corporation’s outstanding balance under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is currently in default. These matters raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Corporation to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that would be necessary should the Corporation be unable to continue as a going concern.
 
 
     
McGladrey is the brand under which RSM McGladrey, Inc. and McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
serve clients’ business needs. The two firms operate as separate legal entities in an alternative practice structure
  Member of RSM International network, a network of
independent accounting, tax and consulting firms.


154


Table of Contents

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the March 31, 2010 and 2009 financial statements have been restated to correct misstatements.
 
/s/  McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
 
Madison, Wisconsin
June 28, 2011
 
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP is a member firm of RSM International, an affiliation of separate and independent legal entities.


155


Table of Contents

(MCGLADREY & PULLEN LOGO)
 
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
Certified Public Accountants
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc.
 
We have audited Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. and Subsidiaries’ (the Corporation’s) internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A corporation’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the corporation are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the corporation; and (c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the corporation’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
 
     
McGladrey is the brand under which RSM McGladrey, Inc. and McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
serve clients’ business needs. The two firms operate as separate legal entities in an alternative practice structure
  Member of RSM International network, a network of
independent accounting, tax and consulting firms.


156


Table of Contents

In our opinion the Corporation maintained in all material respects effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of for the year ended March 31, 2011 of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. and our report dated June 28, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion with an emphasis paragraph regarding the Corporation’s ability to continue as a going concern and an emphasis paragraph regarding restatement of the March 31, 2010 and 2009 financial statements.
 
/s/  McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
 
Madison, Wisconsin
June 28, 2011
 
McGladrey & Pullen, LLP is a member firm of RSM International, an affiliation of separate and independent legal entities.


157


Table of Contents

Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
None.
 
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  The Corporation maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Corporation’s reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. The design of any system of disclosure controls and procedures is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any disclosure controls and procedures will succeed in achieving their stated goals under all potential future conditions.
 
Restatement
 
On June 9, 2011, the Corporation announced that its Audit Committee had evaluated the financial reporting issues surrounding the accrual of dividends on Preferred Shares sold to the U.S. Treasury and two deferred compensation plans. As a result of this review, the Corporation announced that the previously issued consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years March 31, 2007 through March 31, 2010 included in the Company’s Forms 10-K, and the fiscal quarters from June 30, 2007 through December 31, 2010 included in the Corporations Forms 10-Q should no longer be relied upon.
 
Management had accrued dividends on cumulative preferred stock prior to declaring a dividend on those shares. The declaration of the dividends was not allowed under the terms of a consent order with federal regulators. These dividends were accrued through August 15, 2010. The accrual of dividends resulted in an understatement of stockholder’s equity of the Corporation during the quarters that the undeclared dividend was accrued.
 
The Corporation also accrued interest at a rate of 5%, simple interest on the unpaid dividends based on a statement it received from Bank of New York. The agreement with the US Treasury requires a dividend of 5% on the unpaid dividends, compounded on the unpaid dividends. The accrual of interest expense impacted the net income for all quarters in 2010 and the first three quarters of 2011. The detail of the quarterly impact can be found in Note 23 of the March 31, 2011 consolidated financial statements.
 
The accrual of interest on the unpaid dividends resulted in an overstatement of interest expense and net loss and an understatement in stockholders’ equity of the Corporation for all quarters in 2010 and the first three quarters of 2011. Because of the nature of the misclassification, there was no impact on the net loss available to common shareholders.
 
In addition, management identified and quantified the impact of an accounting error for two deferred compensation plans. The Corporation had two deferred compensation plans that required the payment to plan participants in the form of Corporation Common Stock. Grantor trusts were established to purchase the common shares. The measurement aspect of the plan obligations were accounted for correctly, but incorrectly included as “other liabilities” versus recorded as an equity account. The grantor trusts were correctly accounted for and displayed as “deferred compensation obligation” in the equity section. The improper reporting of these plans resulted in an understatement of stockholders equity of the corporation in prior years.
 
Both of these accounting issues were the result of prior management decisions and the ineffective internal control over financial reporting.
 
Remediation
 
As reported in the Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2010 and filed on June 29, 2010, the Corporation had previously concluded that its controls over financial reporting were not effective for the period ended March 31,


158


Table of Contents

2010. During the year ended March 31, 2011, internal control remediation plans were developed to address the material weakness.
 
Those remediation efforts included:
 
  •  Making significant personnel changes including a restructuring of the financial reporting department.
 
  •  Adding key personnel with specific skills sets for accounting issues in: financial reporting; generally accepted accounting principle application; accounting for other real estate; FDIC insurance premiums; and foreclosure cost advances.
 
  •  Implementing procedures to improve the review and evaluation of the subsequent event activity.
 
  •  Establishing more detailed procedures for the accumulation, review, approval and recording of accounting adjustments in the appropriate accounting period.
 
  •  Adding historical trend analysis and comparisons with budget as additional analytical controls which would detect significant adjustments that could impact income and therefore stockholders equity.
 
  •  Establishing a formal process for department heads to review, evaluate, and represent to the CFO and CEO changes in accounting of internal controls for their departments as well as accounting issues past, present or emerging.
 
  •  Establishing a Chief Accounting Officer role with the responsibility to review, revise and monitor the performance of the controls over financial reporting.
 
The Audit Committee directed management to develop a detailed plan and timetable for the implementation of the foregoing remediation efforts and monitored the implementation process.
 
Management believes that the remediation efforts alleviated the material weakness initially reported at March 31, 2010. Additionally, management believes that these remediation efforts were the key to resolving the two issues noted above in the restatement section.
 
The accrued dividends were identified as an “uncorrected misstatement” by the independent auditors at March 31, 2010. This issue was part of the financial reporting weakness noted in the year ending March 31, 2010.
 
The accrual of “interest” on the unpaid dividends was identified as the review of the entire cumulative dividend accounting issue was being completed.
 
The deferred compensation issue was identified by management in the fourth fiscal quarter of the year ending March 31, 2011. The accounting for these plans has not changed since plan inception in the early 1990’s.
 
While evaluating the materiality of the deferred compensation issue identified during the fourth quarter of 2011, management considered the unusually low level of reported equity and the impact of this misstatement aggregated with the misstatement related to the preferred stock dividends. Due to the combination of these factors, management concluded that restatement of the prior periods was the most appropriate resolution.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure and control procedures as of March 31, 2011.
 
Considering the remediation that has occurred as of March 31, 2011, the CEO and CFO have concluded that the disclosure and control procedures were effective for providing reliability in financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements.
 
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide


159


Table of Contents

reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
  •  Pertain to the maintenance of reports that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;
 
  •  Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
 
  •  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Bank assets.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of the changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011. In making its assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (“COSO”) of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. These criteria include the control environment, risk assessment, control activities, information and communication and monitoring of each of the above criteria. Based on management’s assessment, it determined that the Corporation internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2011. While there was a restatement of previously filed consolidated financial statements, the issues leading to that restatement were identified as part of the remediation implemented by management. This remediation was fully implemented prior to March 31, 2011. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2011 has been audited by the independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report included in Item 8.
 
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
During the year ended March 31, 2010, the Corporation identified a material weakness in its internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act). The Corporation’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Corporation did not maintain effective entity level controls over financial reporting to ensure that the Corporation’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
A material weakness is a control deficiency, or combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Corporation’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
During the year ended March 31, 2011, management revised and implemented entity level controls to ensure that the Corporation’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, in order to remediate the material weakness identified in the prior year. Improvements to entity level controls include the establishment of accounting policies and procedures that require general ledger accounts to be formally reconciled and independently reviewed on at least a monthly basis.
 
Other than the actions mentioned above, there has been no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that occurred during the Corporation’s most recent fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.


160


Table of Contents

Item 9B.   Other Information
 
On November 5, 2010, the Corporation and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC entered into a shareholder rights agreement (the “Rights Agreement”) designed to reduce the likelihood that the Corporation will experience an “ownership change” (as defined under U.S. federal income tax laws) by (i) discouraging any person or group of affiliated or associated persons from becoming a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our Common Stock (an “Acquiring Person”) and (ii) discouraging any Acquiring Person from acquiring additional shares of the Common Stock. In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in the Corporation’s ownership by “5% shareholders” (as defined under U.S. income tax laws) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. There is no guarantee, however, that the Rights Plan will prevent the Corporation from experiencing an ownership change. The purpose of the Rights Agreement is to protect the Corporation’s ability to use certain tax assets, such as net operating loss carryforwards and built-in losses (the “Tax Assets”), to offset future income. A corporation that experiences an ownership change will primarily be subject to an annual limitation on certain of its pre-ownership change Tax Assets in an amount generally equal to the equity value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change subject to certain adjustments, multiplied by the “long-term tax-exempt rate.” As a result, the Corporation’s use of the Tax Assets in the future would be significantly limited if it were to experience an ownership change.
 
Pursuant to the Rights Agreement, the Corporation’s Board of Directors declared a dividend distribution of one preferred stock purchase right for each share of common stock outstanding at the close of business on November 22, 2010. The rights will be distributable to holders of record of the Corporation’s common stock as of November 22, 2010, as well as to holders of shares of the Corporation’s common stock issued after that date, but would only be exercisable in accordance with the terms of the Rights Agreement. The adoption of the Rights Agreement has no impact on the results of operations, consolidated balance sheet or net income (loss) per share. The rights may be dilutive to earnings per share in the future dependent upon the results of operations and market value of the Corporation’s common stock outstanding.
 
The above summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Rights Agreement, which was filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on the date hereof. For more information on the Rights Agreement, see the Current Report on Form 8-K and Registration Statement on Form 8-A, each filed on the date hereof and incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
Item 10.   Directors , Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The information related to Directors and Executive Officers is incorporated herein by reference to “Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011.
 
The Corporation has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics for the CEO and CFO which is available on the Corporation’s website at www.anchorbank.com.
 
Item 11.   Executive Compensation
 
The information relating to executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to “Compensation of Directors” and “Executive Compensation” in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011.
 
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
The information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference to “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock by Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011.


161


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
                         
                Number of Securities
 
    Number of Securities
          Remaining Available for
 
    to be Issued Upon
    Weighted-Average
    Future Issuance Under Equity
 
    Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    Compensation Plans
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    (Excluding Securities
 
Plan Category
  Warrants and Rights     Warrants and Rights     Reflected in the First Column)  
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved By Security Holders
    408,850 (1)   $ 22.34       1,326,269 (2)(3)
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved By Security Holders
                 
                         
Total
    408,850     $ 22.34       1,326,269  
                         
 
 
(1) Excludes purchase rights accruing under our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), which has a stockholder-approved reserve of 300,000 shares of Common Stock. Under the ESPP, each eligible employee may purchase shares of Common Stock at semi-annual intervals each year at a purchase price determined by the Compensation Committee, which shall not be less than 95% of the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the last business day of such annual offering period. In no event may the amount of Common Stock purchased by a participant in the ESPP in a calendar year exceed $25,000, measured as of the time an option under the ESPP is granted.
 
(2) Includes shares available for future issuance under the ESPP. As of March 31, 2011, no shares of Common Stock were available for issuance under this plan.
 
(3) Includes 429,869 shares of Common Stock which may be awarded under the Company’s Amended and Restated Management Recognition Plan, which provides for the grant of restricted Common Stock to employees of the Company.
 
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
The information relating to certain relationships and related transactions is incorporated herein by reference to “Election of Directors” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011.
 
Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to “Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on August 4, 2011.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) (1) Financial Statements
 
The following consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, together with the related reports of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, dated June 28, 2011, are incorporated herein by reference to Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2011 and 2010.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for each year in the three-year period ended March 31, 2011.
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for each year in the three-year period ended March 31, 2011.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each year in the three-year period ended March 31, 2011.


162


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
 
(a) (2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
All schedules are omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
(a)(3) Exhibits
 
The following exhibits are either filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or are incorporated herein by reference:
 
         
Exhibit No. 3.
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws:
 
  3 .1   Articles of Incorporation of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc., as amended, including Articles of Amendment with respect to series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2001 filed on June 11, 2001, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 01657997) and Articles of Amendment with respect to Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B dated January 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 3, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09565443).
  3 .2   Bylaws of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on March 19, 1992) and Amendment to the Bylaws of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. dated June 2, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 filed on June 29, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09915927).
 
         
Exhibit No. 4.
 
Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders:
 
  4 .1   Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on March 19, 1992).
  4 .2   Warrant to Purchase Shares of Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. Common Stock dated January 30, 2009 issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 3, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09565443).
  4 .3   Rights Agreement dated as of November 5, 2010 between Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 5, 2010, File No. 101169696).
 
         
Exhibit No. 10.
 
Material Contracts:
 
  10 .1   Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. Retirement Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on March 19, 1992).
  10 .2   Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. Amended and Restated Management Recognition Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex B of Registrant’s proxy statement filed on June 11, 2001, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 01657999).
  10 .3   Employment Agreement between the Bank and Tom Dolan effective March 1, 2011 (filed herewith).
  10 .4   1995 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s proxy statement filed on June 16, 1995, File No. 000-20006).
  10 .5   1995 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s proxy statement filed on June 16, 1995, File No. 000-20006).
  10 .6   Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on March 19, 1992).


163


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No. 10.
 
Material Contracts:
 
  10 .7   Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin Inc. Annual Incentive Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on March 19, 1992).
  10 .8   AnchorBank, fsb Excess Benefit Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1994 filed on June 29, 1994, File No. 000-2006).
  10 .9   2001 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Annex C of Registrant’s proxy statement filed on June 11, 2001, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 01657999).
  10 .10   2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of Registrant’s proxy statement filed June 10, 2004, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 04857422).
  10 .11   Employment Agreement between the Bank and Mark D. Timmerman effective March 1, 2011 (filed herewith).
  10 .12   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2008, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 081006528).
  10 .13   Pledge Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2008, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 081006528).
  10 .14   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin, Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 30, 2008, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 081098069).
  10 .15   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2008, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin, Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 31, 2008, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 081279327).
  10 .16   Letter Agreement including the Securities Purchase Agreement — Standard Terms, between Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. and the United States Department of the Treasury, dated January 30, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 3, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09565443).
  10 .17   Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2009, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin, Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 4, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09654044).
  10 .18   Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin, Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 2, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09867558).
  10 .19   Order to Cease and Desist between Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. and the Office of Thrift Supervision dated June 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 filed on June 29, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09915927).

164


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No. 10.
 
Material Contracts:
 
  10 .20   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist between Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin, Inc. and the Office of Thrift Supervision dated June 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 filed on June 29, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09915927).
  10 .21   Order to Cease and Desist between AnchorBank, fsb and the Office of Thrift Supervision dated June 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 filed on June 29, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09915927).
  10 .22   Stipulation and Consent to Issuance of Order to Cease and Desist between AnchorBank, fsb and the Office of Thrift Supervision dated June 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2009 filed on June 29, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 09915927).
  10 .23   Employment Agreement between the Bank and Martha M. Hayes effective August 1, 2010 (filed herewith).
  10 .24   Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 23, 2009, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 091258727).
  10 .25   Amendment No. 6 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 29, 2010, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 6, 2010, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 10808918).
  10 .26   Amendment No. 7 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2011, among Anchor Bancorp Wisconsin Inc., the financial institutions from time to time party to the agreement and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 1, 2011, File No. 001-34955, Film No. 11883616).
  10 .27   Prompt Corrective Action Directive between AnchorBank, fsb and the Office of Thrift Supervision (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 8, 2010, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 101061856).
  10 .28   Branch Sale Agreement between AnchorBank, fsb and Nicolet National Bank dated May 5, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed June 29, 2010, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 10924914).
  10 .29   Branch Sale Agreement between AnchorBank, fsb and Royal Credit Union dated November 13, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed June 29, 2010, File No. 000-20006, Film No. 10924914).
 
The Corporation’s management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements consist of Exhibits 10.1-10.23 above.
 
         
Exhibit No. 11.
 
Computation of Earnings per Share:
 
 
Refer to Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8.
 
         
Exhibit No. 21.
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant:
 
 
Subsidiary information is incorporated by reference to “Part I, Item 1, Business-General” and “Part I, Item 1, Business-Subsidiaries.”
 
         
Exhibit No. 23.1
 
Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP:
 
 
The consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP is included herein as an exhibit to this Report.
 

165


Table of Contents

Exhibit No. 31.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is included herein as an exhibit to this Report.
 
Exhibit No. 31.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is included herein as an exhibit to this Report.
 
Exhibit No. 32.1
 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350) is included herein as an exhibit to this report.
 
Exhibit No. 32.2
 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. 1350) is included herein as an exhibit to this report.
 
Exhibit No. 99.1
 
Section III Certification of Chief Executive Officer is included herein as an exhibit to this report.
 
Exhibit No. 99.2
 
Section III Certification of Chief Financial Officer is included herein as an exhibit to this report.
 
(b) Exhibits
 
Exhibits to the Form 10-K required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K are attached or incorporated herein by reference as stated in (a)(3) and the Index to Exhibits.
 
(c) Financial Statements excluded from Annual Report to Shareholders pursuant to Rule 14a-3(b)
 
Not applicable


166


Table of Contents

 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ANCHOR BANCORP WISCONSIN INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  Chris Bauer
Chris Bauer
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Date: June 28, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
By:
 
/s/  Chris Bauer
  By:  
/s/  Thomas G. Dolan
   
     
    Chris Bauer
President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
Date: June 28, 2011
      Thomas G. Dolan
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)
            Date: June 28, 2011
             
By:
 
/s/  Donald D. Kropidlowski
  By:  
/s/  Greg M. Larson
   
     
    Donald D. Kropidlowski
Director
      Greg M. Larson
Director
    Date: June 28, 2011       Date: June 28, 2011
             
By:
 
/s/  Richard A. Bergstrom
  By:  
/s/  Pat Richter
   
     
    Richard A. Bergstrom
Director
      Pat Richter
Director
    Date: June 28, 2011       Date: June 28, 2011
             
By:
 
/s/  James D. Smessaert
  By:  
/s/  Holly Cremer Berkenstadt
   
     
    James D. Smessaert
Director
      Holly Cremer Berkenstadt
Director
    Date: June 28, 2011       Date: June 28, 2011
             
By:
 
/s/  Donald D. Parker
  By:  
/s/  David L. Omachinski
   
     
    Donald D. Parker
Director
      David L. Omachinski
Director
    Date: June 28, 2011       Date: June 28, 2011


167